GE Multilin F650 Instruction Manual Download Page 738

Page: 738 / 1046

13-4

F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER

GEK-106310-AF

13.1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS

CHAPTER 13: F650 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Category

Symptom

Possible cause

Recommended action

Bootware

The relay gets stuck at

“Sending file

imagen_kernel...”

-The Ethernet connection does not

work properly.

Serial communications work properly

and the flash memory has been

erased but Ethernet communication

does not work properly, check:

•

RJ45 cable used (crossover cable for

back-to-back connection and straight

through Ethernet cable for hub or

switch)

•

IP address and netmask, gateway

are correct and correspond to the

ones used in the computer performing

the procedure. See chapter 5.2.1

Communication settings

•

Ethernet board parameters

selection, check that:

802.1p QOS is Enabled

Flow control is Auto

Speed & Duplex is Auto (or

10 Mb Full)

•

If the above points are correct but

the problem persists:

Force the Speed & Duplex to

10 Mb Full

Disable and enable the

Ethernet connection while the

files are being sent (during the

“sending file...” message

Note: if the bootware upgrade

procedure is stuck at this point, the

relay flash memory has been erased

and the upgrade procedure must be

completed to start working with the

unit. If the procedure is not

completed, the HMI shows the

message “Os Loading...” and the

relay does not start up

Firmware

The procedure can not

start due to ethernet

problems

-The Ethernet connection does not

work properly.

•

Check the same as in the point

above for bootware.

Note: if the firmware upgrade

procedure is stuck at this point the

relay will not be upgraded. After

switching it off and on it will continue

working with the former firmware and

bootware versions.

Firmware

Program messages

“file” do not exist in

local drive

- File path is too long

- File has no file attributes

•

Check the path length, copy the files

in a shorter path and restart the

upgrade procedure.

•

Check the unzip process to see if the

file properties are properly set to “File”.

•

Note: if the firmware upgrade

procedure is stuck after having been

started, the former firmware has

been erased and the upgrade

procedure must be completed to

start working with the unit. If the

procedure is not completed, the HMI

shows the message “Os Loading...”

and the relay does not start up.

Summary of Contents for F650

Page 1: ... GEK 106310AF F650 Digital Bay Controller GE Grid Solutions Instruction Manual Firmware version 7 5x EnerVista F650 Setup version 7 5x GE publication code GEK 106310 AF LISTED ...

Page 2: ...amily Setup are registered trademarks of GE Multilin Inc The contents of this manual are the property of GE Multilin Inc This documentation is furnished on license and may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the permission of GE Multilin The content of this manual is for informational use only and is subject to change without notice Part number GEK 106310 AF June 2017 ...

Page 3: ... 2 1 F650 basic design 1 10 1 2 2 2 F650 signal type 1 11 1 2 3 Communications architecture 1 11 1 3 EnerVista 650 Setup software 1 14 1 3 1 System requirements 1 14 1 3 2 Installation 1 14 1 3 3 Connecting EnerVista 650 Setup to the F650 1 18 1 3 3 1 Configuring an Ethernet connection 1 18 1 3 3 2 Configuring the RS232 connection 1 18 1 4 650 hardware 1 19 1 4 1 Mounting wiring 1 19 1 4 2 650 com...

Page 4: ...ons 3 10 3 4 2 Digital inputs with trip circuit supervision 3 10 3 4 3 Cable fiber Ethernet board 3 11 3 5 Transceiver optical power budget vs link length 3 12 4 INTERFACES SETTINGS ACTUAL VALUES 4 1 EnerVista 650 Setup software 4 1 4 1 1 Introduction 4 1 4 1 1 1 Using settings files 4 2 4 1 1 2 Viewing actual values 4 2 4 1 1 3 Viewing triggered events 4 2 4 1 1 4 Firmware upgrades 4 2 4 1 1 5 On...

Page 5: ...ew menu 4 35 4 1 13 Help menu 4 35 4 2 Human machine interface HMI 4 36 4 2 1 Display 4 37 4 2 2 LED indicators 4 38 4 2 3 Pushbuttons 4 38 4 2 3 1 Keypad and shuttle key 4 38 4 2 3 2 Command push button 4 40 4 2 4 Front port and cover sealing system 4 40 4 2 5 Screen contrast 4 41 4 2 6 Text menus 4 41 4 2 6 1 Navigation 4 41 4 2 6 2 Text menu hierarchy 4 42 4 2 6 3 Actual Values 4 42 4 2 6 4 Sna...

Page 6: ... 21 5 2 5 2 Data logger associated states 5 22 5 2 5 3 Data logger file format and retrieval 5 22 5 2 6 Demand settings 5 23 5 2 6 1 Metering values and settings 5 23 5 2 6 2 Demand calculation methods 5 24 5 2 6 3 Demand function measurements and states 5 27 5 2 7 Time Settings 5 28 5 3 System setup 5 31 5 3 1 General settings 5 31 5 3 2 Miscellaneous settings 5 31 5 3 2 1 Out of service setting ...

Page 7: ... 7 1 Negative sequence overcurrent element 46P 5 81 5 4 8 Voltage elements 5 82 5 4 8 1 Phase undervoltage element 27P 5 83 5 4 8 2 Phase undervoltage element 59P 5 84 5 4 8 3 Neutral overvoltage element high low 59NH 59nl 5 84 5 4 8 4 Negative sequence overvoltage element 47 5 85 5 4 8 5 Auxiliary overvoltage element 59X 5 85 5 4 8 6 Auxiliary undervoltage element 27X 5 86 5 4 9 Power elements 5 ...

Page 8: ...inputs 5 152 5 6 7 1 Virtual inputs writing 5 152 5 6 7 2 Virtual inputs status monitoring 5 152 5 6 8 Virtual outputs 5 153 5 6 9 Virtual outputs latched 5 153 5 7 Remote comms 5 154 5 8 Testing 5 155 5 8 1 Force IO input testing 5 155 5 8 2 Force IO output testing 5 155 5 9 Relay configuration 5 156 5 9 1 Outputs 5 156 5 9 2 LEDs 5 157 5 9 3 Operations 5 158 5 9 3 1 Programming an operation 5 16...

Page 9: ...check 6 10 6 2 4 3 Autoreclose 6 10 6 2 4 4 Breaker failure 6 12 6 2 4 5 VT fuse failure 6 13 6 2 4 6 Broken conductor 6 13 6 2 4 7 Setting groups 6 13 6 2 4 8 Locked rotor 6 14 6 2 4 9 Pulse counters 6 14 6 2 4 10 Analog comparators 6 14 6 2 4 11 Load encroachment 6 15 6 2 4 12 Maximum number of starts 6 16 6 2 4 13 Digital counters 6 16 6 2 4 14 Cold load pickup 6 17 6 2 5 Protection control sta...

Page 10: ...3 6 5 1 4 Alarm panel 6 54 6 5 2 Waveform capture 6 55 6 5 3 Fault report 6 56 6 5 4 Data logger 6 57 7 IEC 61850 PROTOCOL 7 1 IEC 61850 generic substation state event GSSE 7 1 7 1 1 Overview 7 1 7 1 2 Remote communication 7 2 7 1 3 GSSE configuration 7 2 7 1 4 Remote inputs 7 4 7 1 5 Remote outputs 7 5 7 1 5 1 DNA bit pairs 7 5 7 1 5 2 UserSt bit pairs 7 6 7 2 IEC 61850 profile for F650 7 7 7 2 1...

Page 11: ...ication Board 2 option H G K J L M and IEC 61850 Edition 2 7 192 7 2 7 3 12 PIXIT for 650 family of relays whose order code has Rear Ethernet Commu nication Board 2 option H G K J L M and IEC 61850 Edition 1 7 201 7 3 IEC 61850 configurator 7 210 7 3 1 Overview 7 210 7 3 2 IEC 61850 configurator tool 7 211 7 3 2 1 Program options file edition 7 211 7 3 2 2 Open IEC61850 file from disk open CID fil...

Page 12: ... 50SG 10 12 10 12 Time overcurrent 51PH 51PL 51N 51G 46 10 13 10 13 Directional elements 67P 67N 67G 67SG 10 14 10 13 1 67P element 10 14 10 13 2 67N element 10 14 10 13 3 67G element 10 15 10 13 4 67SG element 10 15 10 14 Undervoltage elements 27P 27X 10 17 10 14 1 27P element 10 17 10 14 2 27X element 10 17 10 15 Overvoltage elements 59P 59X 59NH 59NL 47 10 18 10 15 1 59P element 10 18 10 15 2 5...

Page 13: ...2 B 2 2 2 B 2 2 2 TCP IP layer B 2 B 2 3 Data link layer B 2 B 2 4 Generic reading B 4 B 2 5 Generic writing B 5 B 2 6 Function codes B 6 B 2 7 Exception and error responses B 6 B 3 Data type B 7 B 4 MODBUS data B 8 B 4 1 Data management B 8 B 4 2 Writing settings B 8 B 4 3 Snapshot events B 8 B 4 4 Operations B 11 B 4 5 Force outputs of IO boards B 11 B 4 6 Control events B 12 B 4 6 1 Event struc...

Page 14: ...cation functions D 2 D 4 IEC 104 settings D 3 D 5 IEC 60870 5 104 point list D 10 D 6 IEC 60870 5 104 Interoperability D 11 E PROCOME PROTOCOL E 1 PROCOME protocol E 1 F IEC 60870 5 103 PROTOCOL F 1 IEC 60870 5 103 protocol F 1 F 1 1 Interoperability document F 1 F 1 2 Application level F 7 G REDUNDANCY PROTOCOL G 1 PRP and HSR Ethernet protocols G 1 G 1 1 PRP G 4 G 1 2 HSR G 5 G 2 RSTP IEEE 802 1...

Page 15: ...f your new relay Before attempting to install or use the relay it is imperative that all warnings and cautions in this manual are reviewed to help prevent personal injury equipment damage and or downtime The following safety and equipment symbols are used in this document DANGER Indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury WARNING Indicates a hazardou...

Page 16: ...ts of live current transformers Make sure that current transformer secondary circuits are shorted out before making or removing any connection to the current transformer CT input terminals of the device For tests with secondary test equipment ensure that no other sources of voltages or currents are connected to such equipment and that trip and close commands to the circuit breakers or other switch...

Page 17: ...uded in the main CPU Figure 1 1 Module withdrawal insertion WARNING MODULE WITHDRAWAL AND INSERTION SHALL ONLY BE PERFORMED BY DULY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL FOR PERSONAL SECURITY PURPOSES BEFORE ACCOMPLISHING ANY WITHDRAWAL OR INSERTION OPERATION THE RELAY MUST BE POWERED OFF AND ALL THE REAR TERMINALS MUST BE POTENTIAL FREE THE RELAY MUST BE GROUNDED USING THE REAR GROUNDING SCREW Before perfo...

Page 18: ...ed to the case The current inputs incorporate shorting bars so that the module can be extracted without the need to short circuit the currents externally It is very important for safety reasons not to change or switch the terminals for CTs and VTs Figure 1 1 Rear view of F650 unit GE Multilin will not be responsible for any damage of the relay connected equipment or personnel whenever these safety...

Page 19: ...he model number is at the top Figure 1 2 Identification label A4454P6 Please ensure that you received the following items with your relay Mounting screws for fixing the relay to a cabinet GE EnerVista DVD includes the EnerVista 650 Setup software and manuals in PDF format Wiring diagram Certificate of Compliance For product information instruction manual updates and the latest software updates ple...

Page 20: ... AND AUSTRALIA GE Grid Solutions 650 Markland Street Markham Ontario Canada L6C 0M1 North America toll free 1 800 547 8629 Tel 1 905 927 7070 Fax 1 905 927 5098 E mail multilin tech ge com Should you wish to receive additional information or for any particular problem that cannot be solved by referring to the information contained herein please contact General Electric Grid Solutions CAUTION The i...

Page 21: ...ding screw Before communicating with the F650 through the front USB port ensure that the computer s power supply is grounded When using a laptop it is recommended that the power supply be disconnected In many cases the laptop may not be correctly grounded either due to the power supply or to the connector cables used GE Multilin will not be responsible for any damage to the relay or connected equi...

Page 22: ...device or associated circuits isolate or disconnect all hazardous live circuits and sources of electric power Failure to shut equipment power off prior to removing the power connections could expose you to dangerous voltages causing injury or death All recommended equipment that should be grounded must have a reliable and un compromised grounding path for safety purposes protection against electro...

Page 23: ...ge AVERTISSEMENT Se réferer à la documentation pour l entretien et l utilisation L absence ou èviter de prender des mesures spècifiques peut entraîner des pertes de données ou même causer des dommages physiques WARNING Dangerous voltage constituting a risk of electric shock is present within the unit Failure to take or avoid a specified action can result in physical harm to the user AVERTISSEMENT ...

Page 24: ...e types of input and output signals The 650 family can communicate over a local area network LAN with an operator interface a programming device or another 650 device The CPU module contains firmware that provides protection elements in the form of logic algorithms as well as programming logic gates timers and latches for control features Input Elements accept a variety of analog or digital signal...

Page 25: ...nication modules on the rear One of the modules provides asynchronous serial communications using different physical media RS485 cable remote CAN bus I O plastic or glass fiber optic depending on the selected model The module incorporates two identical ports COM1 and COM2 The COM2 port is multiplexed with the front port Additionally this module may incorporate a port for CAN bus communications use...

Page 26: ...ne used for remote CAN Bus I Os This provides increased communication speed and acknowledgement of modules abnormalities etc As this is a serial port supporting a communications protocol it provides immunity against external or internal disturbances Board Code Functionality B One 10 100BaseTX port self negotiable speed C One 10 100BaseTX port and one 100BaseFX port D One 10 100BaseTX port and redu...

Page 27: ...NT PROCESSOR ANALOG INPUTS CURENT AC AND VOLTAGE AC I O I O DIGITAL SUPERVISION ETH1 ETH2 ETH3 Redundancy Optional CAN COM1 COM2 CAN REMOTE I O CAN I O INTERNAL SERIAL COM 1 SERIAL COM 2 SERIAL COM H COM2 SERIAL COM H HMI HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE FRONT SERIAL PORT MULTIPLEXED ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS MAIN PROCESSOR COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROTECTION ...

Page 28: ...commended Windows 7 or Windows 8 1 GB of RAM 2 GB recommended 500 MB free hard drive space 1 GB recommended 1024 x 768 display 1280 x 800 recommended RS232 and USB serial and or Ethernet port for communications with the relay 1 3 2 Installation After ensuring the minimum requirements for using EnerVista 650 Setup are met see previous section obtain the software from the GE EnerVista DVD or downloa...

Page 29: ... do not have a web connection then click Add Now to list software items for the F650 Figure 1 3 Add Product window 6 EnerVista Launchpad obtains the installation program from the Web or CD Once the download is complete double click the installation program to install the EnerVista 650 Setup software 7 Follow the on screen instructions to install the EnerVista 650 Setup software When the Welcome wi...

Page 30: ...and typing in the complete path name including the new directory name Click Next to continue with the installation Figure 1 5 EnerVista 650 Setup installation cont 9 The default program group containing the application is added to as shown in the Selected Program Folder window Click Next to begin the installation process and all the necessary program files are copied into the selected directory Fi...

Page 31: ...NTROLLER 1 17 10 To complete the installation select the desired language for startup Figure 1 7 Language window 11 Click Finish to end the installation The F650 device has been added to the list of installed IEDs in the EnerVista Launchpad window as shown below Figure 1 8 EnerVista Launchpad ...

Page 32: ...ttings ModBus Protocol ModBus Address COM1 COM2 setting in the Unit Identifier Slave Address field 6 Enter the ModBus port address from Setpoint Product Setup Communication Settings ModBus Protocol ModBus Port Number setting in the ModBus Port field 7 The Device has now been configured for Ethernet communications Click ON to begin communicating 1 3 3 2 Configuring the RS232 connection Before start...

Page 33: ...20 22 or 24 AWG according to American standards 0 25 0 34 or 0 5 mm2 according to European standards connects the F485 converter to the F650 rear communication port To minimize communication errors that can be caused by external noise a shielded twisted pair is recommended In order to avoid loops where external currents can flow the cable shield must be grounded at one end only The converter box G...

Page 34: ...relays on a single channel Do not use other connection configurations Lightening strikes and ground surge currents can cause large momentary voltage differences between remote ends of the communication link For this reason surge protection devices are provided internally To ensure maximum reliability all equipment should have similar transient protection devices installed Figure 1 2 RS485 connecti...

Page 35: ...intenance 1 Check wiring connections for firmness 2 Analog value current voltages analog inputs injection test and metering accuracy verification Calibrated test equipment is required 3 Protection element setpoint verification analog values injection or visual verification of setting file entries against relay settings 4 Contact inputs and outputs verification This test can be conducted by direct ...

Page 36: ... the box in a larger box that contains at least 5 cm of cushioning material Ship the unit by courier or freight forwarder along with the Commercial Invoice and RMA to the factory Fax a copy of the shipping information to the GE Grid Solutions service department Customers are responsible for shipping costs to the factory regardless of whether the unit is under warranty Use the detailed return proce...

Page 37: ... standard feature Current parameters are available as true RMS magnitude or as RMS magnitude of undamental frequency and angle phasor Diagnostic features include a sequence of records The internal clock used for time tagging can be synchronized with an IRIG B signal or via SNTP DNP or Modbus protocol over the Ethernet port From firmware version 7 00 and above IEEE 1588 time protocol is also availa...

Page 38: ...any standard web browser The IEC 60870 5 104 protocol is supported on the Ethernet port The Ethernet port also supports the Parallel Redundancy Protocol PRP and High availability Seamless Redundancy HSR of IEC 62439 3 clause 4 PRP and clause 5 HSR for firmware version 7 00 and so on Rear port COM1 can be set to support IEC60870 5 103 protocol The F650 IEDs use flash memory technology which allows ...

Page 39: ...t 50G Ground Instantaneous Overcurrent 50SG Ground Instantaneous Overcurrent for sensitive ground systems measured from 5th current transformer input 50IG Isolated Ground Instantaneous Overcurrent measured from 5th current transformer input 51N Neutral Time Overcurrent 51G Ground Time Overcurrent 51SG Sensitive Ground Time Overcurrent 51PH V Voltage Restraint Phase Time Overcurrent 51PL V Voltage ...

Page 40: ...tive and Apparent Power and Power Factor DNP Multimaster 3 0 Level 2 32 Latched Virtual Inputs 32 Self Reset Virtual Inputs Three Phase Energy IEC 870 5 104 Virtual Outputs up to 512 Frequency ModBus User Map Tripping and closing circuit supervision Sequence components of currents and voltages IEC 61850 protocol Remote Inputs Outputs GSSE and GOOSE messages Pulse Counters IEC 870 5 103 protocol An...

Page 41: ... CAN bus I O REAR ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS BOARD 2 B 10 100 Base TX C 10 100 Base TX 100 Base FX D 10 100 Base TX Redundant 100 Base FX E Redundant 10 100 Base TX G 1588 10 100 Base TX 100 Base TX See Note 3 H 1588 10 100 Base TX 100 Base FX See Note 3 J PRP 1588 10 100 Base TX Redundant 100 Base FX See Note 4 K PRP HSR RSTP 1588 10 100 Base TX Redundant 100 Base FX See note4 L PRP 1588 10 100 Base...

Page 42: ...s 5 For special models requested relay order code shall be codified as a standard model Table 2 1 following by Abbreviation MX where X indicates the number of special model selected 6 For non last released firmware version models requested relay order code shall be codified as standard model Table 2 1 following by Abbreviation VXXXXXBYYYYY where XXXXX is the firmware version requested and YYYYY is...

Page 43: ... 2 2 Order code for CIO module 1 The digit selected for option J must be equal or higher than the digit selected for option H for models including boards 4 and 5 CIOH1J5 is a valid selection CIOH5J1 is an invalid selection CIO H J DESCRIPTION I O BOARD IN SLOT H 1 16 Digital inputs 8 outputs 2 8 Digital Inputs 8 Outputs 2 trip close circuit supervision circuits 4 32 Digital Inputs 5 16 Digital Inp...

Page 44: ...er PHASE TIME OVERCURRENT 51PH 51PL Current Input phasor without harmonics or RMS Rated Current for connection to 1 or 5 A CTs Pickup Level 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A Dropout Level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 00 A 1 5 of the reading for higher values Curve Shape IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC ...

Page 45: ...ccuracy Operate at 1 03 times the pickup 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Saturation Level 48 times the pickup level Snapshot Events selectable by setting NEUTRAL TIME OVERCURRENT 51N Current Input fundamental phasor without harmonics or RMS Pickup Level 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A Dropout Level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy values at nominal frequency 0 5 of t...

Page 46: ... without harmonics or RMS Rated Current for connection to 1 or 5 A CTs Pickup Level 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A Dropout Level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 00 A 1 5 of the reading for higher values Overreach 2 Trip Delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset Delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Oper...

Page 47: ... 1 5 of the reading 1 mA from 0 005 to 16 000 A Trip Delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Time to Instantaneous 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Operate Time 50 ms at 3 x pickup at 50 Hz typically Timing Accuracy at 0 ms time delay no intentional delay 50 ms at non zero time delay 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events selectable by setting NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURREN...

Page 48: ... Current Threshold 0 005 A Characteristic Angle 90º to 90º in steps of 1º Block Logic permission or block selectable by setting Angle Accuracy 3º for I 0 1 A and V 5 Vac Operate Time 30 ms typically NEUTRAL DIRECTIONAL 67N Directionality forward and reverse selectable by setting Polarizing voltage current dual Polarizing Voltage VN measured or calculated selected by setting Polarizing Current Isg ...

Page 49: ...50 ms whichever is greater Logic Any Two All phases logic selectable by setting Snapshot Events selectable by setting PHASE UNDERVOLTAGE 27P Voltage Input fundamental phasor of phase to ground or phase to phase voltages selectable by setting Pickup Level 3 to 300 V in steps of 1 V Dropout Level 102 to 103 of the pickup level Level Accuracy 1 of the reading from 10 to 208 V at nominal frequency Tri...

Page 50: ...el 3 to 300 V in steps of 1 V Dropout Level 102 to 103 of the pickup level Level Accuracy 1 of the reading from 10 to 208 V at nominal frequency Curve Shapes fixed time or inverse curves Reset Type instantaneous Curve Multiplier Time Dial 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Timing Accuracy 3 5 of operating time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events selectable by setting UNDERFREQUENCY 81U ...

Page 51: ...selectable by setting Operate Time 45 ms at 50 Hz typically WATTMETRIC ZERO SEQUENCE DIRECTIONAL 32N Measured Power zero sequence Number of Elements 6 3 high level 3 low level Voltage Pickup Level VN 2 00 to 70 00 V in steps of 0 01 V voltage calculated from phases if auxiliary voltage is set to Vx voltage measured from the 4th voltage transformer if auxiliary voltage is set to VN Level Accuracy f...

Page 52: ...e Difference 2 0º to 80 0º in steps of 0 1º Maximum Frequency Slip 10 to 5000 mHz in steps of 10 mHz Synchronism Time 0 01 to 1 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Angle Accuracy 3º Dead Source Function None DL DB Dead Line Dead Bus LL DB Live Line Dead Bus DL LB Dead Line Live Bus Snapshot Events selectable by setting FUSE FAILURE Algorithm based on positive sequence of voltage and current Activation by V2 V...

Page 53: ... Snapshot Events selectable by setting BROKEN CONDUCTOR I2 I1 Pickup Level 20 0 100 0 I2 I1 ratio in steps of 0 1 Dropout Level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Trip Delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Timing Accuracy 3 5 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events selectable by setting Operation Threshold 0 000 to 1 000 A in steps of 0 001 A Current Inhibition Level selectable...

Page 54: ...inimum Voltage 0 00 to 300 00 V in steps of 0 01 V Reach sec Ω 0 02 to 250 00 Ω in steps of 0 01 Ω Impedance Accuracy 3 Angle 5 to 50º in steps of 1º Angle Accuracy 3 Pickup Delay 0 000 to 65 535 s in steps of 0 001 Reset Delay 0 000 to 65 535 s in steps of 0 001 Time Accuracy 3 5 or 60 ms whichever is greater Operate Time 60 ms at 50 Hz typically Snapshot Events selectable by setting BREAKER SETT...

Page 55: ... channels up to 16 digital channels programmable through PLC Data Storage non volatile flash memory without battery Format International Standard COMTRADE ASCII IEEE C37 111 1999 Automatic Overwrite selectable by setting oscillography records can be concatenated Snapshot Events selectable by setting FAULT LOCATOR Method single ended Positive Sequence Module 0 01 to 250 00 Ohm in steps of 0 01 Ohms...

Page 56: ...tal signal programmable through the PLC Alarm Control events can be displayed as an alarm on the alarms panel Information is always available through Communications for all models and in the HMI for models with a graphical display M in order code Data Storage non volatile flash memory without battery Control events are also displayed in the snapshot events recording DEMAND Channels 9 Parameters Ia...

Page 57: ... library format FLEXCURVES Number 4 A through D Reset Points 40 0 through 1 of pickup Operate Point 80 0 through 20 of pickup Time Delay 0 to 65535 ms in steps of 1 ms Saturation Level 20 x the pickup level USER PROGRAMMABLE LEDS Number 15 configurable LEDs plus the Ready non configurable LED Programmability any logical variable contact or virtual input Reset Mode self reset or latched The first 5...

Page 58: ...curacy 2 0 of the reading WATT HOURS POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE Accuracy 2 0 of the reading Range 2147483 to 2147483 MWh Parameters 3 phase only Update Rate 100 ms WAR HOURS POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE Accuracy 2 0 of the reading Range 2147483 to 2147483 MVArh Parameters 3 phase only Update Rate 100 ms FREQUENCY Accuracy 0 03Hz From 30 to 80 Hz Note Voltage input must be above 10 V to start measuring frequen...

Page 59: ...there is a single setting for all inputs in the same group all inputs sharing the same common Input Type and Delay Input Time are not grouped there is a different setting for each input Input Type positive edge negative edge positive negative Delay Input Time 0 to 60000 ms in steps of 1 ms input signal time delay REMOTE INPUTS IEC61850 GSSE GOOSE Number of Input Devices 32 configured from 64 incom...

Page 60: ... The current seal in circuit is used for verifying the current condition in a circuit during the time that the tripping contact remains closed If the current in the tripping circuit is maintained over 500 mA the function is sealed independently of the status of the function that caused the trip REMOTE OUTPUTS IEC61850 GSSE GOOSE Standard Output Points 32 User Output Points 32 2 5 9 Control power s...

Page 61: ...300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 baud Default Baud Rate 19200 baud Protocols ModBus RTU DNP 3 0 IEC103 Typical Distance 1200 m for cooper cable 1000 m for glass fiber and 50 m for plastic fiber Isolation 2 kV CAN PORT Rear Port CAN port in models C M X Y Z for asynchronous rear ports Type Multimode glass F O port with ST connectors Fiber Wavelength 820 nm Fiber Type multimo...

Page 62: ... 100BaseTX port is selected by an internal switch see 3 3 3 Two witness LEDs for transmission and reception are included SIMPLE NETWORK TIME PROTOCOL SNTP Clock Synchronization error 10 ms typical PRECISION TIME PROTOCOL PTP PTP IEEE Std 1588 2008 version 2 Power Profile PP per IEEE Standard PC37 238TM2011 Slave only ordinary clock Peer delay measurement mechanism PARALLEL REDUNDANCY PROTOCOL PRP ...

Page 63: ...se to a logic 0 input This specification applies to either 62 5 125 μm or 50 125 μm fiber cables 3 This specification is intended to indicate the performance of the receiver section of the transceiver when Input Optical Power signal characteristics are present per the following definitions The Input Optical Power dynamic range from the minimum level with a window time width to the maximum level is...

Page 64: ...EC60255 26 IEC61000 4 2 Level 4 Radiated RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity IEC60255 26 IEC61000 4 3 Level 3 Electrical Fast Transient Immunity IEC60255 26 IEC61000 4 4 Zone A Surge Immunity IEC60255 26 IEC61000 4 5 Zone A Conducted RF Immunity IEC60255 26 IEC61000 4 6 Level 3 Power magnetic Immunity IEC60255 26 IEC61000 4 8 Level 5 Power Frequency Immunity IEC60255 26 IEC61000 4 16 Zone A Damped O...

Page 65: ...ration Belarus and Kazakhstan APPLICABLE COUNCIL DIRECTIVE ACCORDING TO CE COMPLIANCE Low voltage directive IEC60255 27 EMC Directive IEC60255 26 NORTH AMERICA UL UL508 EAC Machines and Equipment TR CU 010 2011 ISO Manufactured under a registered quality program ISO9001 Item Description Country of origin Spain Date of manufacture See label on the F650 unit Declaration of Conformity and or Certific...

Page 66: ...2 30 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 2 6 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS CHAPTER 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 6 External connections Figure 2 2 F650 wiring diagram 189C4216H2 ...

Page 67: ...4 2 F K C O L B P 0 5 F7 CC3 5 2 F K C O L B P 1 5 F8 CC4 6 2 F K C O L B P 7 6 F9 COMMON 1 4 COMMON 1 4 F27 F10 COMMON 5 8 COMMON 5 8 F28 F11 CC5 9 2 F K C O L B G 0 5 F12 CC6 0 3 F K C O L B G 1 5 F13 CC7 79 INITIATE I SENS F31 F14 CC8 2 3 F K C O L B 9 7 F15 COIL 2 F33 S N E S I a 2 5 6 1 F F34 F17 COIL 2 F35 F18 52 b F36 INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION FOR BOARDS F1 AND F2 O7 27 59 PICKUP 50 67G ...

Page 68: ...2 32 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 2 6 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS CHAPTER 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ...

Page 69: ...ule description Figure 3 1 Block diagram R RS S 2 2 3 32 2 H Hi ig gh h S Sp pe ee ed d s se er ri ia al l C CA AN N B Bu us s V VT Ts s a an nd d C CT Ts s CPU Module Digital I O Power Supply Optional Digital I O L Lo oc ca al l R Re em mo ot te e L L E E D D s s SCREEN K Ke ey yp pa ad d RS232 RS232 USB USB Module Transformer ...

Page 70: ...ical 4 x 20 or optional graphical 16 x 40 characters display It includes the bus on its rear which communicates with the rest of modules via a high speed CAN bus Transformer module with 5 current transformers and 4 voltage transformers CPU including a powerful DSP for measure processing as well as synchronous and asynchronous communication accessories Input Output module included in basic unit Opt...

Page 71: ...apacitors are specified to stand up to 105ºC transformer components are specially designed to stand up to 180ºC the MOSFET transistor has very low resistance supports high voltage and is refrigerated by an oversized heat sink This allows temperatures over the 60ºC shown in the Technical Characteristics section and prolonged overloads such as those occurring at batteries in deep charge mode much hi...

Page 72: ...front of the relay is made of a thermoplastic flame retardant V0 UL94 highly resistive material which guarantees the unit s immunity to all kinds of EMI RFI ESD interferences There is also an IP52 IEC 529 protection rating against dust and water through the front and with the relay mounted in the panel 3 3 1 Mounting The unit is designed for semi flush mounting The relay is secured to the panel wi...

Page 73: ... DESCRIPTION GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 3 5 Figure 3 3 Cutout and drilling dimensions 1 10 28 6 80 172 8 0 75 19 1 10 26 260 7 9 33 237 10 48 266 3 8 39 0 039 213 1 7 44 189 7 5 190 5 10 36 263 4xØ0 27 7 0 47 12 0 47 12 ...

Page 74: ...3 6 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 3 3 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION CHAPTER 3 HARDWARE Figure 3 4 19 rack dimensions 8U high for two relays ...

Page 75: ... for the CT secondary current Isg The rest of the terminal blocks incorporate high quality connectors with the capacity to withstand a rated current of 15 A at 300 V These terminal blocks admit a cable section of up to 2 54 mm2 AWG 12 The relay should be connected directly to the ground bus using the shortest practical path A tinned copper braided shielding and bonding cable should be used As a mi...

Page 76: ...00 and above only the serial card can be removed TYPE OF COMMUNICATION CONNECTOR RS485 CAN cable Plug in 3 poles IRIG B Plug in 2 poles Plastic fiber optic Versatile Link Ethernet 10 100 UTP 10 100BaseTX RJ45 Class 5 Glass fiber optic 100BaseFX ST Ethernet 100 FX 100BaseFX ST CAN Fiber ST WARNING The transformer module housing the VTs and CTs is already connected to a female connector screwed to t...

Page 77: ...the module in order to avoid electrostatic discharges that may cause damage to the electronic components WARNING Special care is required when disconnecting CT wire leads from the terminal block A high voltage potential can occur if a wire is disconnected while a CT is energized CT isolation or de energization is required prior to CT terminal wire removal ...

Page 78: ...than the number selected for option F for models including boards 4 and 5 3 4 2 Digital inputs with trip circuit supervision The Option 2 I O board includes two groups of 4 inputs with one common in terminals F9 to F10 It also includes 6 auxiliary outputs in terminals F19 to F30 with normally open contacts and two current sensing latching outputs F31 F33 and F34 F36 Besides there are 2 groups of i...

Page 79: ...sions prior to 7 00 is an independent module located in the bottom at the rear part of the relay In models C and D options for versions prior to 7 00 the 10 100BaseTx port is selected by an internal switch This switch must be configured as shown in the figure 3 8 in order to select between fiber or cable Figure 3 8 Fiber cable selection ...

Page 80: ... the available optical power for a fiber optic link to accommodate fiber cable losses plus losses due to in line connectors splices and optical switches OPB also provides a margin for link aging and unplanned losses due to cable plant reconfiguration and repair OPB dB Fiber optic Cable length km 62 5 125 μm 50 125 μm 11 4 8 0 10 9 7 4 0 3 10 5 7 1 0 5 9 6 6 2 1 0 8 5 5 3 1 5 7 3 4 3 2 0 6 3 3 2 5 ...

Page 81: ...ine or connected online with a 650 device In offline mode settings files can be created for eventual download to the device In online mode real time communication with the device is supported The EnerVista 650 Setup software provided with every F650 relay can be run from a computer supporting Microsoft Windows XP SP 2 or 3 Windows 7 or Windows 8 This chapter provides a summary of the basic EnerVis...

Page 82: ...and measurements while connected to a relay 4 1 1 3 Viewing triggered events In online mode you can view and analyze data generated by triggered specified parameters via one of the following Event Recorder The event recorder captures contextual data associated with the last 479 events listed in chronological order from most recent to oldest For firmware version 7 20 or higher 511 events are availa...

Page 83: ...TWARE GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 4 3 4 1 2 Main screen The EnerVista 650 Setup software main window includes the following components Title bar Main menu bar Main icon bar Working area Status bar Figure 4 1 EnerVista 650 Setup main screen Working Area Title ...

Page 84: ...Main communication parameters for serial communication and control type selection Modbus TCP Setup if ModBus TCP is selected as control type Communication parameters for ModBus TCP communication Communication control Device communication status communicating or not communicating Communication optimization allows optimizing the communication time outs and failure establishing NOTICE Safety instruct...

Page 85: ...BUS TCP this option selects ModBus TCP IP communication mode for communication through the Ethernet port In this case the top right window shows the typical parameters to be programmed IP address port address and unit identifier in the MODBUS TCP SETUP section MODEM this option displays the parameter to set in case of using a modem for the communication such as Phone number Time out sec init comma...

Page 86: ...etup Open a 650 file File Open menu Modify Settings and relay configuration Is it necessary to program additional logic Launch the Logic Configuration tool in EnerVista 650 Setup Setpoint Logic Configuration Create new or modify the existing logic File Open Project Compile and save logic file pep and drawing design aut in Logic Configuration tool Exit PLC Graphic Editor and save the 650 file from ...

Page 87: ...r PLC Editor Contents Relay configuration file containing all elements Settings input output and LEDs configuration graphic display configuration etc Equations corresponding to the logic created and compiled in the PLC Editor PLC project file containing the necessary information relative to the relay model logic libraries included in the project lib graphic file name aut etc PLC Project file conta...

Page 88: ...h the Logic Configuration tool in EnerVista 650 Setup Setpoint Logic Configuration Create new or modify the existing logic File Open Project Compile Run Compile and save logic file pep and drawing design aut in Logic Configuration tool File Save Project Send logic to relay Run Send Equations to Relay and Exit PLC Graphic Editor Is the relay completely configured Save all settings configuration Fil...

Page 89: ...ay Communications Computer Send settings and configuration from file Launch 650 Logic equations editor Setpoint Logic Configuration Open the created PLC project File Open Project Compile the project Run Compile Now the logic virtual outputs can be sent directly to relay Run Send Equations to Relay Texts of virtual outputs are not stored in the relay only in the logic configuration files to be edit...

Page 90: ...t Actual Operations Communication IEC 61850 CONFIGURATOR Security View Help New Product Setup Front Panel Fixed commands Computer Login user Traces Instruction Manual Open System Setup Status Modem Change Password ModBus Memory Map GE Multilin on the web Save Protection Elements Metering Troubleshooti ng User Manageme nt Languages About EnerVista 650 Setup Save As Control Elements Inputs Outputs C...

Page 91: ...e relay Send info to relay Send and write the 650 settings and configuration to the relay Print Setup To configure printer settings Print Preview Preview of settings and configuration file printing format Print Launch the 650 file to be printed Print to file xls 650 printed to file in excel format PLC Checksum Calculation Calculate the CRC of PLC equations of the 650 file When a 650 is uploaded to...

Page 92: ...ffline options to fully program the unit The enabled menus in the EnerVista 650 Setup program are File Setpoint Actual Communication View and Help Offline mode displays the File Setpoint Actual Communication Security View and Help submenus in order to program the unit The Actual values submenus are for structure purposes only Values are not refreshed while the relay is not communicating The Save a...

Page 93: ... path Indicates the path where source model file is located Figure 4 6 Config file 650 converter menu It is possible to change the model type FXGX using the conversion tool It must be taken into account that part of the logic can be readjusted to fit the new input and output board selection Notice also that the external wiring of inputs and outputs boards is different for type 1 2 4 and 5 File con...

Page 94: ...ee setting groups in the destination file Protection elements in the other groups setting groups are configured with default values in the destination file Phase TOC High Phase TOC High 1 G1 Phase TOC High 2 G2 Phase TOC High 3 G3 Function ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED Input PHASOR DFT PHASOR DFT PHASOR DFT Pickup Level 0 10 1 50 2 00 Curve Definite time Definite time Definite time TD Multiplier 0 02 0 ...

Page 95: ...on etc of the file being edited as shown Figure 4 7 File properties menu 4 1 6 4 Print options The printing options are active only in offline mode with a file open and not in online mode connected with the relay Print setup Option to configure the printer options and settings Print preview Option to preview the whole settings and configuration file 650 in paper format to be printed as shown Figur...

Page 96: ...The results of the comparison are displayed as shown Figure 4 9 Compare to settings file 4 1 6 6 PLC checksum calculation When working in offline mode the PLC Checksum calculation option calculates the CRC of the PLC equations and Relay configuration section for the open 650 file When a 650 file is uploaded to the relay the calculated PLC Checksum and the actual value of the PLC Checksum read from...

Page 97: ...e Current Settings Voltage Elements settings and Power Settings management Control Elements Setting groups under and over frequency settings synchrocheck autoreclose breaker failure VT fuse failure broken conductor locked rotor settings management Pulse Counters Analog comparators Frequency Rate of Change Load encroachment max number of starts Digital Counters Cold Load Pickup and PLC Timer Masks ...

Page 98: ...Serial Ports Baud rate and parity for COM1 and COM2 serial communication ports Network Ethernet Ethernet communication parameters for ETH_1 ETH2 or ETH_E ETH_A ETH_B Depending on model IP Address Netmask Gateway IP NOTE The ModBus Slave address used by Ethernet ports is the one set for COM2 EnerVista 650 Setup software allows programming two different Ethernet addresses but the first IP has always...

Page 99: ... in the relay Breaker Breaker Configuration Switchgear Configuration of snapshot events for each switchgear enable or disable MiscellaneousSettings This screen contains settings related with relay working mode Out of service setting Local Remote mode and Active language mode are options listed below Breaker settings Breaker settings maintenance and switchgear selection of the device configured as ...

Page 100: ... group 5 is the active group Setting Group 6 All protection functions available when setting group 6 is the active group Phase Current Phase TOC High Phase time overcurrent high level 51PH Phase TOC Low Phase time overcurrent low level 51PL Phase IOC High Phase instantaneous overcurrent high level 50PH Phase IOC Low Phase instantaneous overcurrent low level 50PL Phase Directional Phase directional...

Page 101: ...al Power Directional power 32 in primary values Watt Gnd Flt High Wattmetric ground fault high 32N High in secondary values Watt Gnd Flt Low Wattmetric ground fault low 32N Low in secondary values Frequency Underfrequency Underfrequency unit 81U Overfrequency Overfrequency unit 81O Frequency Rate of Change Frequency rate of change function 81R Miscellaneous Broken Conductor Broken or fallen conduc...

Page 102: ...ailure 50BF Single element VT Fuse Failure Fuse Failure VTFF Single element Broken Conductor Broken or fallen conductor detection function I2 I1 Grouped element Ratio between the negative sequence current I2 and the positive sequence current I1 In normal and balanced load situations this ratio is zero while in severe load fault conditions an unbalance is produced and this ratio is increased Locked...

Page 103: ...ounters provided Analog Comparators Analog comparator function 20 analog comparators provided Max Number of Starts Maximum Number of Starts 66 Single element Digital Counters Up to 8 Digital Counters Cold Load Pickup Cold Load Pickup Function Single element Available for firmware version 7 00 and above PLC Timer Masks Configuration of masks that can be assigned to PLC timers 60 CTS Failure Current...

Page 104: ...ontal keys time outs and masters Protection Elements This tab allows assigning operands logic signals as inputs to different protection elements To block reset initiate the different protection elements inputs Control Elements This tab allows assigning operands logic signals as inputs to different control elements Oscillography Trigger and up to 16 digital channels to be included in oscillography ...

Page 105: ...4 pre established events for switchgear which correspond to opening closing Error01 and Error11 of the 16 programmable switchgear elements Remote outputs Up to 32 DNA bits and 64 user St bits to be transmitted to remote devices over CAN using GSSE messages Inputs Text configuration for offline mode file management for all the contact inputs available in device Virtual Inputs Text configuration for...

Page 106: ... to section 4 1 4 File management menu File description pep Header for Logic project PLC project file containing the necessary information relative to the relay model logic libraries included in the project lib graphic file name aut etc aut PLC Project file containing all the drawings used by the logic required by 650 relay based on IEC 61131 3 standard Functional block diagram FDB lib User progra...

Page 107: ... 1 7 11 IEC 103 Configuration menu This menu allows to update the IEC 103 configuration of the unit Figure 4 13 IEC 103 Configurator See chapter 5 13 4 1 7 12 Clock menu This menu allows updates to the date and time of the relay either synchronizing them with the PC clock or entering the information manually Figure 4 14 Clock ...

Page 108: ...gured as breaker are in the Status Switchgear Status Switchgear XX menu Protection Status of all the protection units in the device Control Elements Status of all the control units available in the device Protection Summary This screen shows a complete list of all protection and control elements in the relay showing their status enabled or not Snapshots Events summary Summary of the snapshot event...

Page 109: ...unit besides the thermal image values in percentage for all phases and units Voltage Protection status signals pickups and operations for all voltage functions undervoltage overvoltage neutral overvoltage negative sequence overvoltage and auxiliary under and over voltage Power Protection status signals pickups and operations for forward directional and wattmetric ground fault high and low power un...

Page 110: ...nits Load Encroachment Status signals pickups and operations for load encroachment units Max Number of Starts Status signal for number of starts operations Digital Counters Status signals for the Digital Counter units Cold Load Pickup Status signals for the Cold Load Pickup Function 60CTS Failure Status signals of Current transformer failure Function 2nd HRMC Inhibit Status signals of Second Harmo...

Page 111: ...ommand is only effective if latch is selected for Output Type setting on the I O board thus the contact output has been configured to emulate function 86 latching relay IO Board Status Status of I O boards This status provides if the hardware it is OK boards matching relay model correctly inserted in their tracks in good state and communicating through the internal CAN bus Virtual Inputs Status of...

Page 112: ...ble if the communication has already been established Calibration Retrieve the unit calibration settings and storing them in a file with extension cal For reading or storing the calibration settings in the relay go to Communications Calibration Get or Set calibration settings and select the intended calibration file The calibration retrieval process must be performed before updating the operating ...

Page 113: ...c configuration projects necessary to modify the logic virtual outputs in the relay These files can be stored in the relay using the Communication Upload info files to relay option in EnerVista 650 Setup through Ethernet communication They can be retrieved using Communication Download info files to relay option in EnerVista 650 Setup program Ethernet communication Take into account that the pep au...

Page 114: ...control in EnerVista 650 Setup EnerVista 650 Setup security users and passwords are not related to passwords in HMI Each security level has its own access for HMI management and EnerVista 650 Setup management indicates online only indicates offline only security Login User Log on menu for EnerVista 650 Setup Enabled after security control has been enabled in user management menu Change Password Me...

Page 115: ...be obtained from EnerVista 650 Setup program indicates online only indicates offline only 4 1 13 Help menu Complete instructions manual and data about EnerVista 650 Setup release View Traces ModBus communication traces between the EnerVista 650 Setup and the relay ModBus Memory map Complete ModBus memory map description Languages Option to change the EnerVista 650 Setup default language Only avail...

Page 116: ...ications port and the commands buttons that can be sealed The following figure shows the HMI in F650 Figure 4 16 HMI interface available for firmware versions 7 00 and below Ergonomic programmable keys Shuttle control for easy navigation ESC key built in ENTER function and audio feedback Local Remote Off pushbutton with LEDs HMI Interface Graphic 16x40 or text 4x20 LCD display Fluorescent backligh...

Page 117: ...a graphical display of 16 lines with 40 characters each 128x240 pixels The boot code and firmware versions can be seen in the relay text main screen this screen is the default screen in the text menu for all models After the text F650 appears the relay firmware version 7 00 in the example and between brackets the boot program version 7 00 in the example followed by General Electric the relay model...

Page 118: ...splay there is a reset LEDs button dedicated for this purpose The latched conditions can also be reset via communications using the LED reset input to configure this signal go to Setpoint Relay Configuration Control Elements LED RESET INPUT By default this LED reset input signal is set to LEDS RESET operation 4 2 3 Pushbuttons The front panel provides Push buttons keypad 5 user programmable plus E...

Page 119: ...ogrammable 8VHG IRU FORVLQJ WKH XVHU SURJUDPPDEOH VZLWFKJHDU W LV IXOO SURJUDPPDEOH F1 User programmable F2 User programmable F3 User programmable Up Key Used for selecting menus submenus DQG seWtinJV Down Key Used for selecting menus submenus and changLQJ values of settings Enter Key Press to enter to submenus or to change values Escape key Press key to exit from menus Reset key 3UHVV WR test all...

Page 120: ...s operation inhibited for maintenance and safety can be reach pressing the commands pushbutton during several seconds local remote off sequence The local remote off sequence can be also available through communications see chapter 5 8 with a configurable signal that can be set in the Setpoint Relay Configuration Control Elements screen 4 2 4 Front port and cover sealing system The following Figure...

Page 121: ...ay besides this text main menu there are several screens providing more performance for control purposes Press or rotate left or right the enter shuttle key to enter the main menu starting from the standby screen default main screen The default main screen can be accessed pressing ESC key until it appears In all the navigation press the enter shuttle key to select the desired header display top le...

Page 122: ...zation of all protection and control settings available in device Press shuttle key or enter keyto enter next level Move Up Down to select submenu Press ESC to return to previous level Change Settings Menu that allows changing all protection and control settings available in device Inputs and outputs settings relay configuration and logic configuration are not available in HMI only via EnerVista 6...

Page 123: ...Comparators Load Encroachment Max Number of starts Digital Counters Cold Load Pickup Switchgear Status Switchgear 1 Switchgear Switchgear 16 Calibration FlexCurves System Info Records Status Fault Reports Control Events Oscillography Data logger Demand Energy Breaker Maintenance SNTP IRIG_B PTP Versions Redundancy Metering Primary Values Current Voltage Power Energy Demand Secondary Values Current...

Page 124: ...To enter this menu press the enter shuttle key when the option Snapshot events is selected in main menu In this menu all the snapshot events stored can be displayed Snapshot events are changes in the relay internal status One snapshot event is displayed in two text screens The first screen display the status date and time of the snapshot event the snapshot event identifier its status event number ...

Page 125: ...s the ESC key and return to the snapshot events menu Figure 4 24 Snapshot event navigation HMI 4 2 6 5 Fault report To enter the Fault Report menu press the enter shuttle key when the option Fault report is selected in main menu This menu displays information about the last ten faults recorded in the relay The relay HMI can handle fault reports stored in the relay in two different ways 1 Show faul...

Page 126: ...et and can be obtained from the relay using the EnerVista 650 Setup software Actual Records Fault report If there is no fault report available through the display the relay shows a Fault report not available message The format of the displayed screens is as follows Select the Fault report menu in text menu If there is more than one fault record press the up down keys or rotate the shuttle key and ...

Page 127: ...ings AB phase A to phase B BC phase B to phase C CA phase C to phase A 3PHASE Three phase faults shown on the display as 3PH NAF Fault type not calculated MAIN SETTINGS MENU FIRST LEVEL SECOND LEVEL THIRD LEVEL Product Setup Communication Serial Ports Ethernet Ethernet A Ethernet B Ethernet E Redundancy ModBus Protocol DNP3 Slave Available for standard and IEC61850 models DNP3 Slave 1 3 IEC 870 5 ...

Page 128: ...oltage Elements Phase UV Phase UV 1 3 Phase OV Phase OV 1 3 Neutral OV High Neutral OV High 1 3 Neutral OV Low Neutral OV Low 1 3 Neg Seq OV Neg Seq OV 1 3 Auxiliary OV Auxiliary OV 1 3 Auxiliary UV Auxiliary UV 1 3 Power Forward Power Forward Power 1 3 Directional Power Directional Power 1 3 Watt Gnd Flt High Watt Gnd Flt High 1 3 Watt Gnd Flt Low Watt Gnd Flt Low 1 3 Control elements See note Se...

Page 129: ...al TOC 1 3 Neutral IOC Neutral IOC 1 3 Neutral Dir Neutral Dir 1 3 Ground Current Ground TOC Ground TOC 1 3 Ground IOC Ground IOC 1 3 Ground Dir Ground Dir 1 3 Sens Ground Curr Sens Ground TOC Sens Ground TOC 1 3 Sens Ground IOC Sens Ground IOC 1 3 Isolated Gnd IOC Isolated Gnd IOC 1 3 Sens Ground Dir Sens Ground Dir 1 3 Neg Seq Current Neg Seq TOC Neg Seq TOC 1 3 Voltage Elements Phase UV Phase U...

Page 130: ...equency 1 6 Fq Rate of Change Fq Rate of Change 1 3 Miscellaneous Broken Conductor Broken Conductor 1 3 Locked Rotor Locked Rotor 1 3 Load Encroachment Load Encroachment 1 3 Control Elements Setting Group Synchrocheck Autoreclose Breaker Failure VT Fuse Failure Max Num of starts Cold Load Pickup PLC Timer Masks 60 CTS Failure 2nd HRMC Inhibit ...

Page 131: ...lecting the appropriate value press again the enter shuttle key to fix that value To save the new settings go to the end of the menu pressing down key or rotating the shuttle key right and select Press Enter to save settings When pressing the shuttle key inside this menu the new settings is saved Select the menu Change settings and press the enter shuttle key to enter in the next sublevel If there...

Page 132: ...ss to enter in it The date and time data appear in the format described above Pressing the enter shuttle key the year can be modified pressing up down key or rotating the shuttle key after selecting the desired value press again the enter shuttle key to store the value Year Date Day Month Year Time Hour Minutes Seconds After storing the value for Year Month appears between brackets and can be modi...

Page 133: ... descriptive text When executing the operations from the relay front panel the operation description is displayed Example of commands operations executions via HMI Press the enter shuttle key when Commands is selected in the display o All the previously configured commands are displayed Press up down keys or rotate the shuttle key to move through the available commands Press ESC to return to previ...

Page 134: ... the relay is no longer password protected and access is enabled to settings modification or commands execution Logout Once the necessary setting changes or operation commands have been executed the user can log out so that the relay is password protected again Change Setting or modifying the desired password Forgot Password Retrieves the encrypted password so that it can be recovered if the user ...

Page 135: ... keypad action Changing the password Change PWD commands To set a password in the relay both for settings and commands the corresponding menu must be accessed inside the Password menu Change Pwd Settings or Change Pwd Commands To change the password the user must first log in with the existing password if the relay has the default factory password this would be 0000 The relay requests the existing...

Page 136: ...screen All This option alternates in time the two previous options 4 2 6 12 Select language Option only available for versions 1 70 or higher than 5 20 The relay display offers the possibility to select the default language for the relay For this purpose the user must access the Select language menu located at the end of the main menu through the HMI This menu allows the user to set the default la...

Page 137: ...eboot the relay in order to start working with the new language in the device Figure 4 31 Language selection in HMI 4 2 7 Graphic display 4 2 7 1 One line diagram In models with graphic display default main screen is the single line diagram This single line diagram can be configured using EnerVista 650 Setup software by choosing the HMI menu inside Relay Configuration Setpoint Relay Configuration ...

Page 138: ...ey or rotating the shuttle key to the left and right the cursor moves among the elements and blinks on each of them When an element is selected by pressing the enter shuttle key the relay indicates the command to be executed and the user needs to confirm by pressing the enter shuttle key The following sections describe only the operation of screens that are specific for the graphic display models ...

Page 139: ...Primary Phasor Ic Primary V2 Primary Phase B Apparent Pwr Vx Primary Phasor Ig Primary Vab Primary Phase B Real Pwr Pos MVarhour Freeze Phasor Isg Primary Vbc Primary Phase C Reactive Pwr NegMVarhour Freeze Phasor In Primary Vca Primary Phase C Apparent Pwr PosMWatthour Freeze RMS Ia Primary Vn Primary Phase C Real Pwr Neg MWatthour Freeze RMS Ib Primary Va Primary 3 Phase Reactive Pwr Positive MV...

Page 140: ...ents stored in the relay and returns to the general events screen DETAILS The Details screen provides access to metering values and date and time related with the event The top of the screen displays a legend with the event text followed by the date and time the event status ON or OFF and the event index number related to the complete list of events in the relay for example 1 479 The rest of infor...

Page 141: ...lows a quick inspection of the relative time passed between several events which is very useful for analyzing events in the field The corresponding legend to this relative event marking screen is as follows Esc Out At Enter Tag event Esc Out At The relative event marking is eliminated and the system returns to the general events screen Enter Tag event If the user places the cursor on a different e...

Page 142: ...ts status active ON or inactive OFF In the previous example the produced alarm is the change to local of the execution of operations OPERATIONS IN LOCAL MODE the date and time when this event has been produced and its status ON The bottom of the screen shows the legend that indicates how to navigate through the different options available in the screen ESC Prev Enter Next ESC Prev Pressing the ESC...

Page 143: ...g The format of this screen is shown on the figure below The first line shows the name of the screen I O Cards followed by the type and description of the board where the cursor is located which appears between selection marks and blinking Figure 4 37 INPUTS OUTPUTS GENERAL SCREEN The navigation legend on this screen is as follows Esc Prev Enter Menu Chg Card Esc Prev This option returns to the pr...

Page 144: ...o the I O menu next view test input test output Chg Card Pressing the up down key or Moving the shuttle key to the left or right provides access to the status of inputs outputs for the different boards available in the relay TEST INPUT This option allows testing the input activation in emulation mode The displayed screen is similar to the viewing screen but in this case the user can operate the di...

Page 145: ... up showing that this is an output emulation mode The first relay output appears blinking and between brackets the user can select a different output by pressing the up down key or rotating the shuttle key When the enter shuttle key is pressed the selected output is activated Navigation through this screen is indicated by the following legend Esc Exit Text Enter Chg Output Esc Exit Text The ESC op...

Page 146: ...er and metering values provided by the relay through the web In order to access the different functions provided by the web server the user must simply click the list name on the left side of the screen The web server for version 1 70 and higher ones allows the user to visualize the different web server screen languages English French Spanish Russian and Chinese by pressing the language button on ...

Page 147: ...The information provided in this screen includes first the relative event index the lowest index corresponding to the most recent event next the event text that shows the reason for the event its status active ON or inactive OFF and finally the date and time when the event was produced The bottom of the screen shows a Metering screen clicking on one of the events the associated metering values are...

Page 148: ...red in the Control Events screen inside the Relay Configuration menu of EnerVista 650 Setup Figure 4 41 Control events screen Unlike the case of Snapshot events in this screen the highest index corresponds to the most recent event The information provided is the control event index the text that has been associated with the event when configured its status active ON or inactive OFF and its date an...

Page 149: ...10 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 4 69 4 3 4 Alarms The alarms screen provides access to alarms configured in the relay As in the case of snapshot events and control events this screen allows only to view the alarms but not to acknowledge them Figure 4 42 Alarms screen ...

Page 150: ...phy record No 6 in the example below Figure 4 43 Oscillography screen If the user clicks on the oscillography record he wants to retrieve the window on the right shows a description of the record header indicating its date time and the most relevant parameters of the record Once a record is selected it is required to press the Download button The system then opens a window to allow saving the file...

Page 151: ...y warning message Figure 4 45 Fault report screen The information provided in this screen includes the date and time when the fault was registered fault calculations such as distance to the fault type of fault date and time and the line parameters as well as the recloser and breaker status during the fault This screen shows also prefault and fault voltage and current primary values At the top of t...

Page 152: ...UES 4 3 7 Data logger The data logger screen allows viewing the data logger first and last value retrieval date and allows downloading the data record files in Comtrade format by pressing the Download option Stored files can be viewed later using any Comtrade format viewer Figure 4 46 Data logger screen ...

Page 153: ... Ethernet ModBus Protocol DNP3 Slave Available for standard and IEC61850 models not available for IEC 870 5 103 models IEC 870 5 104 Available for standard and IEC61850 models not available for IEC 870 5 103 models SNTP Procome Available for Procome models only IEC 870 5 103 Available for IEC 870 5 103 models only PTP 1588 Available from V7 00 Routing Available from V7 00 ModBus User Map Fault Rep...

Page 154: ...ctional Ground Current Ground TOC Ground IOC Ground Directional Sensitive Ground Current Sensitive Ground TOC Sensitive Ground IOC Isolated Ground IOC Sensitive Ground Directional Negative Sequence Current Negative Sequence TOC voltage Elements Phase UV Phase OV Neutral OV High Neutral OV Low Negative Sequence OV Auxiliary OV Auxiliary UV Power Forward Power Directional Power Watt Gnd Flt High Wat...

Page 155: ... Locked Rotor Pulse Counters Analog Comparator Frequency rate of change Load Encroachment Max Number of Starts Digital Counters Cold Load Pickup Input Outputs Contact I O Board F Board G Board H Board J Force Outputs Remote Comms Available for IEC61850 models only Virtual Inputs ...

Page 156: ...ters for Port A Port B and Port E Depending on the order code up to three different Ethernet addresses can be used The ModBus Slave address used by Ethernet ports is the one set for COM2 Table 5 3 Network settings for firmware version 7 00 and above Product Setup Communication settings Serial Ports Name Default Value Step Range COM1 Baud Rate 19200 N A 300 115200 COM2 Baud Rate 19200 N A 300 11520...

Page 157: ...eased in one unit E g MAC_portE 00AFF40A24DA MAC_portA 00AFF40A24DB MAC_portB 00AFF40A24DC LLA Link Loss operation The operation of ports A and B are as follows Ports A and B use port A s MAC and IP address settings while port B is in standby mode in that it does not actively communicate on the Ethernet network but monitors its link PRP Parallel Redundancy Protocol ports A and B use the same MAC p...

Page 158: ...signed to port A and B are the same between them and a consecutive value of MAC address assigned to port E E g MAC_portE 00AFF40A24DA MAC_portA 00AFF40A24DB MAC_portB 00AFF40A24DB NOTA 4 When LLA PRP HSP RSTP or DAISY CHAIN mode is selected the IP configured at Product Setup Communication Settings Network Ethernet Network Ethernet A is the one used by both ports A and B to communicate in these mod...

Page 159: ...255 ModBus Port Number 502 1 0 65535 Product Setup Communication settings DNP3 Slave DNP3 Slave 1 DNP3 Slave 2 DNP3 Slave 3 Name Default Value Step Range Physical Port NONE N A COM1 COM2 NETWORK Address 255 1 0 65534 IP Addr Client1 Oct1 0 1 0 255 IP Addr Client1 Oct2 0 1 0 255 IP Addr Client1 Oct3 0 1 0 255 IP Addr Client1 Oct4 0 1 0 255 IP Addr Client2 Oct1 0 1 0 255 IP Addr Client2 Oct2 0 1 0 2...

Page 160: ...TL EVENTS 97 112 N A Binary Input Block 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 N A Binary Input Block 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 N A Binary Input Block 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 N A Default Analog Map ENABLED N A Analog Input Point 0 End of list N A Analog Input Point 1 End of list N A Analog Input Point 2 End of list N A Analog Input Point 3 End of list N A Analog Input Point 4 End of list N A Analog Input Point 5 End of list N A ...

Page 161: ...ASDU 255 1 0 65535 Cyclic Meter Period 0 1 0 3600 Synchronization Event 0 1 0 3600 IEC104 NET1 CLI1 OCTET1 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI1 OCTET2 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI1 OCTET3 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI1 OCTET4 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI2 OCTET1 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI2 OCTET2 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI2 OCTET3 0 N A 0 255 IEC104 NET1 CLI2 OCTET4 0 N A 0 255 Function 2 DISABLED N A TCP P...

Page 162: ...t The F650 sends a request to a multicast group address assigned by IANA for NTP protocol This address is 224 0 1 1 and a group of SNTP NTP servers listens to it Upon receiving a request each server sends a unicast response to the SNTP NTP client The F650 relay binds to the first unicast message received from any server Then it continues operating with SNTP NTP server in unicast mode Any further r...

Page 163: ...able IEC 60870 5 103 models If COMM Port is set to NONE IEC 870 5 103 communication protocol is not available If the user sets a value different from 0 in the Synchronization Timeout setting when this timer expires without receiving a synchronization message the Invalid bit is set in the time stamp of a time tagged message Scenario Expected behaviour SNTP1 server Available SNTP2 server Available F...

Page 164: ...elay However as the relay is not aware of network switching that dynamically changes the amount of uncompensated delay there is no setting that is always completely correct for uncompensated delay A setting can be chosen to reduce the worst case error to half of the range between minimum and maximum uncompensated delay if these values are known PORT A B PATH DELAY ASYMMETRY Range 1 000 1 000 ns De...

Page 165: ...re commonly there is a single domain using the default domain number zero This setting applies to all of the relay s PTP capable ports PTP VLAN PRIORITY This setting selects the value of the priority field in the 802 1Q VLAN tag in request messages issued by the relay s peer delay mechanism In compliance with PP the default VLAN priority is 4 but it is recommended that in accordance with PTP it be...

Page 166: ... 0 255 Static RT1 Mask Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT1 Mask Oct4 0 0 255 Static RT1 GWY Oct1 0 0 255 Static RT1 GWY Oct2 0 0 255 Static RT1 GWY Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT1 GWY Oct4 0 0 255 Static RT2 IP Oct1 0 0 255 Static RT2 IP Oct2 0 0 255 Static RT2 IP Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT2 IP Oct4 0 0 255 Static RT2 Mask Oct1 0 0 255 Static RT2 Mask Oct2 0 0 255 Static RT2 Mask Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT2 Mask Oct4 0 0 255...

Page 167: ...5 Static RT4 Mask Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT4 Mask Oct4 0 0 255 Static RT4 GWY Oct1 0 0 255 Static RT4 GWY Oct2 0 0 255 Static RT4 GWY Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT4 GWY Oct4 0 0 255 Static RT5 IP Oct1 0 0 255 Static RT5 IP Oct2 0 0 255 Static RT5 IP Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT5 IP Oct4 0 0 255 Static RT5 Mask Oct1 0 0 255 Static RT5 Mask Oct2 0 0 255 Static RT5 Mask Oct3 0 0 255 Static RT5 Mask Oct4 0 0 255 Stat...

Page 168: ...ts of 0 3 The route destination and mask must match This can be verified by checking that RtDestination RtMask RtDestination Example of good configuration RtDestination 10 1 1 0 Rt Mask 255 255 255 0 Example of bad configuration RtDestination 10 1 1 1 Rt Mask 255 255 255 0 4 The route destination must not be a connected network 5 The route gateway must be on a connected network This rule applies t...

Page 169: ...s of the line positive sequence impedance module Positive sequence impedance Angle Pos Seq Angle Value in degrees of the line positive sequence angle Zero sequence impedance module Zero Seq Module Value in ohms of the line zero sequence impedance module Zero sequence impedance Angle Zero Seq Angle Value in degrees of the line zero sequence angle Line Length The metering element can be kilometers o...

Page 170: ... report The top of the window shows the number of the last fault report stored by the device Fault Record Number Click View header to see the header of the record selected under Select Record Click Download to retrieve the file and save in a selected folder The file name is FLTxxx TXT where xxx is the corresponding record number Fault report retrieval uses either serial communication ModBus RTU or...

Page 171: ...ration zero sequence measured or busbar voltage at Setpoint System Setup General settings Auxiliary Voltage The 16 digital channels and the oscillography trigger signal are programmable using the EnerVista 650 Setup software at Setpoint Relay configuration Oscillography Each digital channel can be associated with a single status or to a logic status In this last case the logic must be configured u...

Page 172: ... these formulas Number of samples per oscillography 27594 samples Max Number Osc setpoint Number of cycles per oscillography Number of samples per oscillography Samples Cycle setpoint EXAMPLE For a Max Number Osc of 4 each record stores 27594 4 6898 samples per stored oscillo If we set the Samples Cycle setpoint to 64 samples per cycle each record stores up to 6898 64 107 78 signal cycles This val...

Page 173: ... stored by the device Newest Record Number followed by the maximum number of oscillos available Available Records in Device Click View header to show the header of the record selected at Select Record Click Download and the three files DAT HDR CFG that form the oscillography record in the COMTRADE standard are retrieved and viewed automatically if the GE OSC software is installed in the computer R...

Page 174: ...r of channels selected DATA LOGGER DAYS This state shows the number of days that can be stored It depends on the Data Logger Rate setting and on the number of channels selected 5 2 5 3 Data logger file format and retrieval File Retrieval Data logger files can be retrieved using the EnerVista 650 Setup software or the web server at http relay IP address For obtaining the data logger files using the...

Page 175: ...and three phase demand for real reactive and apparent power Current and Power methods can be chosen separately Settings are provided to disable certain measuring techniques These techniques are used by many utilities for statistical or control purposes PRIMARY DEMAND VALUES STEP IA RMS KA IB RMS KA IC RMS KA IG RMS KA ISG RMS KA I2 KA Three phase active power W MW Three phase reactive power VAR MV...

Page 176: ...t assigned as DEMAND TRIGGER INP This input is set at Setpoint Relay configuration Protection Elements Snapshot Events This setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for the demand element 5 2 6 2 Demand calculation methods Calculation Method 1 Thermal Exponential This method simulates the action of an analog peak recording thermal demand meter The relay measures the magnitude for ...

Page 177: ... period specified in the DEMAND INTERVAL setting The calculation is made every second and the demand value is the average of all values produced during the time interval The time interval is chosen in the DEMAND INTERVAL setting The interval demand value is shown once this time has expired If for example the setting indicates 15 minutes for integration the demand value update is made every 15 minu...

Page 178: ... Selected setting for demand calculation Figure 5 1 Response to different demand methods 0 2 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 1 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Time minutes Input 0 2 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 1 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 3 Time minutes Rolling demand Demand 0 2 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 1 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Time minutes Block interval Demand 0 2 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 1 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Time minutes Demand ...

Page 179: ...te or every integration period depending on the selected settings DEMAND Y MAX Demanded maximeter it stores the Maximum demand value until a demand reset is issued DEMAND Y DATE Date of the Maximum demand value Name Default Value Step DEMAND IA 0 000 KA DEMAND IA MAX 0 000 KA DEMAND IA DATE 01 Jan 2000 00 00 00 000 DEMAND IB 0 000 KA DEMAND IB MAX 0 000 KA DEMAND IB DATE 01 Jan 2000 00 00 00 000 D...

Page 180: ...figuration Protection Elements in the EnerVista 650 Setup software When this bit is activated the demand measures are reset All stored values are reset to zero for demand dates this value represents January 1st 2000 5 2 7 Time Settings The date and time can be synchronized to a known time using the SNTP protocol IRIG B protocol when it provides UTC Time or IEEE1588 Available starting from version ...

Page 181: ...y instance from First Second Third Fourth or Last DST STOP HOUR Allow to set the stop hour of the DST in local time IRIG B LOCAL TIME Determines in case of being enabled if the IRIG B protocol would carry the date in local time or else in UTC Time IRIG B FUNCTION Setting for enable or disable the IRIG B protocol PTP IRIG B PRIORITY If two or more time sources are setup the time source with the hig...

Page 182: ...Table 5 14 Synchronization priority table The priority of IRIG B and PTP can be swapped Note Synchronization by IEC103 DNP Modbus and IEC104 is not going to be issued if there is a synch source from IRIG B SNTP or PTP Time source Accuracy Priority PTP 1 IRIG B 2 SNTP 3 Internal Clock 4 ...

Page 183: ...status that is configured in Relay configuration Protection elements When active these states stop all changes to PLC equations and functions including changes in the input output boards so if there is a change in any input Setpoint System Setup General settings setting Description Name Default Value Step Range Phase CT ratio Phase CT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Ground CT ratio Ground CT Ratio 1 0 0 ...

Page 184: ...cted by Out of service State IO Boards Protection functions o Current Phase IOC Low 50PL Phase IOC High 50PH Phase TOC High 51PH Phase TOC Low 51PL Phase Dir 67P Thermal Model 49 Ground TOC 51G Ground IOC 50G Ground Dir 67G Neutral TOC 51N Neutral IOC 50N Neutral Dir 67N Senstv Gnd TOC 51SG Senstv Gnd IOC 50SG Sensitive Gnd Dir 67SG IS Ground IOC 50IG Neg Seq TOC 46 Neg Seq Dir 67I2 o Voltage Auxi...

Page 185: ...y LED is linked to an output because the output will not change its state To set an output to the ready state see the factory default Logic Configuration Take notice that VO_000 is set to the output instead of VO_099 The following figure shows the flow chart of these states Only if there is a change from Disabled to Enabled Only if there is any change from Enabled to Disabled Only if there is any ...

Page 186: ...a 650 Setup User defined flex curves can be selected as an operation curve in all the time overcurrent functions in the relay In the flex curves menu there are 120 points to define a user curve 40 points for reset from 0 to 0 98 times the pickup value and 80 for operate from 1 03 to 20 times the pickup Table 5 15 FlexCurve settings Setpoint System Setup Flex Curves Flex Curves A Flex Curves B Flex...

Page 187: ...ewed it is possible to make the user curve operate reset or both reconcile the standard curve using the Flex curve set flex curve from the standard curve and then modifying any of the points by editing in the table the corresponding value The user can also view a different curve model to the one the FlexCurve has been adapted to and compare both models to adopt the most appropriate values in each ...

Page 188: ...zero Maximum Openings in 1 hour This is the maximum number of openings allowed in the relay during one hour once this value is reached the corresponding alarm signal is activated this value is updated and reset after one hour Snapshot Events This setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for the breaker signals The interrupted current limit setting fixes the Maximum breaker capacit...

Page 189: ...intenance can be monitored at Actual Status Records Status Breaker Maintenance and they are as follows Table 5 17 Breaker maintenance status Setpoint System Setup Breaker Breaker Maintenance setting Description Name Default Value Step Range KI 2 t Counter Phase A KI 2 t BKR Ph A Cnt 0 00 0 01 KA 2 s 0 00 9999 99 KI 2 t Counter Phase B KI 2 t BKR Ph B Cnt 0 00 0 01 KA 2 s 0 00 9999 99 KI 2 t Counte...

Page 190: ...ABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation for switchgear 3 Snapshot Events SWGR 3 DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation for switchgear 4 Snapshot Events SWGR 4 DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation for switchgear 5 Snapshot Events SWGR 5 DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation for switchgear 6 Snapshot Events SWGR 6 DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Sn...

Page 191: ...low or 5 4 1 2 Firmware 7 50 or above 5 4 1 1 Firmware 7 2x and below This section only affects F650 units with firmware version 7 2x or below F650 relays incorporate the following protection elements CURRENT ELEMENTS Instantaneous overcurrent 3 x PHASE IOC HIGH 50PH 3 x PHASE IOC LOW 50PL 3 x NEUTRAL IOC 50N 3 x GROUND IOC 50G 3 x SENSITIVE GROUND IOC 50SG 3 x ISOLATED GROUND IOC 50IG Time delaye...

Page 192: ...INGS 3 x LOCKED ROTOR 8 x PULSE COUNTERS No group concept 20 x ANALOG COMPARATORS No group concept 3 x FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 81 df dt 3 x LOAD ENCROACHMENT Note 1 For firmware version 7 20 or above three extra underfrequency and overfrequency elements have been added which gives a total of 6 underfrequency and 6 overfrequency elements F650 elements incorporate a flexible grouping capability for...

Page 193: ... 1x50SG 1x50IG 1x50IG 1x50IG 1x51PH 1x51PH 1x51PH 1x51PL 1x51PL 1x51PL 1x51N 1x51N 1x51N 1x51G 1x51G 1x51G 1x51SG 1x51SG 1x51SG 1x46P 1x46P 1x46P 1x49P 1x49P 1x49P 1x67P 1x67P 1x67P 1x67N 1x67N 1x67N 1x67G 1x67G 1x67G 1x67SG 1x67SG 1x67SG 1x27P 1x27P 1x27P 1x59P 1x59P 1x59P 1x47P 1x47P 1x47P 1x59NH 1x59NH 1x59NH 1x59NL 1x59NL 1x59NL 1x59X 1x59X 1x59X 1x27X 1x27X 1x27X 1x32FP 1x32FP 1x32FP 1x32 1x3...

Page 194: ...al are located at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection Elements Figure 5 3 Table change signals configuration example The example above uses three digital inputs to perform the table selection but it is possible to use any other logic signal in the relay In case of using digital inputs the user can select the setting table activating these digital inputs which can come from the PLC or from a di...

Page 195: ...N 3 x GROUND IOC 50G 3 x SENSITIVE GROUND IOC 50SG 3 x ISOLATED GROUND IOC 50IG Time delayed overcurrent 3 x PHASE TOC HIGH 51PH 3 x PHASE TOC LOW 51PL 3 x NEUTRAL TOC 51N 3 x GROUND TOC 51G 3 x SENSITIVE GROUND TOC 51SG Negative sequence overcurrent 3 x NEGATIVE SEQUENCE TOC 46P Thermal image 3 x THERMAL MODEL 49P DIRECTIONAL ELEMENTS 3 x PHASE DIR 67P 3 x NEUTRAL DIR 67N 3 x GROUND DIR 67G 3 x S...

Page 196: ...ILURE 50BF 1 x VT FUSE FAILURE VTFF 8 x PULSE COUNTERS 8 x DIGITAL COUNTERS 20 x ANALOG COMPARATORS 1x MAX NUMBERS OF STARTS 1 x COLD LOAD PICKUP 16 x PLC TIMER MASK 1x 60 CTS FAILURE 1x 2ND HRMC INHIBIT As in previous firmware versions F650 elements incorporate a flexible grouping capability for elements grouped in protection elements section However two different working modes have been implemen...

Page 197: ...1G 3x51G 3x51G 3x51G 3x51SG 3x51SG 3x51SG 3x51SG 3x51SG 3x51SG 3x46P 3x46P 3x46P 3x46P 3x46P 3x46P 3x49P 3x49P 3x49P 3x49P 3x49P 3x49P 3x67P 3x67P 3x67P 3x67P 3x67P 3x67P 3x67N 3x67N 3x67N 3x67N 3x67N 3x67N 3x67G 3x67G 3x67G 3x67G 3x67G 3x67G 3x67SG 3x67SG 3x67SG 3x67SG 3x67SG 3x67SG 3x27P 3x27P 3x27P 3x27P 3x27P 3x27P 3x59P 3x59P 3x59P 3x59P 3x59P 3x59P 3x47P 3x47P 3x47P 3x47P 3x47P 3x47P 3x59NH ...

Page 198: ...groups are reported Regarding changing between setting groups when working in multiple setting groups mode the Relay incorporates several signals associated with the Protection elements grouping in tables First signals that indicate the group activation GROUP 1 ACT ON This signal produces the activation of setting group 1 GROUP 2 ACT ON This signal produces the activation of setting group 2 GROUP ...

Page 199: ... very moderately inverse IEC Curve A B C Long Time Inverse Short Time Inverse IAC extremely very normally moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse I2t Definite time curves Rectifier time curves User Curve FlexCurve A B C D Recloser Curves The saturation level for the user curve is 20 times the pickup value for the rest of time overcurrent elements the saturation level is ...

Page 200: ...ds for IEEE curves IEEE Curve Shape Name A B p tr IEEE Extremely Inverse IEEE Ext Inv 28 2 0 1217 2 0000 29 1 IEEE Very Inverse IEEE Very Inv 19 61 0 491 2 0000 21 6 IEEE Inverse IEEE Mod Inv 0 0515 0 1140 0 0200 4 85 Dial Current I Itap 1 5 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 IEEE Extremely Inverse 0 5 11 341 4 761 1 823 1 001 0 648 0 464 0 355 0 285 0 237 0 203 1 0 22 682 9 522 3 647 2 002 1 29...

Page 201: ...5 8 410 7 196 6 418 5 889 5 513 10 0 161 790 70 277 29 423 17 983 13 081 10 513 8 995 8 023 7 361 6 891 IEEE Inverse 0 5 3 220 1 902 1 216 0 973 0 844 0 763 0 706 0 663 0 630 0 603 1 0 6 439 3 803 2 432 1 946 1 688 1 526 1 412 1 327 1 260 1 207 2 0 12 878 7 606 4 864 3 892 3 377 3 051 2 823 2 653 2 521 2 414 4 0 25 756 15 213 9 729 7 783 6 753 6 102 5 647 5 307 5 041 4 827 6 0 38 634 22 819 14 593...

Page 202: ...3 0 050 0 040 0 10 6 400 2 667 1 000 0 533 0 333 0 229 0 167 0 127 0 100 0 081 0 20 12 800 5 333 2 000 1 067 0 667 0 457 0 333 0 254 0 200 0 162 0 40 25 600 10 667 4 000 2 133 1 333 0 914 0 667 0 508 0 400 0 323 0 60 38 400 16 000 6 000 3 200 2 000 1 371 1 000 0 762 0 600 0 485 0 80 51 200 21 333 8 000 4 267 2 667 1 829 1 333 1 016 0 800 0 646 1 00 64 000 26 667 10 000 5 333 3 333 2 286 1 667 1 27...

Page 203: ... 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 IAC Extremely Inverse 0 5 1 699 0 749 0 303 0 178 0 123 0 093 0 074 0 062 0 053 0 046 1 0 3 398 1 498 0 606 0 356 0 246 0 186 0 149 0 124 0 106 0 093 2 0 6 796 2 997 1 212 0 711 0 491 0 372 0 298 0 248 0 212 0 185 4 0 13 591 5 993 2 423 1 422 0 983 0 744 0 595 0 495 0 424 0 370 6 0 20 387 8 990 3 635 2 133 1 474 1 115 0 893 0 743 0 636 0 556 8 0 27 183 11 987 ...

Page 204: ...at define the above mentioned curves are Table 5 27 Constants for ANSI curves 0 5 0 578 0 375 0 266 0 221 0 196 0 180 0 168 0 160 0 154 0 148 1 0 1 155 0 749 0 532 0 443 0 392 0 360 0 337 0 320 0 307 0 297 2 0 2 310 1 499 1 064 0 885 0 784 0 719 0 674 0 640 0 614 0 594 4 0 4 621 2 997 2 128 1 770 1 569 1 439 1 348 1 280 1 229 1 188 6 0 6 931 4 496 3 192 2 656 2 353 2 158 2 022 1 921 1 843 1 781 8 ...

Page 205: ...3 6 00 18 805 7 951 3 221 2 047 1 559 1 297 1 133 1 020 0 937 0 874 8 00 25 073 10 602 4 295 2 730 2 079 1 729 1 510 1 360 1 250 1 165 10 00 31 341 13 252 5 369 3 412 2 599 2 161 1 888 1 700 1 562 1 457 ANSI Normally inverse 0 50 2 142 0 883 0 377 0 256 0 203 0 172 0 151 0 135 0 123 0 113 1 00 4 284 1 766 0 754 0 513 0 407 0 344 0 302 0 270 0 246 0 226 2 00 8 568 3 531 1 508 1 025 0 814 0 689 0 60...

Page 206: ... of 10 ms 5 4 2 7 Rectifier time curves Rectifier curves are generated from the following formulas where T Operation time in seconds TDM Multiplying factor I Input current Ipickup Pickup current Treset Reset time in seconds assuming a 100 of power capacity and that the reset is activated Dial Current I Itap 1 5 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 0 01 0 444 0 250 0 111 0 063 0 040 0 028 0 020 0 0...

Page 207: ...operation values are between 1 03 and 20 The final curve is created by means of a linear interpolation from the points defined by the user This is a separate process for the RESET and the OPERATE curve The definition of these points is performed in a separate module from the relay using a configuration program included in the EnerVista 650 Setup which incorporates a graphical environment for viewi...

Page 208: ... and in case of selecting Linear reset the Reset time of the element TD Multiplier This setting allows the curve to be shifted up or down on the time current characteristic curve This allows configuration of the relay depending on network selectivity Reset The element reset can be selected between Instantaneous and Linear timed according to the corresponding equation Voltage Restraint As mention a...

Page 209: ...rotection Protection Block and Operation Signal status at Actual Status Protection Phase Current The element incorporates independent block inputs for each phase Block signals indicate blocked elements by an external block input When a particular signal is activated the element is blocked These inputs can be configured using Enervista 650 setup at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection elements T...

Page 210: ...6310 AF 5 4 PROTECTION ELEMENTS CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS The following diagram shows the logic scheme followed by high range and low range time overcurrent elements 51PH and 51PL in the following figure Figure 5 6 TOC element logic scheme A6632F2 ...

Page 211: ...pickup and trip signals The logic outputs for the element are the pickup and trip flags independent for each phase and general pickup and trip flags The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for these elements SETPOINT PROTECTION ELEMENTS SETPOINT GROUP X Phase Current Phase IOC High Phase IOC High 1 Phase IOC High 2 Phase IOC High 3 Phase IOC Low Phase IOC Low 1...

Page 212: ...GEK 106310 AF 5 4 PROTECTION ELEMENTS CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS The following figure shows the logic scheme diagram for high range and low range Instantaneous overcurrent elements 50PH 50PL Figure 5 7 Phase IOC elements logic scheme A6632F1 ...

Page 213: ... to the Torque angle which is the rotation applied to phase to phase crossed voltage Direction This setting allows selecting the area for the directional element to operate either forward or reverse Block Logic This setting allows selecting either permission or block depending on the logic to be applied upon expiration of voltage memory Polarization Voltage Threshold This is the minimum voltage co...

Page 214: ...al is not activated in a block condition When the Permission option is selected the operation signal is activated in a block condition Figure 5 8 Overcurrent elements block configuration by the directional element shows the default configuration for the phase overcurrent block input When the Block logic setting is set as Block this input is active in case of a block in the directional element avoi...

Page 215: ...ent is the angle comparator with two inputs the operation magnitude phase current and the polarization magnitude phase to phase voltage rotated the angle set in MTA setting which is the torque angle The Polarization type used in the directional element is crossed this means that in case of a fault in phase A the Operation magnitude is Ia and the polarization magnitude is Vbc rotated by the torque ...

Page 216: ...er forward or reverse Operation areas include a safety zone of 5º to each side of the cone This safety cone is applied when the operation direction calculation is performed from initial block conditions When we go from a non trip area to a trip area the safety cone is considered When going from a trip area to a non trip area this cone is not considered and the whole area is operative This safety c...

Page 217: ...SETPOINTS 5 4 PROTECTION ELEMENTS GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 5 65 The following figure shows the logic scheme for the phase directional element Figure 5 11 Directional element logic scheme A6632F3 ...

Page 218: ...gs The cooling constant is given in times the heating constant The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for the thermal model elements SETPOINT PROTECTION ELEMENT SETTING GROUP X Phase Current Thermal Model Thermal Model 1 Thermal Model 2 Thermal Model 3 setting Description Name Default Value Step Range Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED ...

Page 219: ...rrent calculated from phase currents Table 5 37 Neutral IOC element settings The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element SETPOINT PROTECTION ELEMENT SETTING GROUP X Neutral Current Neutral TOC Neutral TOC 1 Neutral TOC 2 Neutral TOC 3 setting Description Name Default Value Step Range Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup...

Page 220: ...L BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 5 4 PROTECTION ELEMENTS CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS The following figure shows the logic scheme for the neutral Instantaneous overcurrent element Figure 5 12 LOGIC SCHEME FOR NEUTRAL IOC element ...

Page 221: ... or current polarization Ip Possible setting values are V0 Voltage polarization Ip Current polarization V0 Ip Voltage or current polarization This allows the element to operate when any of the polarization magnitudes allow operation V0 Ip Voltage and current polarization This allows the element to operate when both polarization magnitudes allow operation If the selected polarization type is V0 Ip ...

Page 222: ...hase voltages or measured at the input terminals A11 A12 The relay measures 3V0 and rotates 180º internally to obtain 3V0 shows the operation of the zero sequence polarization 3V0 in case of an AG fault In this case the polarization magnitude 3V0 can be calculated from the three phase voltage values or measured through the fourth voltage input Vx In this last case the voltage transformer must be w...

Page 223: ...the element to operate is 50 mA Minimum polarization voltage for the element to operate is set in the Polarization Voltage Threshold setting Minimum polarization current Ip is 5 mA The voltage polarized directional element needs a typical time of 1 cycle 20ms 50Hz to polarize This time must be considered when setting the overcurrent elements with the Block Logic setting as Permission This may caus...

Page 224: ...ting Configuration of the required signals for blocking the neutral overcurrent elements from the signals provided by the neutral directional elements is performed at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection Elements using the inverted operation signals to block the trip as shown in the following example How to block neutral time overcurrent elements with neutral directional functions NEUTRAL TOC1 ...

Page 225: ...us or linear Table 5 42 51G element settings The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element POLARIZING MODE DIRECTION COMPARED PHASORS VOLTAGE Vo FORWARD Vo Io x 1 MTA REVERSE Vo Io x 1 MTA CURRENT Ip FORWARD Isg Io REVERSE Isg Io Vo Ip FORWARD Vo Io or Isg Io REVERSE Vo Io or Isg Io Vo Ip FORWARD Vo Io and Isg Io REVERSE Vo Io and Isg Io SETPOINT PRO...

Page 226: ...F650 is set to have synchronism check protection then this input is adjusted as busbar voltage and it will not be the 3V0 voltage AUXILIARY VOLTAGE setting as VX If the F650 does not have a synchronism check element then this input can be set as In neutral voltage and it can be used as polarization magnitude for the 67G element AUXILIARY VOLTAGE setting as VN As in the case of a phase directional ...

Page 227: ...e element output signals block and permission depending on the Polarization Type setting Table 5 46 Output signal management according to polarization type setting The configuration of the signals required for blocking the Ground overcurrent elements from the signals provided by the Ground directional element is made at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection Elements using inverted operation sign...

Page 228: ...curve And it incorporates a reset time selectable between instantaneous or linear Table 5 48 51SG element settings The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element POLARIZING MODE DIRECTION COMPARED PHASORS VOLTAGE Vo FORWARD Vo Io x 1 MTA REVERSE Vo Io x 1 MTA CURRENT Ip FORWARD Isg Io REVERSE Isg Io Vo Ip FORWARD Vo Io or Isg Io REVERSE Vo Io or Isg I...

Page 229: ...tion for this element 5 4 6 3 Instantaneous overcurrent element for ungrounded systems 50IG The operation of this element is similar to sensitive ground overcurrent elements the difference is that in this case 3I0 current is capacitive and uses very reduced magnitudes 0 5 10 0 A primary values The operation characteristic is shown on figure Figure 5 14 Operations characteristics element 50IG where...

Page 230: ...han L magnitudes The 50IG element can be supervised by directional element 67SG Using the relay input magnitudes In and Vn if the point defined by In Vn is inside the operation area and if the directional element if directional supervision is set allows it the element picks up and the set delay time starts counting down If a directional block appears during the countdown the element is reset After...

Page 231: ...n voltage Positive angles mean counter clockwise rotation and negative angles mean clockwise The polarization magnitude once rotated defines the MTA line Vn rotated by this angle points to the semi plane that corresponds to a Reverse fault Vn rotated this angle points to the semi plane that corresponds to a Forward fault Operation Direction Direction This setting indicates the Direction for which ...

Page 232: ...ground overcurrent elements from the signals provided by the sensitive ground directional elements is performed at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection Elements This is done using the inverted operation signals to block the trip as shown in the following example For example to block sensitive Ground time overcurrent elements use the following signals SENS GND TOC1 BLOCK NOT SENS GND DIR1 OP SEN...

Page 233: ...e time delayed by a curve selectable by setting The reset can be instantaneous or linear Table 5 53 Negative sequence toc element settings The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element SETPOINT PROTECTION ELEMENT SETTING GROUP X Negative Sequence Current Negative Sequence TOC Negative Sequence TOC 1 Negative Sequence TOC 2 Negative Sequence TOC 3 set...

Page 234: ... to issue a trip or an alarm Transfer Schemes in the event of an undervoltage condition we can use the 27P element phase undervoltage to send a signal that transfers load to another power source Undervoltage elements can be set to operate with definite time or with an inverse time curve If the element is set as definite time it operates when voltage remains under the set value during the set perio...

Page 235: ...etting during the set time If inverse time is selected the element operates according to the previously described inverse time curve Time Dial Delay Setting of the Protection element operation time Minimum voltage Threshold Minimum Voltage Voltage setting under which the undervoltage element is inhibited in order not to operate in dead line cases Operation logic Logic This setting allows the eleme...

Page 236: ...oltage condition in three phases Snapshot Events The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element 5 4 8 3 Neutral overvoltage element high low 59NH 59nl The Neutral Overvoltage element can be used to detect an asymmetrical system voltage condition due to a ground fault or to the loss of one or two phases of the source The element responds to the system ...

Page 237: ... GROUP X Voltage Elements Neutral OV High Neutral OV High 1 Neutral OV High 2 Neutral OV High 3 Neutral OV Low Neutral OV Low 1 Neutral OV Low 2 Neutral OV Low 3 setting Description Name Default Value Step Range Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1 V 3 300 Trip time Trip Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 ...

Page 238: ...tes two stages the first stage less critical is intended to produce an alarm the second stage is used for trip Both levels are set in primary values for instance if in general settings we set CT_RATIO to a value of 100 and the same value for PT_RATIO the base power is 100 x 100 10000 W SETPOINT PROTECTION ELEMENT SETTING GROUP X VOLTAGE ELEMENTS Auxiliary UV Auxiliary UV 1 Auxiliary UV 2 Auxiliary...

Page 239: ...orresponding setting This element is ideal for reverse power applications F32 REV or forward power F32 FWD depending on the selected setting The relay measures the three phase power for wye or delta connections The element has an adjustable characteristic angle and minimum operating power as shown in the Directional Power Characteristic diagram The element responds to the following condition P cos...

Page 240: ...d as presented in the figures below For example for an angle of 0º the element would operate as a 32 Forward Power element while if setting an RCA angle of 180º the element would operate as a 32 Reverse Power element For angles of 90º and 270º the case would be similar but with reactive power Figures a b c d e f below shows settings for different power applications Figure 5 18 Directional power el...

Page 241: ...in the setting after the breaker switches from OPEN to CLOSED Dir Power Angle 1 2 RCA This setting specifies the relay characteristic angle RCA for the directional power element This setting provides ability to respond to the function in any direction defined active forward power active low forward power etc SMIN Stage Tap ANGLE RCA ELEMENT 0 0º Forward Active Power 0 0º Reverse Low Forward Active...

Page 242: ...5 90 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 5 4 PROTECTION ELEMENTS CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS The following figure illustrates the conventions established Figure 5 19 Angles ...

Page 243: ...P This is activated when the element that corresponds to stage 1 2 is activated Events generated by this element are DIR PWR1 2 3 STG1 2 OP ON DIR PWR1 2 3 STG1 2 OP OFF DIR PWR1 2 3 STG1 2 PKP Activation of this status indicates that the power value has exceeded the threshold indicated by the Stage 1 2 element Events generated by this element are DIR PWR1 2 3 STG1 2 PKP ON DIR PWR1 2 3 STG1 2 PKP...

Page 244: ...of the system Current selection The element responds to the neutral 3 times zero sequence current either calculated internally IN from the phase currents or supplied externally IG via the ground CT input This setting allows selecting the source of the operating current OC Pickup Level This setting specifies the current supervision level for the measurement of the zero sequence power OC Pickup Dela...

Page 245: ...erse time Inverse time characteristics delay defined by where m is a multiplier defined by the MULTIPLIER setting SPKP is the pickup setting and SOP is the operating power at the time FlexCurve A B C D any time characteristics programmed by the user with FlexCurves Multiplier Time dial multiplier Snapshot Events The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for the w...

Page 246: ...uxiliary voltage setting or supplied from the Auxiliary voltage channel VN as auxiliary voltage setting In neutral current 3 times I_0 either calculated IN as current selection setting or supplied from the ground current channel IG as current selection setting The following figure shows the logic scheme diagram for high range and low range wattmetric ground fault elements 32NH 32NL ...

Page 247: ...CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS 5 4 PROTECTION ELEMENTS GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 5 95 Figure 5 21 Wattmetric ground fault elements logic scheme ...

Page 248: ...certain indicator of the existing balance between the generated power and the load Whenever this balance is disrupted through the loss of an important generating unit the effect is a reduction in frequency A reliable method to quickly restore the balance between load and generation is to automatically disconnect the selected loads based on the actual system frequency This technique called load she...

Page 249: ...onsecutive zero crossing is measured Reference signal is set in Setpoint System Setup General Settings Frequency Reference Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Minimum voltage threshold Minimum Voltage 30 1 V 10 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Frequency Source Frequency Source LINE FRQ N A LINE FRQ BUS FRQ Setpoint Control Elements Overfrequency...

Page 250: ... Delay Time that the element must remain picked up before it operates Snapshot events The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element The frequency rate of change actual values can be viewed at Actual Status Control Elements Frequency Table 5 65 Frequency rate of change status The block signals for the frequency rate of change element can be viewed at ...

Page 251: ...occur in situations where for example one of the currents is stopped before the rest as these currents would produce a negative sequence current calculation Therefore to avoid this kind of undesired trips it is strongly recommended to establish a minimum time delay setting such as 100 ms or higher depending on the expected normal unbalances in the network This is to differentiate these situations ...

Page 252: ...lement Snapshot Events The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element The signals related to the locked rotor pickups and operations for the three locked rotor elements can be viewed at Actual Status Control Elements Locked Rotor and they are as follows Table 5 68 Locked rotor status The block signals for the locked rotor element can be configured at ...

Page 253: ...ies the minimum positive sequence voltage required for operation of the element If the voltage is below this threshold a blocking signal is not asserted by the element Reach This setting specifies the impedance reach of the element as shown in the load encroachment characteristic diagram This settings should be entered in secondary ohms and be calculated as the positive sequence impedance seen by ...

Page 254: ...Table 5 70 Load encroachment status The block signals for the Load Encroachment element can be viewed at Actual Status Protection Protection Blocks Table 5 71 Load encroachment blocks There are three load encroachment type of signals Load Encroachment Block Writing status When this signal is asserted the Load Encroachment function is blocked until this signal is eliminated and the positive sequenc...

Page 255: ... switchgear elements can be configured to operate and be monitored but only one of them can be configured as a breaker for monitoring number of openings and closings counters KI 2 t 5 5 1 Setting group The settings used for setting table management are located in Setpoint Control Elements Setting Group Table 5 72 Setting group settings The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot ev...

Page 256: ... in voltage level and phase angle in a given moment is the result of the existing load between remote sources connected through parallel circuits load flux as well as a consequence of the impedance of those elements connecting them even if there is no load flux in parallel circuits or because sources to be connected are completely independent and isolated from one another In interconnected systems...

Page 257: ... the auxiliary voltage input terminals A11 A12 To enable the busbar voltage metering in the relay it is required to select VX in the Auxiliary Voltage setting at Setpoint System Setup General settings Auxiliary Voltage The voltage correspondence is detailed in the following table Table 5 73 Voltage correspondence element 25 Setpoint System Setup General settings Auxiliary Voltage setting must be s...

Page 258: ...the synchrocheck element Frequency Slip Max Freq Difference Maximum difference in frequency slip between both voltage values to be compared in the synchrocheck element Breaker Closing time Time Estimated breaker Closing time used for establishing the Closing order in a moment that allows the busbar and line voltages to be in phase This time is considered if the relative slip is higher than 20 mHz ...

Page 259: ...gnal in live line and dead bus Condition without voltage at the sides of the breaker that corresponds to the line voltage Snapshot event The snapshot event setting enables or disables the snapshot event generation for this element 5 5 2 4 Synchrocheck states Internal signals provided by the F650 Actual Status Control Elements Synchrocheck for the synchronism element are as follows Table 5 74 Synch...

Page 260: ...ondence element 25 and the angle of the busbar voltage the one that corresponds to Vx Angle when the Auxiliary Voltage setting as been selected as VX 5 5 2 5 Algorithm F650 elements perform the synchronism check by basically establishing and comparing three parameters Module difference of voltage phasors DV V Phase angle of voltage phasors Dj º Frequency slip between two phasors S Hz These paramet...

Page 261: ...ne Dead Bus DL DB Case number 3 does not allow the synchronism function but it does allow DL DB operation logic if this logic is enabled by setting DL DB Function Dead Line Live Bus DL LB Case number 6 does not allow the synchronism function but it does allow DL LB Operation logic if this logic is enabled by setting DL LB Function Live Line Dead Bus LL DB Case number 7 does not allow the synchroni...

Page 262: ...n would be too long 2 If the relative slip is higher than 20 mHz the element performs an anticipative algorithm determining the right moment to give the closing command to the breaker so that the breaker closes when the line and busbar voltages are in phase When the difference between voltage values equals two times the set angle as maximum angle difference V Vset the anticipative algorithm starts...

Page 263: ...ngle difference Djset Max Angle Difference j2 Angle difference between Vref and Vs The algorithm starts operating when j2 equals two times the angle set as maximum angle difference Closing permission is given when V s is over Vref which means that line and busbar voltages are in phase If the frequency slip is high it is possible that as soon as the window defined by two times the maximum angle dif...

Page 264: ...T status and the fault is considered to be permanent Dead Time 1 4 These times correspond to the first second third and fourth breaker reclosings configured in the element Reclaim Time also known as safety time or reset lockout delay This is the time required to go from LOCKOUT to READY status once the breaker is closed Cond Permission This setting enables the verification of the relay reclose con...

Page 265: ...OCK This signal is configured to block the autoreclose by pulse a pulse moves the autoreclose to BLOCK status The autoreclose block is active until an unblock signal is received AR PULSE UNBLOCK This signal is configured as autoreclose unblock by pulse this pulse is required to bring the recloser out of the block status The autoreclose goes to Lockout after a block situation AR INITIATE This signa...

Page 266: ...close conditions AR LCK BY TRIPS Autoreclose in Lockout by maximum number of trips Lockout status not available AR LCK BY SHOTS Autoreclose in Lockout at the end of cycle Definite trip due to Maximum Number of shots reached AR BLK AFTER 1 SHOT Block signal sent by the autoreclose after the first shot AR BLK AFTER 2 SHOT Block signal sent by the autoreclose after the second shot AR BLK AFTER 3 SHOT...

Page 267: ... 27 General autoreclose status diagram Description of the general autoreclose status OUT OF SERVICE AR DISABLE In this status the autoreclose is disabled From any state if the Function setting is set as DISABLED the autoreclose moves to OUT OF SERVICE status where it is not operative AR READY This is the initiation and normality situation status closed breaker There are neither faults producing a ...

Page 268: ...uced after the last configured cycle in the Maximum Number of Shots setting the autorecloser goes to Lockout by maximum number of shots AR LCK BY SHOTS AR LOCKOUT This is a safety status scheme lockout blocks all phases of the reclosing cycle preventing automatic reclosure From the out of service AR DISABLE and BLOCK statuses the autoreclose stays in LOCKOUT prior to going to READY From the RECLOS...

Page 269: ...tput 83 configured in the logic configuration tool and a physical contact to generate an external autoreclose initiation In the example shown on the figure the 50PH element block signal is configured as a combination of block by digital input block by non trip permission of the directional element and finally the element remains blocked during the reclosing cycle This means that only the first tri...

Page 270: ...lows enabling and disabling the 50BF element Supervision or retrip pickup level Supervision Pickup Supervision level pickup current threshold Hiset pickup level Hiset Pickup High level pickup current threshold Lowset pickup level Loset Pickup Low level pickup current threshold Internal arc pickup level Internal Arc Pickup Internal arc element pickup current threshold Internal arc time delay Intern...

Page 271: ... Signal for breaker failure without current BKR FAIL SUPERVISION Signal for supervision level breaker failure retrip BKR FAIL HISET Signal for high level breaker failure BKR FAIL LOWSET Signal for low level breaker failure INTERNAL ARC Signal for internal arc BKR FAIL 2nd STEP Signal for Second level breaker failure high and low BREAKER FAILURE STATUS BKR FAIL INITIATE BKR FAIL NO CURRENT BKR FAIL...

Page 272: ...elay setting High and low levels constitute a second step level for the pickup of this second level only the pickup of any of the two levels hiset and loset is required For the element pickup to dropout it is required that the current is under the pickup levels of both hiset and loset settings Once the second level time delay has expired a Second Step trip signal is issued 50BF element incorporate...

Page 273: ...e but any negative sequence voltage F650 elements detect fuse failure under three possible situations 1 Breaker closed and positive sequence voltage V1 under an established value V1 0 5 p u 2 Positive sequence voltage lower than 0 5 p u V1 0 5 p u and positive sequence current higher than 0 075 p u I1 0 075 p u 3 Ratio between the negative and positive voltage components V2 V1 higher than 0 25 Wit...

Page 274: ...d in the pulse counter providing possibilities to adjust the obtained value to any scale It the CntPulses Factor X is set to zero it takes no effect CntPulses Overflow It is the maximum value set as result of the CntPulses Factor plus the number of inputs activation This means that after reaching that value the pulse counter value starts counting from zero CntPulses Board Origin Board selection fo...

Page 275: ...or both energy and pulse counters By default all the values are unfreeze updating the values in a continuous mode After a freeze operation the freeze value stops updating and the actual value is being updated If a freeze operation is set again the actual value is copied to the freeze one which remains frozen again To unfreeze all the values it is necessary to perform an unfreeze operation If a res...

Page 276: ...when going out of operation band Direction IN min value min hysteresis in max value max hysteresis in Direction OUT min value min hysteresis in max value max hysteresis in Analog Direction Analog direction for the activation signal to be set Inside or Outside the Deadband OUT The Analog Level X gives an activation signal when the analog value is located outside the comparison band IN The Analog Le...

Page 277: ...FLA to some value above 7 of FLA Breaker status can also be used to detect motor starts At this point one of the Starts Hour timers is loaded with 60 minutes Even unsuccessful start attempts are logged as starts for this feature Once the motor is stopped the number of starts within the past hour is compared to the number of starts allowable If the two numbers are the same a block occurs If a block...

Page 278: ...Time As has been related before this setting must be configured with the time that this units has to detect the average current below 5 of FLA before considering that the motor is stopped Number of starts Once the motor is stopped the number of starts within the past hour is compared to the number of starts allowable If the two values are the same an inhibit occurs If an inhibit occurs the lockout...

Page 279: ...st hour are reset to a zero value allowing starting operations in the motor The Number of starts counter continues with the last value and does not reset because of blocking the unit Note All the counters are stored in a RAM memory therefore when the relay is powered off and powered on all timers and counters are set to a zero value 5 5 9 Digital counters Digital Counters are functions to count di...

Page 280: ...counter If a counter s DIGCNT X BLOCK is set to 1 all the counter s values remain unaltered and no counter commands are processed When the counter s DigCnt X Function is set to Enabled and the DIGCNT X BLOCK is set to 0 then the counter starts running and accepting counter commands DIGCNT X UP Counter command When this element changes from 0 to 1 the value of the specified counter is incremented b...

Page 281: ...the circuit breaker Upon the return of the source the circuit experiences inrush current into connected transformers accelerating currents into motors and simultaneous demand from many other loads because the normal load diversity has been lost The relay detects Cold Load condition Cold Load Pickup OP when the breaker remains opened for a period of time greater than the Outage Time Before Cold Loa...

Page 282: ...is setting defines the level of neutral current above which CT failure would pick up Refer to the CT Failure logic diagram for more detail 3V0 Voltage Inhibit This setting defines the level of neutral voltage 3V0 above which the CT failure detection is inhibited GND Current Inhibit This setting defines the level of ground current above which CT failure detection is inhibited SGND Current Inhibit T...

Page 283: ...CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS 5 5 CONTROL ELEMENTS GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 5 131 Figure 5 32 Logic scheme for 60 CTS failure function ...

Page 284: ...econd Harmonic Inhibit element to pick up 2nd HRMC DELAY This setting specifies the pickup time delay for this function to operate after pickup Note that MINIMUM CURRENT Sets the minimum value of fundamental secondary current required to allow the Second Harmonic Inhibit element to operate If Phase for Operation is set to AVERAGE the average of three phase currents is used for supervision The simi...

Page 285: ...up at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection Elements The status of this signal can be viewed at Actual Status Protection Protection Blocks The following picture shows the logic scheme for the 2nd Harmonic Inhibit function 2nd HARMONIC STATUS DESCRIPTION 2nd HARMONIC PKP 2nd Harmonic function has picked up 2nd HARMONIC OP 2nd Harmonic function has operated 2nd HARMONIC PHASE A Shows of 2nd harmon...

Page 286: ...5 134 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 5 5 CONTROL ELEMENTS CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS Figure 5 33 2nd harmonic inhibit logic diagram ...

Page 287: ...1 8 10 COMMON 9 16 COMMON 5 8 COMMON 9 16 COMMON 9 16 11 CC9 CC5 CC9 CC9 12 CC10 CC6 CC10 CC10 13 CC11 CC7 CC11 CC11 14 CC12 CC8 CC12 CC12 15 CC13 COIL 2 CC13 CC13 4 1 C C 4 1 C C a 2 5 4 1 C C 6 1 17 CC15 COIL 2 CC15 CC15 6 1 C C 6 1 C C b 2 5 6 1 C C 8 1 4 1 D L E I H S 7 1 C C 9 1 8 1 C C 0 2 9 1 C C 1 2 0 2 C C 2 2 1 2 C C 3 2 2 2 C C 4 2 3 2 C C 5 2 4 2 C C 6 2 4 2 7 1 N O M M O C 7 2 2 3 5 2...

Page 288: ... for CIO modules I O Board Type_X NONE N A NONE 16 INP 8OUT 8 INP 8OUT SUPV 32 INP 16 INP 8 ANA Input activation voltage threshold Group A Voltage Threshold A_X 80 1 V 10 230 Input activation voltage threshold Group B Voltage Threshold B_X 80 1 V 10 230 Input activation voltage threshold Group C Voltage Threshold C_X 80 1 V 10 230 Input activation voltage threshold Group D Voltage Threshold D_X 80...

Page 289: ... board type are as follows Table 5 84 I O board type CCY Is the name used for inputs in I O boards 0Z Is the name used for the different outputs in I O boards ASSOCIATED DIGIT ENERVISTA 650 Setup BOARD settingS BOARD TYPE 0 NONE None 1 16 INP 8OUT Mixed 2 8 INP 8 OUT SUPV Supervision 4 32 INP 32 digital inputs 5 16 INP 8 ANA 8 Analog Inputs 16 digital inputs ...

Page 290: ...the input level considering the delay setting Positive edge and Negative edge settings correspond to signals that are activated with the change of the input signal in this case the Delay Input Time is not considered only the Debounce Time this edge signals are deactivated automatically after one PLC scan cycle Figure 5 35 INPUT LOGIC TYPES shows the types of signals associated with the different i...

Page 291: ...di type 4 CONT IP_X_CC1 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC17 CONT IP_X_CC2 CC2 CC2 CC2 CC18 CONT IP_X_CC3 CC3 CC3 CC3 CC19 CONT IP_X_CC4 CC4 CC4 CC4 CC20 CONT IP_X_CC5 CC5 CC5 CC5 CC21 CONT IP_X_CC6 CC6 CC6 CC6 CC22 CONT IP_X_CC7 CC7 CC7 CC7 CC23 CONT IP_X_CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC24 CONT IP_X_CC9 CC9 Va_COIL1 CC9 CC25 CONT IP_X_CC10 CC10 Vb_COIL1 CC10 CC26 CONT IP_X_CC11 CC11 Va_COIL2 CC11 CC27 CONT IP_X_CC12 CC12 Vb_COIL2...

Page 292: ...he reset signal for the latched outputs is configured at Setpoint Relay Configuration Outputs Contact Output Reset Pulse Output Time_0X _0Z This is the length of the output pulse in case the output type is selected as pulse the default value is 10000 ms Figure 5 36 Output logic typesshows the types of signals associated with the different output configuration types Figure 5 36 Output logic types 5...

Page 293: ...whether there is any anomaly in the board or whether the board is not available in the relay according to the relay model Table 5 86 Contact output signals Being X the corresponding board in each case CONTACT OUTPUT STATUS CONTACT OUTPUT OPERATES CONTACT OUTPUT RESETS IO BOARD STATUS CONT OP_X_01 CONT OP OPER_X_01 CONT OP RESET_X_01 BOARD F STATUS CONT OP_X_02 CONT OP OPER_X_02 CONT OP RESET_X_02 ...

Page 294: ...ip is reset the relay contact opens before the breaker auxiliary 52 a even if the time delay of the first has expired By using this function we prevent the relay contact from cutting the current basically inductive and high from the tripping circuit which can cause damage to the element as these currents exceed the nominal breaking characteristics The circuit and the current threshold of the funct...

Page 295: ...ing subsections describe the different types of connection to create each supervision scheme in an easy way As the supervision circuits are identical only the first group connection examples are described being also applicable to the second group In order to assure a high isolation level between groups the digital inputs for supervision have been located in a symmetrical basis That is to optimize ...

Page 296: ...6 5 4 With current supervision with SEAL IN In this case as shown in Figure 5 39 Current supervision of the tripping contact A6631F2 the current supervision circuit consists of a circuit connected in series with the output contact so that the external circuit is wired to terminals F34 and F36 This supervision circuit includes a low impedance reed relay that is activated when the current value exce...

Page 297: ...st program the corresponding Circuit latching setting wiring the external circuit to terminals F34 and F36 With this scheme in the case of a failure to open from the breaker auxiliary contact the F650 output relay does not open the tripping coil current as in this case the contact may be damaged as it is prepared for opening currents around 0 35 A at 125 Vdc This latching or memory function is onl...

Page 298: ...n with auxiliary contact 52a and a resistor A6631F3 Table 5 88 Supervision with 52 a There is a possibility to monitor the trip circuit and trip coil continuity This can be done by monitoring Vdc through the output contact when this is open INTERNAL STATE V 52 a SUPERVISION 52 open ON OK 52 closed ON OK TRIP OFF OK if t 0 5 s TRIP with 52 open OFF OK if t 0 5 s ...

Page 299: ...rotection connected in parallel The value of resistance is selected so that the V 52 a input circuit minimum detection current flows but not as high as to activate the breaker tripping coil The figure shows the following equation Where Vmin Is the minimum voltage in Volts expected in the battery e g 80 of Vn R Resistance in kilo ohms 2 2 mA of approximate current flowing through input V 52 a As sh...

Page 300: ...it only when the breaker is closed In this case resistance R is not used but it must be observed in the element logic that the corresponding signal CONT IP_F_CC16 SUP_COIL2 is activated showing a failure when the breaker is open Therefore it is required to supervise the continuity failure signaling by the breaker status information Figure 5 41 Trip curcuit and trip coil supervision auxiliary conta...

Page 301: ...plication with auxiliary contacts 52a and 52b A6631F4 Table 5 90 Supervision algorithm with double voltage supervision scheme Status of Involved Elements Inputs to 650 Decision CIRCUIT STATUS OUTPUT STATUS F35 F36 BREAKER STATUS OPERAND CONT IP_X_CC11 Va_COIL2 V 52 a F15 F16 OPERAND CONT IP_X_CC12 Vb_COIL2 V 52 b F17 F18 OPERAND CONT IP_X_CC16 SUP_COIL2 ...

Page 302: ... This provides high flexibility in the use of this circuit The battery voltage can also be monitored by using one of the standard digital inputs 5 6 5 7 With double voltage supervision and serial resistor in voltage monitors Figure 5 43 Supervision application auxiliary contacts 52a and 52b and series resistor in F15 F16shows the supervision scheme with an external resistor An external series resi...

Page 303: ...CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS 5 6 INPUTS OUTPUTS GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 5 151 Figure 5 43 Supervision application auxiliary contacts 52a and 52b and series resistor in F15 F16 ...

Page 304: ...g by communications using EnerVista 650 Setup The change of state of virtual inputs is made according to their type Latched virtual inputs remain at the set value until it is changed by communications Self reset virtual inputs are activated by writing and they remain active during one cycle There are 32 virtual inputs of each type 5 6 7 1 Virtual inputs writing Setpoint Input Outputs Virtual Input...

Page 305: ...n of the logic equations For more detailed information see chapters 5 9 Relay configuration and 5 10 Logic configuration PLC editor in this manual 5 6 9 Virtual outputs latched There are 16 virtual outputs latched that may be assigned via Logic configuration If not assigned the output is forced to OFF Logic 0 Virtual outputs are resolved in each pass through the evaluation of the logic equations T...

Page 306: ...te Comms GSSE N A NONE GSSE GOOSE Device Identification 650 ID F650 N A Hold time signal send by the transmitting device Hold Time 10000 1 ms 1000 60000 Snapshot Events Generation Snapshot Events Remote Out DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Remote Device Description Remote Device X Remote Device X N A Bit Pair Selection Bit Pair X None N A DNA 1 to DNA 32 UserSt 1 to UserSt 64 Default Value Selection ...

Page 307: ...Vista 650 Setup in all models Setpoint Inputs Outputs Force Outputs This menu allows activating each contact output in the relay to facilitate maintenance testing In the screen the user can select the I O board to be tested and also select which output is to be forced operated After selecting the desired output clicking on the checkbox on the left the user must click Force Output to activate the s...

Page 308: ...rce column Simple logics can be performed on this screen using the or and not columns for more complex logics go to the logic configuration tool to create the virtual outputs and afterwards select it in the source column The different options available in this screen are the following Select checkbox enables each output The output must be enabled before modifying any other setting on that output N...

Page 309: ... Source setting defines which function logic remote input digital input etc activates the LED OR checkbox for configuring the LED operation by activation of any of the indicated signals The element performs an OR of the signals and its output produces operation NOT checkbox for inverting or not the configured logic For firmware version 7 20 or higher latched checkboxes are available for configurin...

Page 310: ...the interlock input Source Selects a function digital input logic etc for defining each input of each AND gate NOT Logic inverter Figure 5 48 Operations and interlocks Final State Type setting defines whether the operation requires in addition to the interlock logic any other conditions to determine a success condition If so we must select LOGIC Otherwise we must select NONE Final State setting de...

Page 311: ...hrough the ETHERNET It must be taken into account that besides the master selection in the operations screen inside relay configuration there is a hardware selection with the operation pushbutton in the front part of the relay to switch between local COM2 and HMI and remote masters COM1 and ETHERNET for operations The local remote off sequence can be also available through communications selecting...

Page 312: ...conditions that conform the Interlock that enables the operation have been selected To save the interlock click the disk icon on the toolbar A Logic Saved displays Once the Interlocks have been defined the user must define the success conditions for the operation define Final State Type as LOGIC and a PRESS FOR LOGIC message lights up below Final States When clicking PRESS FOR LOGIC the success co...

Page 313: ...hat is activated when the related operation is executed Figure 5 50 Contact output configuration Note Operations time out for confirmation Configurable screen in graphical HMI In the relay HMI the configurable objects wait one minute for confirmation after operation selection The object is blinking for one minute After that time the object is deselected Front Keys In operations performed by front ...

Page 314: ...n also configure a logic signal to perform the LED reset by communications The settings are as follows Select checkbox enables disables the selection Source setting defines the operand that performs the function indicated in the SELECT column NOT setting inverts the block signal NOT setting for inverting the logic signal OR checkbox to select a group of operands instead of a single one The relay p...

Page 315: ... tab This tab allows assigning operands logic signals as inputs to different control elements This way the user assigns which operands configure digital counters etc In this screen we can also configure a logic signal to perform the LED reset by communications The settings are the same as in Protection Elements tab ...

Page 316: ...of the digital channel to be included in oscillography records Source setting defines the source or signal to be recorded in that specific channel which can be selected among all the operands available in the signals menu NOT checkbox inverts the enabled digital channel signal OR checkbox to select a group of operands instead of a single one The relay performs an OR of the signals and its output p...

Page 317: ... it directly on this screen An OR of several operands selecting directly the OR column in this same menu A logic combination of operands by selecting a VIRTUAL OUTPUT as trigger source and using the logic configuration available in the relay graphical PLC that allows to design logic circuits and to assign their outputs to internal variables called VIRTUAL OUTPUT Available settings are as follows S...

Page 318: ...different masters local remote COM1 remote Ethernet The alarms can be active or not active and can be acknowledged or not acknowledged As shown in the following table Table 5 93 Alarm management ACTIVE status is shown on the display relay HMI showing an ON label on the right of the alarm The PC shows the alarm text in red ACKNOWLEDGED Operation acknowledgement can be performed from three independe...

Page 319: ...ingle one The relay performs OR of the signals and its output produces operation NOT checkbox inverts the status of the signal selected in column Contact B Open text setting allows associating a text to the control event associated with the element opening Close text setting allows associating a text to the control event associated with the element closing Error 00 text setting in case of using do...

Page 320: ... configuration Note when a switchgear device is only monitored open init and closing init signals are not used it is not possible to distinguish between the fail to open or fail to close time the time used to give an error 00 or 11 signal is the maximum of the opening and closing time configured for that switchgear ...

Page 321: ...lay can be used to configured switchgear elements operations metering values date and time etc The configured values is always updated with the real status of the relay This functionality is only applicable to F650 elements with graphical display and not for elements with alphanumerical display Depending on the relay model the graphical display can show IEC 1082 1 symbols N option in order code Fi...

Page 322: ...When the device it is inserted the device can be seen and when it is not inserted only a blank space is displayed Contactors in vertical and horizontal positions Selector switches in vertical and horizontal positions OTHER CONFIGURABLE SYMBOLS Available for both M N C and D selection MULTISTATE VARIABLE SYMBOL Displays a dialog box on screen that is one variable status function like a switch case ...

Page 323: ... is located blinks Press key I or O to execute the configured operations Configure and execute operations with the front keys I O and on the graphic display over an object selected To select the object click the element and then the display A window opens to select the required operations I O and and the tab order Once selected a green border square is shown Place this square on the object to oper...

Page 324: ...bols reserved for future uses Both M and N selection Symbol for capacitor banks Both M and N selection Symbol for vertical capacitor banks Only for N model IEC selection Symbol for wye connection Both M and N selection Symbol for open delta and delta connection Both M and N selection Display of a fix text up to 40 ASCII characters Both M and N selection Auxiliary drawing lines Both M and N selecti...

Page 325: ...Remote controlled Only for N model IEC selection Neutral Reactance Only for N model IEC selection Encravado Interlocked Only for N model IEC selection Autorecloser In Service Out of Service Only for N model IEC selection M A Symbol for Manual Automatic Only for N model IEC selection Regime Especial Exploração Only for N model IEC selection Voltage transformer Only for N model IEC selection Differe...

Page 326: ...ype of graphical display On offline mode when creating a new setting file 650 when entering on SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION HMI it is possible to choose the display type that is wanted to configure from two types of graphical displays depending on the order code Green one for standard models and the black one for N model IEC selection ...

Page 327: ...he IEC 61131 3 standard This standard defines five basic ways of programming Sequential Function Chart SFC Instruction List IL Structured Text ST Ladder Diagram LD Function Block Diagram FBD Out of these five methods FBD has been chosen because it allows for graphical configurations that are more comprehensive This method provides the possibility of grouping several basic functions inside a single...

Page 328: ...REEN DESCRIPTION INPUT TO LOGIC Selection of the digital input to the logic All available internal status can be used as logic inputs OUTPUT FROM LOGIC Virtual output built with internal logic Up to 512 LIBRARY Possibility to build blocks of logic in a simple graphic object OR and AND from 3 to 8 inputs are provided as libraries AND of two digital inputs OR of two digital inputs NOT of a digital i...

Page 329: ...f two digital or analog inputs DIVIDER of two digital or analog inputs ADDER of two digital or analog inputs SUBTRACTOR of two digital or analog inputs LOGIC SIGNALS EXAMPLES SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TIME DIAGRAM SET When the input signal is set to 1 the output signal remain fixed to 1 until a reset signal is received RESET When the input signal is reset to 1 the output signal remain fixed to 0 ONS The ...

Page 330: ... 2 If Latched Virtual input 1 1 Latched Virtual input 2 1 then Virtual output is set to 0 3 If Latched Virtual input 1 1 Latched Virtual input 2 0 then Virtual output is set to 1 4 If Latched Virtual input 1 0 Latched Virtual input 2 1 then Virtual output is set to 0 EQUAL TO Analog Variables 4 If Vb Angle Vc Angle then Virtual output is set to 0 5 If Vb Angle Vc Angle then Virtual output is set t...

Page 331: ... logic configuration editor provides a compilation option to compile the whole configuration creating a series of equations that forms the logical configuration of the element The next diagram shows the way compiled logic equations are built Figure 5 55 Compiled logic equations DIVISION Result of division of both inputs is stored into variable assigned to Division output If Input 2 0 Then result o...

Page 332: ...ile menu The FILE menu includes the following options New Project Create a new project that includes the logic configuration files Open Project Open an existing project Close Project Close the currently open project Get Project from Relay Retrieve a previously saved project from the relay Save Project and Save Project as Save the open project Save Automatic Function Save Automatic Function As Save...

Page 333: ...compilation Grid Show or hide the form grid where the configuration functions are developed It also aligns the different objects to the grid Zoom Allow selection of the percentage of zoom in the application Rectangle Zoom Zoom rectangular Allow zooming the selected rectangle 5 10 3 Configuration generation 5 10 3 1 Create new project Click File New Project to open a new PLC project for programming...

Page 334: ...s the timer is a digital operation that operates as an analog there must only be a single internal variable or digital input in the timer input 5 10 3 7 Add library Click LIB and select the corresponding file Users can build their own libraries and distribute them in their projects in an easy way The manufacturer provides default libraries such as ORs ANDs of 3 up to 8 inputs besides timers pickup...

Page 335: ...user when working in the main menu outside the library environment The white boxes T_Input T_Pickup T_Dropout T_output are inputs and outputs to the library that are going to be accessible to the user to connect the library in the main application to create virtual outputs to be sent to the relay Once the library is created and saved it can be selected in the main application menu in Project Inser...

Page 336: ...t has been created as an output of another second timer This signal is selected as an output The timing signal for the first timer is a mask provided by the application in which the time in milliseconds must be entered in order to configure the timer time delay After creating the first timer the second one for output deactivation is made The set signal is the virtual output created as an output of...

Page 337: ...rsions 3 44 or lower For firmware versions 3 60 or higher ones go to section 7 3 IEC 61850 configurator This menu is located in Setpoint 61850 Configuration The user can configure some 61850 parameters in the F650 icd file and then send this file to the relay The parameters that can be configured are Domain name parameters IED Name LD Name from the Domain Name Ethernet parameters IP Address Subnet...

Page 338: ...the associated db data items in the CF functional constraint of the MMXU logical node as per the IEC 61850 standard According to IEC 61850 7 3 the db values represent the percentage of difference between the maximum and the minimum in units of 0 00 Thus it is important to know the maximum value for each MMXU measured quantity since this represents the 100 00 value for the deadband The minimum valu...

Page 339: ...CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS 5 11 IEC 61850 CONFIGURATION GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 5 187 Figure 5 62 MMXU deadband setting configuration ...

Page 340: ...tion Changes can be saved to the f650procome cfg configuration file and then sent to the relay by clicking Send Configuration In order to start working with the new procome configuration the relay must be switched off and on The Procome slave can be identified besides the slave number with a long name 8 characters identifier and with a sort name 4 characters identifier that can be set in the Proco...

Page 341: ...rom the status list select the signal and click Remove To save the data in the configuration file click Save all data is stored in the f650procome cfg file Analog Measurements In the measurements configuration screen for each measurement selected the configuration signals are Procome ID the identification number for each measurement Identifier the measurement selected to be sent in the Procome sla...

Page 342: ...creen allow the user to configure the Procome number that identifies the command in the Procome protocol and the operation bit number that the slave when the command has DCO_ON and the operation to be executed when the command is DCO_OFF The user can set the same operation for DCO_ON and DCO_OFF or a different one for each status if desired The user must select Procome ID IEC which is the identifi...

Page 343: ...ations must be set in the Setpoint Relay configuration Operations and Setpoint Relay configuration Protection Elements in FREEZE ENERGY CNT UNFREEZE ENERGY CNT and RESET ENERGY CNT For example if the ENERGY RESET operation is the 6th one in the operations screen it must be configured to the ENERGY RESET CNT input in the protection elements screen To configure this operation to be launched through ...

Page 344: ...5 192 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 5 12 PROCOME CONFIGURATION CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS Figure 5 67 Counter operations configuration ...

Page 345: ... in order to be mapped using the EnerVista 650 Setup program All the mapped information is sent as a response to a general interrogation In the interoperability table the states that the standard propose have been selected with the suitable information number Some of them must be generated in the firmware code as an OR operation This information is mapped by default but the user can delete them if...

Page 346: ...l metering values that F650 supports are available in order to be mapped In the measurands configuration screen with each selected measurement a Factor and an Offset must be configured The Factor is a multiplier factor and the Offset is an offset factor to be applied to the relay measurement to make the final measurement calculation to be sent to the master The factor and offset parameters allow t...

Page 347: ... program It would be possible to choose the desired command for the ON state and the same or different command for the OFF state You can select the Information Number 1 255 and the Function Type 0 255 but the Identification Type 20 General Commands is fixed and it is used to send a command to the slave station Clicking the Add button the configured data is added to the Operations List The processe...

Page 348: ...5 196 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 5 13 IEC 60870 5 103 CONFIGURATION CHAPTER 5 SETPOINTS Figure 5 70 Command configuration for IEC 60870 5 103 protocol ...

Page 349: ...ation of the relay front LEDs is shown on the following figure Actual Front Panel LEDs by the lighting of the associated LED in the appropriate color The Ready LED is green when the relay is in service LEDs 1 to 5 light up in red when active LEDs 6 to 10 light up in orange and the last 5 LEDs light up in green The first five LEDs are latched by hardware and can only be reset by a LEDs RESET Comman...

Page 350: ...eaker BREAKER OPEN Open breaker status In the switchgear selected as breaker besides providing the usual switchgear contact status the system provides also the open breaker closed breaker and undefined breaker states BREAKER CLOSED Breaker closed BREAKER UNDEFINED If there are two digital inputs configured for breaker contacts 52 a and 52 b this status is present when both inputs are at 0 or at 1 ...

Page 351: ...3 HIGH BLK GROUND IOC1 BLOCK GROUND TOC1 BLOCK SENS GND DIR1 BLK IP NEUTRAL OV1 LOW BLK GROUND IOC2 BLOCK GROUND TOC2 BLOCK SENS GND DIR2 BLK IP NEUTRAL OV2 LOW BLK GROUND IOC3 BLOCK GROUND TOC3 BLOCK SENS GND DIR3 BLK IP NEUTRAL OV3 LOW BLK SENS GND IOC1 BLK SENS GND TOC1 BLOCK POWER BLOCKS AUXILIARY UV1 BLOCK SENS GND IOC2 BLK SENS GND TOC2 BLOCK FWD PWR1 BLOCK AUXILIARY UV2 BLOCK SENS GND IOC3 ...

Page 352: ...CK A PH IOC1 HIGH A B C OP PH TOC1 HIGH A B C OP PHASE DIR1 A OP PH IOC1 HIGH PKP PH TOC1 HIGH PKP PHASE DIR1 BLOCK B PH IOC1 HIGH OP PH TOC1 HIGH OP PHASE DIR1 B OP PH IOC2 HIGH A B C PKP PH TOC2 HIGH A B C PKP PHASE DIR1 BLOCK C PH IOC2 HIGH A B C OP PH TOC2 HIGH A B C OP PHASE DIR1 C OP PH IOC2 HIGH PKP PH TOC2 HIGH PKP PHASE DIR2 BLOCK A PH IOC2 HIGH OP PH TOC2 HIGH OP PHASE DIR2 A OP PH IOC3 ...

Page 353: ...t while the associated function remains in pickup or operation This screen is accessed in menu Actual Status Protection Sensitive Ground Current and includes the following signaling LEDs Table 6 5 Sensitive ground current actual values GROUND IOC ACTUAL VALUES GROUND TOC ACTUAL VALUES GROUND DIRECTIONAL ACTUAL VALUES GROUND IOC1 PKP GROUND TOC1 PKP GROUND DIR1 BLOCK GROUND IOC1 OP GROUND TOC1 OP G...

Page 354: ...hermal image value for all the phases and functions in percentage All the values are provided individually for phases and for the three thermal elements This screen is accessed in menu Actual Status Protection Thermal image and includes the following signaling LEDs Table 6 7 Thermal model actual values NEGATIVE SEQUENCE TOC ACTUAL VALUES NEG SEQ TOC1 PKP NEG SEQ TOC1 OP NEG SEQ TOC2 PKP NEG SEQ TO...

Page 355: ... PHASE OV1 BC OP NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH OP PHASE UV1 C PKP PHASE UV2 CA OP PHASE OV1 CA PKP NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH PKP PHASE UV1 C OP PHASE UV2 PKP PHASE OV1 CA OP NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH OP PHASE UV1 AB PKP PHASE UV2 OP PHASE OV1 PKP NEUTRAL OV1 LOW PKP PHASE UV1 AB OP PHASE UV3 A PKP PHASE OV1 OP NEUTRAL OV1 LOW OP PHASE UV1 BC PKP PHASE UV3 A OP PHASE OV2 AB PKP NEUTRAL OV2 LOW PKP PHASE UV1 BC OP PHASE UV3 B PKP...

Page 356: ...es FWD PWR1 STG1 PKP DIR PWR1 STG1 PKP 32N1 HIGH PKP FWD PWR1 STG1 OP DIR PWR1 STG1 OP 32N1 HIGH OC PKP FWD PWR1 STG2 PKP DIR PWR1 STG2 PKP 32N1 HIGH OP FWD PWR1 STG2 OP DIR PWR1 STG2 OP 32N2 HIGH PKP FWD PWR2 STG1 PKP DIR PWR1 STG PKP 32N2 HIGH OC PKP FWD PWR2 STG1 OP DIR PWR1 STG OP 32N2 HIGH OP FWD PWR2 STG2 PKP DIR PWR2 STG1 PKP 32N3 HIGH PKP FWD PWR2 STG2 OP DIR PWR2 STG1 OP 32N3 HIGH OC PKP ...

Page 357: ...derfrequency reset This screen shows the activation of all frequency elements available in the F650 It can be accessed from the menu Actual Status Control Elements Frequency and it includes the following signaling LEDs Table 6 10 Frequency actual values OVERFREQUENCY ACTUAL VALUES UNDERFREQUENCY ACTUAL VALUES OVERFREQ1 PKP UNDERFREQ1 PKP OVERFREQ1 OP UNDERFREQ1 OP OVERFREQ2 PKP UNDERFREQ2 PKP OVER...

Page 358: ...on according to permission logics DL DB LL DB DL LB DL DB OPERATION Closing permission in dead line dead bus condition DL LB OPERATION Closing permission in dead line live bus condition LL DB OPERATION Closing permission in live line dead bus condition SLIP CONDITION Internal signal indicating frequency slip between the line voltage and bus voltage phasors BUS FREQ LINE FREQ Busbar Frequency highe...

Page 359: ...AR INITIATE programmable signal to initiate the autoreclose AR CONDS INPUT programmable signal to set the conditions to be met before executing a breaker close AR PULSE BLOCK AR PULSE UNBLOCK AR INITIATE AR CONDS INPUT AUTORECLOSE INTERNAL STATUS AR CLOSE BREAKER AR OUT OF SERVICE AR READY AR LOCKOUT AR BLOCK AR RCL IN PROGRESS AR LCK BY ANOMALY AR LCK BY FAIL OPEN AR LCK BY FAIL CLOSE AR LCK BY U...

Page 360: ...al sent by the autoreclose after the 2nd shot AR BLK AFTER 3 SHOT Signal sent by the autoreclose after the 3rd shot AR BLK AFTER 4 SHOT Signal sent by the autoreclose after the 4th shot AR BLOCK BY LEVEL Autoreclose blocked by level See AR block signals configuration AR BLOCK BY PULSE Autoreclose blocked by pulse See AR block signals configuration AR STATUS Autoreclose status in service out of ser...

Page 361: ...functions are identical and can be configured separately These functions compare the negative and positive sequence current levels per phase If this magnitude exceeds a programmable threshold and is maintained for a programmable time delay a tripping output is issued If a pickup or operation is produced the corresponding LED in this screen lights up This screen can be accessed at Actual Status Con...

Page 362: ... Status Control Elements Pulse counters and it includes the following values Table 6 18 Pulse counter actual values 6 2 4 10 Analog comparators F650 units incorporate 20 analog comparators This screen can be accessed from the menu Actual Status Control Elements Analog Comparators and it includes the following signalling LEDs showing the ON OFF status of the analog level Table 6 19 Analog comparato...

Page 363: ...ts Load Encroachment and it includes the following signalling LEDs Table 6 20 Load encroachment actual values ANALOG COMPARATORS ACTUAL VALUES Analog Level 01 Analog Level 02 Analog Level 03 Analog Level 04 Analog Level 05 Analog Level 06 Analog Level 07 Analog Level 08 Analog Level 09 Analog Level 10 Analog Level 11 Analog Level 12 Analog Level 13 Analog Level 14 Analog Level 15 Analog Level 16 A...

Page 364: ...tus Control Elements Digital Counters and it includes 24 LEDs for the 8 Digital Counters status indicating which status is activate HI LO or EQ Table 6 22 Digital counter actual values MAX NUMBER OF STARTS ACTUAL VALUES NUMBER OF STARTS OP GLOBAL STARTS CNT BLOCK LOCKOUT TIME DIGITAL COUNTERS ACTUAL VALUES DIGCNT 1 HI DIGCNT 2 HI DIGCNT 3 HI DIGCNT 4 HI DIGCNT 5 HI DIGCNT 6 HI DIGCNT 7 HI DIGCNT 8...

Page 365: ...UE 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 The specified counter current value DIGCNT FROZENVALUE 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 The specified counter last captured frozen value DIGCNT FROZENDATE Valid date The specified counter last captured frozen date 6 2 4 14 Cold load pickup This screen can be accessed at Actual Status Control Elements Cold Load Pickup and it includes two LEDs for the Cold Load Pickup funct...

Page 366: ...h Phase IOC3 High Phase IOC1 Low Phase IOC2 Low Phase IOC3 Low Neutral IOC1 Neutral IOC2 Neutral IOC3 Ground IOC1 Ground IOC2 Ground IOC3 Sensitive Ground IOC1 Sensitive Ground IOC2 Sensitive Ground IOC3 Phase TOC1 High Phase TOC2 High Phase TOC3 High Neutral TOC1 Neutral TOC2 Neutral TOC3 Ground TOC1 Ground TOC2 Ground TOC3 Sensitive Ground TOC1 Sensitive Ground TOC2 Sensitive Ground TOC3 Phase U...

Page 367: ... High Neutral OV1 Low Neutral OV2 Low Neutral OV3 Low Auxiliary UV1 Auxiliary UV2 Auxiliary UV3 Phase OV1 Phase OV2 Phase OV3 Auxiliary OV1 Auxiliary OV2 Auxiliary OV3 Negative Sequence TOC1 Negative Sequence TOC2 Negative Sequence TOC3 Overfrequency1 Overfrequency2 Overfrequency3 Overfrequency4 Overfrequency5 Overfrequency6 Underfrequency1 Underfrequency2 Underfrequency3 Underfrequency4 Underfreq...

Page 368: ...al3 Forward power1 Forward power2 Forward power3 Demand Phase TOC1 Low Phase TOC2 Low Phase TOC3 Low Data Logger Directional Power1 Directional Power2 Directional Power3 Locked Rotor1 Locked Rotor2 Locked Rotor3 Frequency rate1 Frequency rate2 Frequency rate3 Load Encroachment1 Load Encroachment2 Load Encroachment3 Watt Gnd Flt High 1 Watt Gnd Flt High 2 Watt Gnd Flt High 3 Watt Gnd Flt Low 1 Watt...

Page 369: ...t event summary SNAPSHOT EVENTS SUMMARY Board F Event Board G Event General Settings Event Phase IOC1 High Event Phase IOC2 High Event Phase IOC3 High Event Phase IOC1 Low Event Phase IOC2 Low Event Phase IOC3 Low Event Neutral IOC1 Event Neutral IOC2 Event Neutral IOC3 Event Ground IOC1 Event Ground IOC2 Event Ground IOC3 Event Sensitive Ground IOC1 Event Sensitive Ground IOC2 Event Sensitive Gro...

Page 370: ... Event Ground Directional3 Event Breaker Failure Event VT Fuse Failure Event Synchrocheck Event Autoreclose Event Neutral OV1 High Event Neutral OV2 High Event Neutral OV3 High Event Neutral OV1 Low Event Neutral OV2 Low Event Neutral OV3 Low Event Auxiliary UV1 Event Auxiliary UV2 Event Auxiliary UV3 Event Phase OV1 Event Phase OV2 Event Phase OV3 Event Auxiliary OV1 Event Auxiliary OV2 Event Aux...

Page 371: ... Power1 Event Forward Power2 Event Forward Power3 Event Demand Event Board H Event Board J Event Phase TOC1 Low Event Phase TOC2 Low Event Phase TOC3 Low Event Switchgear1 Event Switchgear2 Event Switchgear3 Event Switchgear4 Event Switchgear5 Event Switchgear6 Event Switchgear7 Event Switchgear8 Event Switchgear9 Event Switchgear10 Event Switchgear11 Event Switchgear12 Event Switchgear13 Event Sw...

Page 372: ...includes all the readings for the previously configured records in the ModBus memory map Table 6 26 MODBUS user map actual values Locked Rotor3 Event Overfrequency4 Event Underfrequency4 Event Remote Outputs Event Remote Inputs Event Analog Comparators Event Frequency Rate1 Event Frequency Rate2 Event Frequency Rate3 Event Load Encroachment1 Event Load Encroachment2 Event Load Encroachment3 Event ...

Page 373: ...iated switchgear is closed SWITCH X 00_ERROR Output that represents the Switchgear status 00 considered as abnormal SWITCH X 11_ERROR Output that represents the Switchgear status 11 considered as abnormal SWITCH X OPEN INIT Programmable input that indicates the initiation of the Opening Operation for the considered switchgear SWITCH X CLOSE INIT Programmable input that indicates the initiation of ...

Page 374: ...tive when the relay calibration settings are the default values no calibration CALIBRATION ERROR Error shown when there is a problem in the calibration settings wrong values CALIBRATION DATE This value is showing date when relay was calibrated CALIBRATION FACTORY CALIBRATION CALIBRATION ERROR CALIBRATION DATE SWGR X FAIL TO OPEN SWGR X FAIL TO CLOSE SWITCH X OPEN INIT SWITCH X CLOSE INIT SWITCH X ...

Page 375: ...fo It can monitor the system parameters and the internal status of the Relay operating system Form firmware version prior to 7 00 System Info pop up window shows general system information as described in the table below Table 6 30 System info for firmware versions below 7 00 FLEX CURVES STATUS FLEXCURVE A STATUS FLEXCURVE B STATUS FLEXCURVE C STATUS FLEXCURVE D STATUS SYSTEM INFO E2PROM STATUS DS...

Page 376: ...tion CPU Rtai Percentage corresponding to protection tasks execution CPU Linux Percentage corresponding to rest of linux tasks execution Total RAM Total RAM in the device Used DRAM Used RAM in the device Free RAM Available RAM in the device Chached RAM Memory reserved for the Linux OS Up Time Second from the last power up DSP Counter It shows that DSP is running ICD Status Information about status...

Page 377: ...ge of CPU in use CPU Usage Percentage of CPU in use ICD Status Information about status of ICD file stored in the F650 For detailed information go to Chapter 7 section 7 3 2 2 IEC 61850 CONFIGURATOR FEATURES FOR CONFIGURATION ICD Status NotVal Information about validation of new ICD after being sent into the relay For detailed information go to Chapter 7 section 7 3 2 2 IEC 61850 CONFIGURATOR FEAT...

Page 378: ...relay that is communicating with Enervista 650 Setup Manufacturing date Date when the relay connected to Enervista 650 Setup was assembled 6 2 12 Record status This screen shows part of the information related to the different records stored in the Relay such as 6 2 12 1 Fault reports Actual Status Records Status Fault Reports Table 6 32 Fault report status FAULT REPORT STATUS FAULT REPORT TRIGG C...

Page 379: ... distance Line Lenght Fault resistance This value provides the estimated ground fault resistance in primary values of the fault seen by the F650 by neglecting the resistance of the affected portion of the line Fault report trigg This signal indicates whether the signal that initiates the calculation of the distance to the fault has been activated Clear fault reports This signal indicates the reset...

Page 380: ...n this screen This screen also shows the oscillography trigger status active or inactive by lighting up that channel Table 6 34 Oscillography status The last three values shown are as follows NUMBER OF TRIGGERS This is the number of the last oscillography record obtained in the relay This value has a range of 0 to 999 CYCLES PER RECORD This is the number of cycles contained in the oscillography re...

Page 381: ...ling demand DEMAND RESET INP Signal to reset the demand These signals can be configured at Setpoint Relay Configuration Protection Elements 6 2 12 6 Energy Freeze Unfreeze reset Energy These signals correspond to the relay energy counters statuses of freeze unfreeze and reset Actual Status Records Status Energy Table 6 37 Energy status FREEZE ENERGY CNT Signal used to freeze the energy counters fo...

Page 382: ...er openings BKR OPEN 1 HOUR ALARM Alarm related to the maximum number of breaker openings in one hour BREAKER OPENINGS Counter of the total number of openings performed by the breaker BREAKER CLOSINGS Counter of the total number of closings performed by the breaker KI2t PHASE A kI2 t phase A counter total accumulative breaking level phase A KI2t PHASE B kI2t phase B counter total accumulative brea...

Page 383: ...e source and in the case of time signal interruptions the length of the interruption The value 999 999 999 indicates that the magnitude of the estimated error is one second or more or that the error cannot be estimated Note The F650 does not support the end to end delay mechanism so it is not unexpected that changing the device to which the F650 is connected to this mode would cause the NoPDelay m...

Page 384: ...etis App Date Kinetis application release date DSP Version Digital Signal Processor firmware version DSP Date Digital Signal Processor firmware release date Firmware Date Firmware application release date FPGA Version Current version of the bitstream running in CPU FPGA RM PRP HSR Version Current version of the PRP_HSR bitstream running in the redundancy module FPGA RM RSTP Version Current version...

Page 385: ...e number of the transmitted messages over port B when PRP or HSR option is enabled PRP_HSR A ERR This value shows the number of messages received over port A with wrong LAN ID PRP_HSR B ERR This value shows the number of messages received over port B with wrong LAN ID RSTP PortA State This is the state of RSTP for port A Discarding Learning Forwarding RSTP PortB State This is the state of RSTP for...

Page 386: ...b Angle Deg Ic Angle Deg In Angle Deg Ig Angle Deg Isg Angle Deg Phasor Ia Primary KA Phasor Ib Primary KA Phasor Ic Primary KA Phasor Ig Primary KA Phasor Isg Primary KA Phasor In Primary KA RMS Ia Primary KA RMS Ib Primary KA RMS Ic Primary KA RMS Ig Primary KA RMS Isg Primary KA I0 Primary KA I1 Primary KA I2 Primary KA Load to trip N A description UNITS PT Ratio N A Va Angle Deg Vb Angle Deg V...

Page 387: ...er voltages are not available in the F650 default value for power factor wil be indicated as zero V2 Primary KV Vab Primary KV Vbc Primary KV Vca Primary KV Va Primary KV Vb Primary KV Vc Primary KV Vn Primary KV Vx Primary KV VBB Primary KV VL Primary KV DESCRIPTION UNITS Phase A Real Pwr MW Phase A Reactive Pwr MVAr Phase A Apparent Pwr MVA Phase B Real Pwr MW Phase B Reactive Pwr MVAr Phase B A...

Page 388: ...our MVArh Pos Mwatthour Cnt MWh Neg Mwatthour Cnt MWh Pos MVarhour Cnt MVArh Neg MVarhour Cnt MVArh DESCRIPTION UNITS DEMAND IA KA DEMAND IA MAX KA DEMAND IA DATE dd mm yy hh mm ss ms DEMAND IB KA DEMAND IB MAX KA DEMAND IB DATE dd mm yy hh mm ss ms DEMAND IC KA DEMAND IC MAX KA DEMAND IC DATE dd mm yy hh mm ss ms DEMAND IG KA DEMAND IG MAX KA DEMAND IG DATE dd mm yy hh mm ss ms DEMAND ISG KA DEMA...

Page 389: ...s Voltage DESCRIPTION UNITS Phasor Ia A RMS Ia A Phasor Ib A RMS Ib A Phasor Ic A RMS Ic A Phasor In A Phasor Ig A RMS Ig A Phasor Isg A RMS Isg A Zero seq I0 A Positive Seq I1 A Negative Seq I2 A DESCRIPTION UNITS Phasor Vab V Phasor Vbc V Phasor Vca V Phasor Van V Phasor Vbn V Phasor Vcn V Phasor Vn V Positive Seq V1 V Negative Seq V2 V Zero Seq V0 V Phasor Vx V Nominal Voltage V Line Voltage V ...

Page 390: ... therefore its value is zero For the three phase power value the system uses the ARON method or two wattmeters method DESCRIPTION UNITS Phase A Apparent Pwr VA Phase B Apparent Pwr VA Phase C Apparent Pwr VA Phase A Real Pwr W Phase B Real Pwr W Phase C Real Pwr W Phase A Reactive Pwr VARS Phase B Reactive Pwr VARS Phase C Reactive Pwr VARS 3 Phase Apparent Pwr VA 3 Phase Real Pwr W 3 Phase Reacti...

Page 391: ...urrent values phase to phase phase to ground and sequence values provided by the unit The angles provided by the unit are counter clockwise all the angles are positive values so for a system Va 0 0 Vb 0 120 Vc 0 120 the relay provides the following angles Va 0 0 Vb 0 240 Vc 0 120 The following figure shows the phasor diagram provided by EnerVista 650 Setup Figure 6 1 Phasor diagram ...

Page 392: ...6 44 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 6 3 METERING CHAPTER 6 ACTUAL VALUES 6 3 4 Frequency Actual Metering Frequency DESCRIPTION UNITS Line Frequency Hz Bus Frequency Hz df dt Hz s ...

Page 393: ..._CC1 CC1 CONT IP_X_CC1 CC1 CONT IP_X_CC17 CC17 CONT IP_X_CC1 CC1 CONT IP_X_CC2 CC2 CONT IP_X_CC2 CC2 CONT IP_X_CC2 CC2 CONT IP_X_CC18 CC18 CONT IP_X_CC2 CC2 CONT IP_X_CC3 CC3 CONT IP_X_CC3 CC3 CONT IP_X_CC3 CC3 CONT IP_X_CC19 CC19 CONT IP_X_CC3 CC3 CONT IP_X_CC4 CC4 CONT IP_X_CC4 CC4 CONT IP_X_CC4 CC4 CONT IP_X_CC20 CC20 CONT IP_X_CC4 CC4 CONT IP_X_CC5 CC5 CONT IP_X_CC5 CC5 CONT IP_X_CC5 CC5 CONT ...

Page 394: ...ts screen inside the Setpoint Relay Configuration menu either directly by selecting the signals provided by the relay or selecting a signal provided by the logic configured at Setpoint Logic Configuration These logic signals Contact Output Operates when being transformed by the outputs logic configured at Setpoint Inputs Outputs Contact I O Board X become Contact Output signals This output logic c...

Page 395: ...s of I O boards If all the I O boards one F or both F and G depending on the relay model are correctly inserted in their tracks and are in good state and communicating through the internal CAN bus the green LED remains lit I O boards accessible through the external CAN bus are labeled as H and J In order to start working with the external I O boards is necessary to select the appropriated I O boar...

Page 396: ...status of the assigned virtual inputs can as shown on 6 4 7 Virtual outputs Actual Inputs Outputs Virtual Outputs This screen provides the status of the 512 configurable virtual outputs internal variables used in the logic scheme The virtual outputs are set from 000 to 511 The configuration of the logic associated with the virtual output is in the Setpoint Logic Configuration tool provided by Ener...

Page 397: ... remote outputs Table 6 41 USER ST STATUS Actual Inputs Outputs Remote Outputs Remote GOOSE Dig Outputs This screen provides the status of the 32 Remote GOOSE Digital Outputs Table 6 42 Remote GOOSE digital output status USERst STATUS UserSt 1 UserSt 2 UserSt 3 UserSt 64 REMOTE GOOSE DIG OUTPUTS STATUS Rem GOOSE Dig Out 1 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 2 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 3 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 32 ...

Page 398: ...tual Inputs Outputs Remote Outputs Remote GOOSE Analog Inputs This screen provides the values of the 16 Remote GOOSE Analog Inputs Eight of them are float type and the other eight are integer type remote inputs STATUS Remote Input 1 Remote Input 2 Remote Input 3 Remote Input 32 remote device STATUS Remote Device 1 Remote Device 2 Remote Device 3 Remote Device 16 REMOTE GOOSE DIG INPUTS STATUS Rem ...

Page 399: ... Output Latched This screen provides the values of virtual output latched 6 4 12 RIOs Actual Inputs Outputs RIOs This screen provides the values of virtual output analogues integer and float values analog inputs values Analog_Inp_X_01 Analog_Inp_X_02 Analog_Inp_X_03 Analog_Inp_X_08 VIRTUAL OUTPUT LATCHED V O Latched 1 V O Latched 2 V O Latched 3 V O Latched 16 INTEGER VALUES FLOAT VALUES INT32_000...

Page 400: ...he request moment Figure 6 1 Event recorder all snapshot events The different options available on this screen are as follows Save It allows saving the Snapshot events information obtained in the relay in a CSV format file Print It allows printing the viewed data View data It allows to view the information contained in the selected event such as the event number date and time cause of the event as...

Page 401: ...possible ways to access new events in local mode COM2 HMI remote mode COM1 and via Ethernet ETH_1 ETH2 or ETH_E ETH_A ETH_B It is the same type of screen as shown on all snapshot event retrieval 6 5 1 3 Control events Actual Records Event Recorder Control Events This screen is identical to the previous ones The difference is that this screen displays only control events i e those events configured...

Page 402: ...at Actual Records Event Recorder Alarm Panel The following screen provides information about the issued alarms The screen shows information about their status active not acknowledged active acknowledged and not active The user can either acknowledge all alarms at the same time or do it partially by selecting the alarms to be acknowledged Figure 6 1 Alarm panel ...

Page 403: ... Once the file to be downloaded has been selected the oscillography record can be opened using GE OSC software GE OSC is GE proprietary software that is not distributed together with EnerVista 650 Setup This program is a COMTRADE viewer and analysis software for oscillography files If the user does not have the GE OSC tool the oscillography record can be stored and viewed using any other analysis ...

Page 404: ... and voltage in primary values Fault current and voltage in primary values Fault type Distance to the fault The operation of this screen is similar to that of the previous oscillography screen being in this case the number of fault reports a fixed number 10 instead of variable and setting selected like as in the previous case Once a fault report is selected its heading description is displayed sho...

Page 405: ...any settings change in the data logger removes all information stored up to that moment The data logger screen diagram shows the time during which the displayed values have been obtained The upper part of the window shows the time when the oldest sample was taken as well as the time when the most recent value was taken Figure 6 5 Data logger This screen offers the possibility of storing the data l...

Page 406: ...6 58 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 6 5 RECORDS CHAPTER 6 ACTUAL VALUES ...

Page 407: ...l block to configure and control the transmission Each GOOSE publisher contains a GOOSE control block to configure and control the transmission The transmission is also controlled via device settings These settings can be seen in the ICD and or SCD files or in the device configuration software or files IEC 61850 recommends a default priority value of 4 for GOOSE Ethernet traffic that does not cont...

Page 408: ...ices The GSSE facility provides for 32 remote inputs and 64 remote outputs 7 1 3 GSSE configuration GSSE messages contain a number of double point status data items These items are transmitted in two pre defined data structures named DNA and UserSt Each DNA and UserSt item is referred to as a bit pair GSSE messages are transmitted in response to state changes in any of the data points contained in...

Page 409: ... Logic 0 When communication resumes the input becomes fully operational Latest ON freezes the input in case of lost communications If the latest state is not known such as after relay power up but before the first communication exchange the input defaults to Logic 1 When communication resumes the input becomes fully operational Destination MAC Data 1 to 3 If a valid multicast Ethernet MAC address ...

Page 410: ...vices The relay provides 32 remote inputs each of which can be selected from a list consisting of 96 selections DNA 1 to DNA 32 and UserSt 1 to UserSt 64 The function of DNA and UserSt bits is in both cases the same so user can assign a Remote input either of them through the Bit Pair 1 to 32 field see figure 1 They can be configured using the EnerVista 650 Setup program in the menu Setpoint Input...

Page 411: ...t in the message must be programmed to carry the state of a specific PLC operand except reserved points DNA1 and DNA2 The complete operand setting represents a specific DNA function to be transmitted These states are displayed in the F650 relay and in the EnerVista 650 Setup software in the menu Actual Values Input Outputs Remote Outputs DNA Each DNA point can only be programmed in the EnerVista 6...

Page 412: ...d to carry the state of a specific PLC operand The UserSt User Setpoint setting is used to select the operand which represents a specific UserSt function to be transmitted These states are displayed in the F650 relay and in the EnerVista 650 Setup software in the menu Actual Values Input Outputs Remote Outputs UserSt Each User Set point can only be programmed and displayed in EnerVista 650 Setup i...

Page 413: ...roject Management Part 5 Communication Requirements for Functions and Device Models 1 1 2 Configuration Part 6 Configuration Description Language For Communication In Electrical Substations Related To IEDs 1 1 3 Testing Part 10 Conformance Testing 1 1 4 Data Models Basic Communication Structure for Substations and Feeder Equipment Part 7 4 Compatible Logical Node Classes and Data Classes Part 7 3 ...

Page 414: ...ution the concept of Common Data Classes or CDC was developed which defined common building blocks for creating the larger data objects The CDC elements are defined in part 7 3 Given the data and services abstract definitions the final step was one of mapping the abstract services into an actual protocol Section 8 1 defines the mapping of the abstract data object and services onto the Manufacturin...

Page 415: ...control block items such that an integrity report is issued al least every 30 seconds If other MMS data is being polled on the same connection al least once every 30 seconds this timeout does not apply For firmware version 7 20 or higher TCP connection timeout is configurable from 120 to 1800 seconds and its default value is 120 seconds 7 2 4 MMS protocol IEC 61850 specifies the use of the Manufac...

Page 416: ...for a multi layer communication function to achieve stable data exchange The table below shows the ISO Application A and Transport T profiles An ISO A profile is a set of specifications and declarations regarding the top three layers of the ISO OSI reference model i e the application presentation and session layers The T profile is a set of specifications and declarations regarding the lower four ...

Page 417: ... 7 2 7 3 2 PICS for 650 family of relays whose order code has Rear Ethernet Communication Board 2 H G K J L M and IEC 61850 Edition 2 on page 7 24 PICS for 650 family of relays v1_4 firm7_20 7 2 7 3 5 MICS for 650 family of relays whose order code has Rear Ethernet Communication Board 2 option H G K J L M and IEC 61850 Edition 2 on page 7 65 MICS for 650 family of relays v1_01 firm7_20 7 2 7 3 8 T...

Page 418: ...ement for 650 family of relays 1 ACSI Conformance Statement The following ACSI conformance statements shall be used to provide an overview and details about a device claiming conformance with ACSI to specify the communication features mapped to an SCSM ACSI BASIC conformance statement ACSI MODELS conformance statement ACSI SERVICE conformance statement 1 1 Notation For the following clauses these ...

Page 419: ...nd GOOSE B32 Subscriber side Y Both GSSE and GOOSE Transmission of sampled value model SVC B41 Publisher side N B42 Subscriber side N Client subscriber Server publisher Value comments If Server side B11 supported M1 Logical device Y M2 Logical node Y M3 Data Y M4 Data set Y M5 Substitution N M6 Setting group control Y Reporting M7 Buffered report control Y M7 1 sequence number Y M7 2 report time s...

Page 420: ...pported M14 Multicast SVC N M15 Unicast SVC N M16 Time Y Time source with required accuracy shall be available M17 File Transfer Y Services AA TP MC Client subscriber Server publisher Comments Server Clause 6 S1 ServerDirectory TP Y Application association Clause 7 S2 Associate Y S3 Abort Y S4 Release Y Logical device Clause 8 S5 LogicalDeviceDirectory TP Y Logical node Clause 9 S6 LogicalNodeDire...

Page 421: ...3 data update dupd N S25 GetBRCBValues TP Y S26 SetBRCBValues TP Y Unbuffered report control block URCB S27 Report TP Y S27 1 data change dchg Y S27 2 qchg change qchg N S27 3 data update dupd N S28 GetURCBValues TP Y S29 SetURCBValues TP Y Logging Clause 14 Log control block S30 GetLCBValues TP N S31 SetLCBValues TP N Log S32 QueryLogByTime TP N S33 QueryLogAfter TP N S34 GetLogStatusValues TP N ...

Page 422: ...SVC Clause 16 Multicast SVC S45 SendMSVMessage MC N S46 GetMSVCBValues TP N S47 SetMSVCBValues TP N Unicast SVC S48 SendUSVMessage TP N S49 GetUSVCBValues TP N S50 SetUSVCBValues TP N Control Clause 17 5 1 S51 Select Y S52 SelectWithValue TP Y S53 Cancel TP Y S54 Operate TP Y S55 Command Termination TP Y S56 TimeActivated Operate TP N File transfer Clause 20 S57 GetFile TP Y S58 SetFile TP N S59 D...

Page 423: ...plication 2 3 MMS conformance The following conformance statements are conditional upon the support of the client server A Profile e g A1 see profile description in Clause 6 being declared Except where present MMS conformance shall be in accordance with ISO ISP 14226 2 2 3 1 MMS Initiate conformance 2 3 1 1 MMS InitiateRequest general parameters A Profile shortcut Profile description Client Server...

Page 424: ... Value range InitiateResponse localDetailCalled Y negotiatedMaxServOutstandingCalling Y 1 negotiatedMaxServOustandingCalled Y 3 initResponseDetail Y InitiateResponseDetail Y negotiatedVersionNumber Y negotiatedParameterCBB Y servicesSupportedCalled Y additionalSupportedCalled N additionalCbbSupportedCalled N privilegeClassIdentityCalled N MMS service supported CBB Client CR Server CR realized Valu...

Page 425: ...ramInvocation N Start N Stop N Resume N Reset N Kill N getProgramInvocationAttributes N obtainFile N defineEventCondition N MMS service supported CBB cont Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range deleteEventCondition N getEventConditionAttributes N reportEventConditionStatus N alterEventConditionMonitoring N triggerEvent N defineEventAction N deleteEventAction N alterEventEnro...

Page 426: ...ngeAttributes N exchangeData N defineAccessControlList N getAccessControlListAttributes N reportAccessControlledObjects N deleteAccessControlList N alterAccessControl N reconfigureProgramInvocation N MMS parameter CBB Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range STR1 Y STR2 Y VNAM Y VALT Y VADR N VSCA N TPY N VLIS Y REAL N CEI N NEST Y 7 ACO N SEM N CSR N CSNC N CSPLC N CSPI N Get...

Page 427: ...ns this ObjectClass an MMS Reject shall be issued AlternateAccessSelection Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range accessSelection Y component Y index N indexRange N allElements N alternateAccess Y selectAccess Y component Y index N indexRange N allElements N VariableAccessSpecification Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range listOfVariable Y variableSpe...

Page 428: ... realized Value range realized Value range Request variableAccessSpecification Y listOfData Y Response failure Y success Y InformationReport Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request variableAccessSpecification Y listOfAccessResult Y GetVariableAccessAttributes Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request name Y address N Response mmsDeletable Y...

Page 429: ...Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request filespecification Y continueAfter Y Response listOfDirectoryEntry Y MoreFollows Y FileOpen Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request filename Y initialPosition Y Response frsmID Y fileAttributes Y FileRead Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request FrsmID Y Response FileData...

Page 430: ...CSM ACSI BASIC conformance statement ACSI MODELS conformance statement ACSI SERVICE conformance statement The statements specify the communication features mapped to IEC 61850 8 1 First Edition and or Edition 2 1 1 Notation For the following clauses these definitions apply Y The item is implemented N The item is not implemented AA Application Association TP Two party application association MC Mul...

Page 431: ...r side Y supported N or empty not supported Client Subscriber Server Publisher Value Comments If Server or Client side B11 12 supported M1 Logical device Y M2 Logical node Y M3 Data Y M4 Data set Y M5 Substitution M6 Setting group control Y Reporting M7 Buffered report control Y M7 1 sequence number Y M7 2 report time stamp Y M7 3 reason for inclusion Y M7 4 data set name Y M7 5 data reference Y M...

Page 432: ...B31 32 is supported M12 GOOSE Y M13 GSSE Deprecated If SVC B41 B42 is supported M14 Multicast SVC M15 Unicast SVC For all IEDs M16 Time Y Y Y service is supported N or empty service is not supported Ed ACSI Service AA TP MC Client Sub C Server Pub S Comments Server S1 1 2 GetServerDirectory LOGICAL DEVICE TP Y Application association S2 1 2 Associate TP Y S3 1 2 Abort TP Y S4 1 2 Release TP Y Logi...

Page 433: ... 2 SetBRCBValues TP Y Unbuffered report control block URCB S27 1 2 Report TP Y S27 1 1 2 data change dchg Y S27 2 1 2 quality change qchg Y S27 3 1 2 data update dupd N S28 1 2 GetURCBValues TP Y S29 1 2 SetURCBValues TP Y Logging Log control S30 1 2 GetLCBValues TP N S31 1 2 SetLCBValues TP N Log S32 1 2 QueryLogByTime TP N S33 1 2 QueryLogAfter TP N S34 1 2 GetLogStatusValues TP N Generic substa...

Page 434: ...ndMSVMessage MC N Use for 9 2LE or IEC 61869 9 Multicast Sampled Value Control Block S46 1 2 GetMSVCBValues TP N S47 1 2 SetMSVCBValues TP N Unicast SV S48 1 2 SendUSVMessage TP N Unicast Sampled Value Control Block S49 1 2 GetUSVCBValues TP N S50 1 2 SetUSVCBValues TP N Control S51 1 2 Select TP Y SBO Normal Security S52 1 2 SelectWithValue TP Y SBO Enhanced Security S53 1 2 Cancel TP Y S54 1 2 O...

Page 435: ... conformance 2 3 1 1 MMS InitiateRequest general parameters A Profile shortcut Profile description Client Server Value comment realized realized A1 Client server A profile N Y A2 GOOSE GSE Management A profile Y Y Only GOOSE not GSE management A3 GSSE A profile Y Y A4 Time sync A profile Y N A Profile shortcut Profile description Client Server Value comment realized realized T1 TCP IP T profile N ...

Page 436: ...sionNumber Y negotiatedParameterCBB Y servicesSupportedCalled Y additionalSupportedCalled N additionalCbbSupportedCalled N privilegeClassIdentityCalled N MMS service supported CBB Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range status Y getNameList Y identify Y rename N read Y write Y getVariableAccessAttributes Y defineNamedVariable N defineScatteredAccess N getScatteredAccessAttrib...

Page 437: ...ndition N getEventConditionAttributes N reportEventConditionStatus N alterEventConditionMonitoring N triggerEvent N defineEventAction N deleteEventAction N alterEventEnrollment N reportEventEnrollmentStatus N getEventEnrollmentAttributes N acknowledgeEventNotification N getAlarmSummary N getAlarmEnrollmentSummary N readJournal N writeJournal N initializeJournal N reportJournalStatus N createJourna...

Page 438: ...eProgramInvocation N MMS parameter CBB Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range STR1 Y STR2 Y VNAM Y VALT Y VADR N VSCA N TPY N VLIS Y REAL N CEI N NEST Y 7 ACO N SEM N CSR N CSNC N CSPLC N CSPI N GetNameList Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request ObjectClass Y ObjectScope Y DomainName Y ContinueAfter Y Response List Of Identifier Y MoreFollows Y...

Page 439: ...nge accessSelection Y component Y index N indexRange N allElements N alternateAccess Y selectAccess Y component Y index N indexRange N allElements N VariableAccessSpecification Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range listOfVariable Y variableSpecification Y alternateAccess Y variableListName Y VariableSpecification Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range...

Page 440: ...quest variableAccessSpecification Y listOfData Y Response failure Y success Y InformationReport Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request variableAccessSpecification Y listOfAccessResult Y GetVariableAccessAttributes Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request name Y address N Response mmsDeletable Y address N typeSpecification Y GetNamedVariab...

Page 441: ...Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request filespecification Y continueAfter Y Response listOfDirectoryEntry Y MoreFollows Y FileOpen Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request filename Y initialPosition Y Response frsmID Y fileAttributes Y FileRead Client CR Server CR realized Value range realized Value range Request FrsmID Y Response FileData...

Page 442: ...S conformance statement ACSI SERVICE conformance statement The statements specify the communication features mapped to IEC 61850 8 1 First Edition and or Edition 2 2 ASCI basic conformance statement The basic conformance statement is defined in Table 7 5 Basic conformance statement Table 7 5 Basic conformance statement Client Subscriber Server Publisher Value Comments Client Server roles B11 Serve...

Page 443: ...ol Y M7 1 sequence number Y M7 2 report time stamp Y M7 3 reason for inclusion Y M7 4 data set name Y M7 5 data reference Y M7 6 buffer overflow Y M7 7 entryID Y M7 8 BufTm Y M7 9 IntgPd Y M7 10 GI Y M7 11 conf revision Y M8 Unbuffered report control Y M8 1 sequence number Y M8 2 report time stamp Y M8 3 reason for inclusion Y M8 4 data set name Y M8 5 data reference Y M8 6 BufTm Y M8 7 IntgPd Y M...

Page 444: ... 2 Release TP Y Logical device S5 1 2 GetLogicalDeviceDirectory TP Y Logical node S6 1 2 GetLogicalNodeDirectory TP Y S7 1 2 GetAllDataValues TP Y Data S8 1 2 GetDataValues TP Y S9 1 2 SetDataValues TP Y S10 1 2 GetDataDirectory TP Y S11 1 2 GetDataDefinition TP Y Data set S12 1 2 GetDataSetValues TP Y S13 1 2 SetDataSetValues TP N S14 1 2 CreateDataSet TP N S15 1 2 DeleteDataSet TP N S16 1 2 GetD...

Page 445: ...ce TP S37 1 2 GetGOOSEElementNumber TP S38 1 2 GetGoCBValues TP Y S39 1 2 SetGoCBValues TP Y GSSE Ed2 61850 7 2 Annex C S40 1 2 SendGSSEMessage MC N Deprecated GSSE Control Block Ed2 61850 7 2 Annex C S41 1 2 GetGsReference TP N Deprecated S42 1 2 GetGSSEDataOffset TP N Deprecated S43 1 2 GetGsCBValues TP N Deprecated S44 1 2 SetGsCBValues TP N Deprecated Transmission of sampled value model SVC Mu...

Page 446: ... S61 1 2 GetServerDirectory FILE TP Y Time T1 1 2 Time resolution of internal clock 2ms nearest negative power of 2 in seconds T2 2 Time accuracy of internal clock TL ms low accuracy T3 7 only Ed2 1 2 T0 ms 10 ms 7 T3 10 1 2 T1 µs 1 ms 10 T3 13 1 2 T2 µs 100 µS 13 T3 15 1 2 T3 µs 25 µS 15 T3 18 1 2 T4 µs 4 µS 18 T3 20 1 2 Y T5 µs 1 µS T3 20 T3 1 2 Supported TimeStamp resolution 1ms nearest negativ...

Page 447: ... marked as E Extended these data contains dataNs attribute with the NameSpace GE MICS for 650 family rev1 3 Comments ØM Data is mandatory in the IEC 61850 7 4 ØO Data is optional in the IEC 61850 7 4 and is used in the device ØE Data is an extension to the IEC 61850 7 4 L System Logical Nodes LPHD Physical device information LLN0 Logical node zero P Logical Nodes for protection functions PIOC Inst...

Page 448: ...pe Explanation M O E Notes LLN0 Logical node zero Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Loc SPS Local operation for complete logical device O Optmh INS Operation time M GsCB ACSI class GSSE control block GsCB GsCB GoCB ACSI class GOOSE control block GoCB GoCB SGCB ACSI class Setting Group control block SGCB S...

Page 449: ...al number of settings group available in the logical device Fixed as 3 ActSG INT8U SP Setting group whose values are used by a logical node to performing its function Values 1 2 or 3 EditSG INT8U SP Setting group whose values can be set Values 1 2 or 3 CnfEdit BOOLEAN SP LActTm Timestamp SP PIOC class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes PIOC Instantaneous overcurrent Data Common ...

Page 450: ... Status Information Str ACD Start O IOC PKP Op ACT Operate M IOC OP Blk ACT Blk E IOC BLK Settings StrVal ASG Start value M Pickup Level 0 05 160 OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time E Trip Delay 0 900000 Units in miliseconds RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay E Reset Delay 0 900000 Units in miliseconds PIOCEna SPG Function IOC enable E Function PIOC class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes PI...

Page 451: ...de M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str ACD Start M TOC PKP Op ACT Operate M TOC OP Blk ACT Block E TOC BLK Settings TmACrv CURVE Operating curve type M Curve StrVal ASG Start value O Pickup Level 0 05 160 TmMult ASG Time dial multiplier O TD Multiplier 0 900 RsMod ING Reset Mode E Reset instantaneous lineal InMagTyp ING Input Type E ...

Page 452: ...unction TOC enable E Function PTOC class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes PTOC Time overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str ACD Start O TOC PKP Op ACT Operate M TOC OP Blk ACT Block O TOC BLK Settings TmACrv CURVE Operating curve type O Curve StrVal ASG St...

Page 453: ...ction TOF enable E Function Enable Disable PTOV class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str ACD Start M TOV PKP Op ACT Operate O TOV OP Blk ACT Block E TOV BLK Settings StrVal ASG Start Value O Pickup Level 3 300 OpD...

Page 454: ...set Delay 0 900000 Units in miliseconds PTOVEna SPG Function TOV enable E Function PTOV class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str ACD Start M TOV PKP Op ACT Operate O TOV OP Blk ACT Block E TOV BLK Settings StrVal ...

Page 455: ... Phase Gnd OP StrPhPh ACD Start E TUV Phase Phase PKP OpPhPh ACT Operate E TUV Phase Phase OP Settings TmVCrv CURVE_2 Operating curve type O Curve definitive inverse StrVal ASG Start value O Pickup Level 3 300 TmMult ASG Time dial multiplier O Delay 0 900 DeaLinVal ASG Minimum Voltage E Minimum Voltage 0 300 PhLogic ING Logic E Logic Any Two All phases InMod ING Mode E Phase Phase Phase Ground Bkr...

Page 456: ...ue frequency O Pickup Level 20 65 BlkVal ASG Voltage Block Value O Minimun Voltage 10 300 OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O Trip Delay 0 900000 Units in miliseconds RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O Reset Delay 0 900000 Units in miliseconds PTUFEna SPG Function TUF enable E Function Enable Disable RDIR class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes RDIR Directional Element Data Common L...

Page 457: ...ate M Status Information Dir ACD Direction M Fixed to unknown value Op ACT Operate E Neutral Dir OP Blk ACT Block E Neutral Dir Block BlkIn ACT Neutral Dir Blk Inp E Neutral Dir Blk Inp Settings ChrAng ASG Characteristic Angle O 90 90 MTA BlkValV ASG Minimun operating current O 0 300 Pol V Threshold PolOpMod ING Direction E Reverse Forward BlkMod ING Block Logica E Prmission Blocked RDIREna SPG Fu...

Page 458: ...me Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes RDIR Directional Element Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Dir ACD Direction M Fixed to unknown value Op ACT Operate E Sens Gnd Dir OP Blk ACT Block E Sens Gnd Dir Block BlkIn ACT Sens Gnd Dir Blk Inp E Sens Gnd Dir Blk Inp Settings ChrAng ASG C...

Page 459: ...icable direct control with normal security SBO control with normal security direct control with enhanced security SBO control with enhanced security The sboTimeout attribute for Pos is configurable in a range from 500 ms to 60 seconds AutoRecBlk INS Auto Reclosing Block Status E AR Block Mode Settings Rec1Tmms ING First Reclose Time O Dead Time 1 Units in miliseconds Rec2Tmms ING Second Reclose Ti...

Page 460: ...Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status information BoardSt SPS Board Status E Board Status True board present and working correctly False board not present board present and board model mismatch board present and hardware failure Ind1 SPS General Indication binary input O Contact Input 1 Ind2 SPS General Indication binary input O Contact Input 2 Ind32 SP...

Page 461: ...rmation Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Controls DPCSO1 geDPC Double point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 1 2 DPCSO2 geDPC Double point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 3 4 DPCSO16 geDPC Double point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 31 32 SPCSO1 SPC Single point controllable status ou...

Page 462: ... binary input O Control Event 2 Ind128 SPS General Indication binary input O Control Event 128 Ind129 SPS General Indication binary input O Switchgear 1 event 1 Ind130 SPS General Indication binary input O Switchgear 1 event 2 Ind131 SPS General Indication binary input O Switchgear 1 event 3 Ind132 SPS General Indication binary input O Switchgear 1 event 4 Ind133 SPS General Indication binary inpu...

Page 463: ...Ind32 SPS General Indication binary input O Remote Digital Input 32 AnIn1 SPS Analogue input O Remote Analogue Input 1 AnIn2 SPS Analogue input O Remote Analogue Input 2 AnIn16 SPS Analogue input O Remote Analogue Input 16 GGIO class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes GGIO Generic process I O Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Hea...

Page 464: ...c pulse counter O Pulse Counter 4 CntPsWh MV Positive Wat Counter O CntNgWh MV Negative Wat Counter O CntPsVArh MV Positive VAR Counter O CntNgVArh MV Negative VAR Counter O MMXU class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes MMXU Measurement Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Measured values ...

Page 465: ...ame Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes XCBR Circuit breaker Data Common Logical Node Information Mod INC Mode M Status only Beh INS Behaviour M Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Number of Switchgear Loc SPS Local operation M Local Remote OpCnt INS Operation counter M Breaker openings Controls Pos geDPC Switch position M Breaker open close und BlkOpn SPC Block opening M Status only Bl...

Page 466: ...s is configurable in a range from 500 ms to 60 seconds The sboClass attribute for Pos can only have value 0 operate once 2 7 2 XSWI Circuit switch In the F650 there are up to 16 configurable switchgears Currently nine XSWI and nine CSWI are implemented and mapped to first nine switchgears in F650 XSWI and CSWI Logical Nodes can be seen as paired objects in F650 as one pair of XSWI and CSWI map to ...

Page 467: ...inite Time Y 16 Definite Time 16 Reserved N 17 Definable curve 1 based on formula x f y A B C D E F Y 0 IEEE Ext Inv 18 Definable curve 2 based on formula x f y A B C D E F Y 1 IEEE Very Inv 19 Definable curve 3 based on formula x f y A B C D E F Y 2 IEEE Mod Inv 20 Definable curve 4 based on formula x f y A B C D E F Y 8 IAC Ext Inv 21 Definable curve 5 based on formula x f y A B C D E F Y 9 IAC ...

Page 468: ... Curve D 37 Vendor specific curve 5 defined by n pairs x y N 38 Vendor specific curve 6 defined by n pairs x y N 39 Vendor specific curve 7 defined by n pairs x y N 40 Vendor specific curve 8 defined by n pairs x y N 41 Vendor specific curve 9 defined by n pairs x y N 42 Vendor specific curve 10 defined by n pairs x y N 43 Vendor specific curve 11 defined by n pairs x y N 44 Vendor specific curve ...

Page 469: ... Zero Sequence Voltage Y 0 V0 4 Negative Sequence Voltage N 5 Phase to Phase Voltages N 6 Phase to Ground Voltages N Enum type AutoRecSt Value Description supported new enum value added Comments 1 Definite Trip Y Specified by Tissue 133 1 Ready Y 2 In Progress Y 3 Successful Y 4 Unsuccessful Y Specified by Tissue 3 Enum type InMagTyp Value Description supported new enum value added Value of 650 Re...

Page 470: ...WARD Enum type InMod Value Description supported new enum value added Value of 650 Relay setting 0 phase phase Y Y PHASE PHASE 1 phase ground Y Y PHASE GROUND Enum type PhLogic Value Description supported new enum value added Value of 650 Relay setting 0 any phase Y Y ANY PHASE 1 two phases Y Y TWO PHASES 2 all phases Y Y ALL PHASES Enum type MaxNumShot Value Description supported new enum value a...

Page 471: ...for each one GGIO nodes and the Logical Nodes for protection functions have suffered some extensions For firmware 7 20 new logical nodes have been included in the data model such as RDRE RBDR and PTTR Other logical nodes like PTOF and PTUF have increased their instances to 6 for each one and suffered some extensions and CSWI logical node has also extended its data model L System Logical Nodes LPHD...

Page 472: ...ogical Nodes for metering and measurement MMTR Metering MMXU Measurement MSQI Sequence and imbalance X Logical Nodes for switchgear XCBR Circuit breaker XSWI Circuit switch LPHD class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O Notes LPHD Physical device information M Data Common Logical Node Information PhyNam DPL Physical device name plate M PhyHealth HealthENS Physical device health M Proxy SPS In...

Page 473: ...IBLE STRING65 GO DatSet Object Reference GO ConfRev INT32U GO NdsCom BOOLEAN GO DstAddress PHYCOMADDR GO LLN0 class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes LLN0 Logical node zero Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M St SPS Status of the subscription M LastStNum INS Last state number received O ConfRev...

Page 474: ...gical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str PhsACD Start O IOC PKP Op PhsACT Operate M IOC OP Blk SPS Block O Settings PIOCEna SPG_2 Function O InMagTyp ING_0_2 Input O StrVal FloatASG_2 Pickup level O OpDlTmms ING_8_2 Trip delay O RsDlTmms ING_8_2 Reset delay O SnpshtEvEna SPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O ...

Page 475: ...ata Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str NeutACD Start O IOC PKP Op NeutACT Operate M IOC OP Blk SPS Block O Settings PIOCEna SPG_2 Function O StrVal FloatASG_2 Pickup level O OpDlTmms ING_8_2 Trip delay O RsDlTmms ING_8_2 Reset delay O SnpshtEvEna SPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PIOC class...

Page 476: ...lth geHealthENS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Str gePhsACD Start O IOC PKP Op gePhsACT Operate M IOC OP Blk geSPS Block O Settings PIOCEna geSPG_2 Function O InMagTyp geING_0_2 Input O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Pickup level O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Trip delay O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset delay O SnpshtEvEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PIOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanati...

Page 477: ...ttribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PIOC Instantaneous overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModENC Mode M Beh geBehENS Behaviour M Health geHealthENS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Str gePhsACD Start O IOC PKP Op gePhsACT Operate M IOC OP Blk geSPS Block O Settings PIOCEna geSPG_2 Function O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Pickup level O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Tr...

Page 478: ...PhsACD Start O TOC PKP Op gePhsACT Operate M TOC OP Blk geSPS Block O TOC BLK Settings PTOCEna geSPG Function O InMagTyp geING_0 Input O StrVal geFloatASG Pickup level O TmACrv geCURVE Curve O VolRst geSPG Voltage Restraint O TmMult geFloatASG TD Multiplier O RsMod geING_0 Reset O SnpshtEvEna geSPG Snapshot events enabled O PTOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOC Time overcu...

Page 479: ...ation Str geNeutACD Start O TOC PKP Op geNeutACT Operate M TOC OP Blk geSPS Block O TOC BLK Settings PTOCEna geSPG Function O StrVal geFloatASG Pickup level O TmACrv geCURVE Curve O TmMult geFloatASG TD Multiplier O RsMod geING_0 Reset O SnpshtEvEna geSPG Snapshot events enabled O PTOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOC Time overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information M...

Page 480: ...e overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str PhsACD Start M TOC PKP Op PhsACT Operate M TOC OP Blk SPS Block O TOC BLK Settings PTOCEna SPG Function O InMagTyp ING_0 Input O StrVal FloatASG Pickup level O TmACrv CURVE Curve O TmMult geFloatASG TD Multiplier O RsMod geING_0 Reset ...

Page 481: ...CD Start O TOC PKP Op gePhsACT Operate M TOC OP Blk geSPS Block O TOC BLK Settings PTOCEna geSPG_2 Function O InMagTyp geING_0_2 Input O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Pickup level O TmACrv geCURVE_3 Curve O TmMult geFloatASG_2 TD Multiplier O RsMod geING_0_2 Reset O SnpshtEvEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PTOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PIOC Time overcurrent Data Common Logic...

Page 482: ...ACT Operate M TOF OP Blk SPS Block O TOF BLK Settings StrVal ASG Start value frequency O BlkVal ASG Voltage block value O OpDlTmms ING Operate delay time O RsDlTmms ING Reset delay time O PTOFEna SPG Function TOF enable E SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled E FreqSource SPG Frequency source E Firmware version 7 20 or above PTOF class Attribute Name Attribute type Explanation M O C E Notes PTOF...

Page 483: ...us Information Str PhsACD Start M TOV PKP Op PhsACT Operate M TOV OP Blk SPS Block O TOV BLK Settings PTOVEna SPG Function O StrVal IntASG Start value O OpDlTmms ING_8 Operate delay time O RsDlTmms ING_8 Reset delay time O PhLogic ING_0 Logic O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O PTOV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information M...

Page 484: ...tatus Information Str GeneralACD Start M TOV PKP Op GeneralACT Operate M TOV OP Blk SPS Block O TOV BLK Settings PTOVEna SPG_2 Function O StrVal IntASG_3 Start value O OpDlTmms ING_8_2 Operate delay time O RsDlTmms ING_8_2 Reset delay time O SnpshtEvEna SPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PTOV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mo...

Page 485: ...thENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information Str GeneralACD Start M TOV PKP Op GeneralACT Operate M TOV OP Blk SPS Block O TOV BLK Settings PTOVEna SPG Function O StrVal IntASG Start value O OpDlTmms ING_8 Operate delay time O RsDlTmms ING_8 Reset delay time O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O PTOV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Comm...

Page 486: ...stances inside the device PTOV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModENC Mode M Beh geBehENS Behaviour M Health geHealthENS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Str geGeneralACD Start M TOV PKP Op geGeneralACT Operate M TOV OP Blk geSPS Block O TOV BLK Settings PTOVEna geSPG_2 Function O StrVal geIntASG_...

Page 487: ...urve type O TmMult FloatASG Time dial multiplier O DeaLinVal IntASG Minimum Voltage O PhLogic ING_0 Logic O BkrMon SPG Supervised by 52 O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O PTUV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTUV Undervoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Informati...

Page 488: ...on Str GeneralACD Start M TUV PKP Op GeneralACT Operate M TUV OP Blk SPS Block O TUV BLK Settings PTUVEna SPG Function O StrVal IntASG Start value O TmVCrv CURVE_2 Operating curve type O TmMult FloatASG Time dial multiplier O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O PTUV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTUV Undervoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModENC Mode M...

Page 489: ... Operate M TUF OP Blk SPS Block O TUF BLK Settings StrVal ASG Start value frequency O BlkVal ASG Voltage block value O OpDlTmms ING Operate delay time O RsDlTmms ING Reset delay time O PTUFEna SPG Function TUF enable E SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled E FreqSource SPG Frequency source E PTUF class Attribute Name Attribute type Explanation M O C E Notes PTUF Underfrequency Data Common Logica...

Page 490: ...rate M Thermal OP Blk SPS Block O Thermal BLK AlmThm SPS Thermal alarm O AlmThmPhA SPS Thermal alarm phase A E AlmThmPhB SPS Thermal alarm phase B E AlmThmPhC SPS Thermal alarm phase C E Settings PTTREna SPG Thermal overload enable E ConsTmmHeat ASG Heat time constant E ConsTmmCool ASG Cool time constant E StrVal ASG Pickup level O AlmVal ASG Alarm level O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled E...

Page 491: ...ate O Stage 1 OP S2Str gePhsACD_2 Start O Stage 2 PKP S2Op gePhsACT_1 Operate O Stage 2 OP Settings PDOPEna geSPG_2 Function O BlkCloseTmms geING_0_2 Blk time after close O S1DirPwrAng geFloatASG_1_2 Dir Power Angle 1 O S1StrVal geFloatASG_1_2 Stage 1 Tap O S1OpDlTmms geING_0_2 Stage 1 Time O S2DirPwrAng geFloatASG_1_2 Dir Power Angle 2 O S2StrVal geFloatASG_1_2 Stage 2 Tap O S2OpDlTmms geING_0_2 ...

Page 492: ...y O Curve geING_0_2 Curve O MltTmms geING_0_2 Multiplier O SnpshtEvEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PFRC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PFRC Frequency Rate of Change Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModENC Mode M Beh geBehENS Behaviour M Health geHealthENS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Str gePhsACD Start M Op gePhsACT Operate M Blk geSPS...

Page 493: ...S Behaviour M Health geHealthENS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Str gePhsACD Start M Op gePhsACT Operate M Blk geSPS_1 Block O Settings PDISEna geSPG_2 Function O MinVoltage geFloatASG_1_2 Freq Rate Trend O RisLod geFloatASG_2 Freq Rate Pickup O AngLod geFloatASG_2 Freq Rate Min Volt O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Operation Delay O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset Delay O SnpshtEvEna geSPG_2 ...

Page 494: ...irection M Op PhsACT Operate O Blk SPS Block O BlkIn GeneralACT_1 Block Input O Settings RDIREna SPG Function O ChrAng FloatASG Characteristic angle O PolOpMod ING_0 Direction O BlkMod ING_0 Block Logic O BlkValV IntASG Minimum operating current O VMemTms FloatASG Voltage Memory Time O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O RDIR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes RDIR Directio...

Page 495: ...PS Block O BlkIn NeutACT_1 Block Input O Settings RDIREna SPG Function O ChrAng FloatASG Characteristic angle O PolOpMod ING_0 Direction O PolQty ENG Polarizing quantity O BlkMod ING_0 Block Logic O BlkValV IntASG Minimum operating current O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O RDIR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes RDIR Directional Element Data Common Logical Node Informat...

Page 496: ...PS Block O BlkIn NeutACT_1 Block Input O Settings RDIREna SPG Function O ChrAng FloatASG Characteristic angle O PolOpMod ING_0 Direction O PolQty ENG Polarizing quantity O BlkMod ING_0 Block Logic O BlkValV IntASG Minimum operating current O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O RDIR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes RDIR Directional Element Data Common Logical Node Informat...

Page 497: ...e M Status Information Dir GeneralACD Direction M Op GeneralACT Operate O Blk SPS Block O BlkIn GeneralACT_1 Block Input O Settings RDIREna SPG Function O ChrAng FloatASG Characteristic angle O PolOpMod ING_0 Direction O BlkMod ING_0 Block Logic O BlkValV IntASG Minimum operating current O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot events enabled O RDIR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes RDIR Dire...

Page 498: ...eh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status Information OpCls GeneralACT Direction M AutoRecSt AutoRecStENS Operate M AutoRecLo INS_1 Block O AutoRecBlk INS_1 Block Input O Settings RRECEna SPG Function O MaxNumShot ING_0 Max Number Shots O Rec1Tmms1 ING_8 Dead Time 1 O Rec1Tmms2 ING_8 Dead Time 2 O Rec1Tmms3 ING_8 Dead Time 3 O Rec1Tmms4 ING_8 Dead Time 4 O RclT...

Page 499: ... O PreFltIcMod FloatMV_2 O PreFltIcAng FloatMV_2 O PreFltIgMod FloatMV_2 O PreFltIgAng FloatMV_2 O PreFltIsgMod FloatMV_2 O PreFltIsgAng FloatMV_2 O PreFltVabMod FloatMV_2 O PreFltVabAng FloatMV_2 O PreFltVbcMod FloatMV_2 O PreFltVbcAng FloatMV_2 O PreFltVcaMod FloatMV_2 O PreFltVcaAng FloatMV_2 O PstFltIaMod FloatMV_2 Postfault Ia module O PstFltIaAng FloatMV_2 Postfault Ia angle O PstFltIbMod Fl...

Page 500: ...ttribute Name Attribute type Explanation M O C E Notes RBDR Disturbance recorder channel binary Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ENC Mode M Status only Beh ENS Behaviour M Health ENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name Plate M Status information ChTrg SPS Channel triggered M DigCh01 SPS E DigChn16 SPS E RDRE class Attribute Name Attribute type Explanation M O C E Notes RDRE Disturbance recorder chann...

Page 501: ...condition O DLLBOp geSPS_1 Closing perm in DLLB condition O LLDBOp geSPS_1 Closing perm in LLDB condition O HzInd geSPS Frequency difference indicator O BusHzHiLinHz geSPS_1 Busbar frequency line frequency O BusHzLoLinHz geSPS_1 Busbar frequency line frequency O Measured values DifVClc geFloatMV Calculated difference in voltage O DifHzClc geFloatMV Calculated difference in frequency O Settings RSY...

Page 502: ...rectly via XSWI LN Control commands have to be sent via CSWI LN In CSWI LN for Pos controllable attribute all possible control models are applicable direct control with normal security SBO control with normal security direct control with enhanced security SBO control with enhanced security The sboTimeout attribute for Pos is configurable in a range from 500 ms to 60 seconds The sboClass attribute ...

Page 503: ... O Ind33 SPS Status contact output 1 O Ind48 SPS Status contact output 16 O Measured and metered values AnIn1 FloatMV Analog input 1 O AnIn2 FloatMV Analog input 2 O AnIn8 FloatMV Analog input 8 O Settings VThrldA IntASG_1 Voltage threshold A O VThrldB IntASG_1 Voltage threshold B O VThrldC IntASG_1 Voltage threshold C O VThrldD IntASG_1 Voltage threshold D O DbceTmmsA ING_0 Debounce time A O Dbce...

Page 504: ... Pulse time output 2 O PlsOutTmms16 ING_0 Pulse time output 16 O Rng01 ING_0 Range analog input 1 O Rng02 ING_0 Range analog input 2 O Rng08 ING_0 Range analog input 8 O OscTmmsA ING_0 Oscillation time A O OscTmmsB ING_0 Oscillation time B O OscTmmsC ING_0 Oscillation time C O OscTmmsD ING_0 Oscillation time D O NumChgs ING_0 Number of transient changes O SnpshtEvEna SPG Snapshot Events enabled O ...

Page 505: ... Health INS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Controls DPCSO1 geDPC Double point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 1 2 DPCSO2 geDPC Double point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 3 4 DPCSO16 geDPC Double point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 31 32 SPCSO1 SPC Single point controllable status output O Latched Virtual Input 1 SPCSO2 SPC Single point...

Page 506: ...input O Switchgear 1 event 4 Ind133 SPS General Indication binary input O Switchgear 2 event 1 Ind192 SPS General Indication binary input O Switchgear 16 event 4 GGIO class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes GGIO Generic process I O Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status information Ind1 SPS...

Page 507: ...lanation M O notes GGIO Generic process I O Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status information Ind1 SPS Remote digital output 1 O Ind2 SPS Remote digital output 2 O Ind32 SPS Remote digital output 32 O GGIO class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes GGIO Generic process I O Data Common Logical...

Page 508: ...t1 SPS_1 Digital counter 1 FreezeReset O CntFrzRst8 SPS_1 Digital counter 8 FreezeReset O CntFrzCnt1 SPS_1 Digital counter 1 FreezeCount O CntFrzCnt8 SPS_1 Digital counter 8 FreezeCount O MMTR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes MMTR Measurement Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Measured ...

Page 509: ...ment Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Measured values SeqA FloatSEQ O SeqV FloatSEQ O XCBR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes XCBR Circuit breaker Data Common Logical Node Information Mod ModENC Mode M Beh BehENS Behaviour M Health HealthENS Health M NamPlt LPL Name plate M Status infor...

Page 510: ...ute for Pos is configurable in a range from 500 ms to 60 seconds The sboClass attribute for Pos can only have value 0 operate once 2 7 2 XSWI Circuit switch In the F650 there are up to 16 configurable switchgears Currently sixteen XSWI and sixteen CSWI are implemented and mapped to all switchgears in F650 XSWI and CSWI Logical Nodes can be seen as paired objects in F650 as one pair of XSWI and CSW...

Page 511: ...Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal Boolean ST dchg M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M INS class Integer status geINS Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal INT32 ST dchg M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M config...

Page 512: ...ibute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal Enum ST dchg Ok Warning Alarm M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O geEEHealthENS EEHealth Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal INT32 ST dchg Ok Warning Alarm M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M co...

Page 513: ...tribute control and status general Boolean ST dchg M phsA Boolean ST dchg O phsB Boolean ST dchg O phsC Boolean ST dchg O q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M originSrc Struct ST O configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O gePhsACT_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status general Boolean ST dchg M phsA Boolean ST dchg O phsB...

Page 514: ...tion description and extension d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M geGeneralACT Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status general Boolean ST dchg M q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M originSrc Struct ST O configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O geGeneralACT_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Ra...

Page 515: ... O gePhsACD_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status general Boolean ST Dchg M dirGeneral Enumerated Byte ST Dchg unknown forward backward both M phsA Boolean ST Dchg GC_2 1 dirPhsA Enumerated Byte ST dchg unknown forward backward GC_2 1 phsB Boolean ST dchg GC_2 2 dirPhsB Enumerated Byte ST dchg unknown forward backward GC_2 2 phsC Boolean ...

Page 516: ... q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O BCR class Binary counter reading geBCR Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status actVal Int64 ST Dchg M q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension units Unit CF O pulsQty Float32 CF M d Vstring255 DC O geBCR_1 Attr...

Page 517: ...ription and extension pulsQty Float32 CF M frEna Boolean CF GC_2_1 strTm Utctime CF GC_2_1 frPd Int32 CF GC_2_1 frRs Boolean CF GC_2_1 d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M MV class Measured value geFloatMV Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instMag f FloatAnalogueValue MX O FLOAT32 GC_1 mag f FloatAnalogueValue MX dchg M FLOA...

Page 518: ...M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instMag f FloatAnalogueValue MX O FLOAT32 GC_1 mag f FloatAnalogueValue MX dchg M FLOAT32 GC_1 range ENUMERATED Byte MX dchg O q BVstring13 MX qchg M t Utctime MX M Configuration description and extension units SIUnit Multiplier Unit CF O ENUMERATED Byte M ENUMERATED Byte O db INT32U CF O zeroDb INT32U CF O rangeC hhLim f hlim f lLim f llLim f min f max f li...

Page 519: ...asured attributes mag f FloatAnalogueValue MX dchg M FLOAT32 GC_1 q BVstring13 MX qchg M t Utctime MX M Configuration description and extension units SIUnit Multiplier Unit CF O ENUMERATED Byte M ENUMERATED Byte O d Vstring255 DC O geIntMV Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instMag i IntAnalogueValue MX O INT32 GC_1 mag i IntAnalogueVal...

Page 520: ...Db RangeConfig CF O IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue UINT32 GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 INT32U d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M CMV class Complex measured value geFloatCMV Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instCVal m...

Page 521: ...FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instCVal mag f FloatVector MX O FloatAnalogueValue FLOAT32 cVal mag f FloatVector MX dchg M FloatAnalogueValue FLOAT32 range ENUMERATED Byte MX dchg O rangeAng ENUMERATED Byte MX dchg O q BVstring13 MX qchg M t Utctime MX M configuration description and extension units SIUnit Multiplier Unit CF O Byte M Byte O db INT32U CF O dbAng ...

Page 522: ... d Vstring255 DC O geFloatWYE Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C Data phsA CMV_0 GC_1 phsB CMV_0 GC_1 phsC CMV_0 GC_1 neut CMV_0 GC_1 net CMV_0 GC_1 res CMV_0 GC_1 configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O DEL class Phase to phase related measured values of a three phase system geFloatDEL Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C Dat...

Page 523: ...ean ST FALSE TRUE AC_ST q Quality ST AC_ST t TimeStamp ST AC_ST control and status Oper ctlVal Boolean CO AC_CO_M origin Originator CO AC_CO_M orCat ENUMERATED M orIdent OCTECT64 M ctlNum INT8U CO M T Btime6 CO M Test Boolean CO M Check ENUMERATED CO M configuration description and extension ctlModel ENUMERATED CF ctlModel M operTimeout INT32U CF AC_CO_O d Vstring255 DC O geSPC_1 Attribute Name At...

Page 524: ...figuration description and extension ctlModel ENUMERATED CF M operTimeout INT32U CF AC_CO_O d Vstring255 DC O geDPC_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status Oper ctlVal Boolean CO AC_CO_M origin Originator CO ST AC_CO_M orCat ENUMERATED M orIdent OCTECT64 M ctlNum INT8U CO ST M T Btime6 CO M Test Boolean CO M Check ENUMERATED CO M Cancel SBO...

Page 525: ...e integer status geModENC type Mod Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal Enum ST dcgh M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension ctlModel ENUMERATED CF M d Vstring255 DC O SPG class geSPG Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Boolean SP AC_NSG_M configurati...

Page 526: ...ue Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Boolean SG AC_SG_M configuration description and extension minVal INT32 CF O maxVal INT32 CF O stepSize INT32 CF O d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX O geING_8 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Boolean SP AC_NSG_M configuration description and extension minVal INT32 CF O maxVal INT32 CF O step...

Page 527: ...55 DC O geENG_2 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Enumerated SG PolQty AC_SG_M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O ORG class geORG Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setSrcRef ObjectReference SP Object reference M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC ...

Page 528: ...IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 stepSize i IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX O geIntASG_3 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setMag i IntAnalogueValue SG AC_SG_M INT32 GC_1 configuration description and extension units Unit CF minVal i IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 maxVal i IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 ...

Page 529: ...OAT32 GC_1 configuration description and extension Units Unit CF minVal f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 maxVal f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 stepSize f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX O geFloatASG_2 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setMag f FloatAnalogueValue SG AC_SG_M FLOAT32 GC_1 conf...

Page 530: ... vendor Vstring255 DC M hwRev Vstring255 DC O swRev Vstring255 DC O serNum Vstring255 DC O model Vstring255 DC O LPL class Logical node name plate geLPL Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status vendor Vstring255 DC M swRev Vstring255 DC M d Vstring255 DC M configRev Vstring255 DC AC_LN0_M geLPL_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Va...

Page 531: ...ns the list of logical nodes implemented in the device L System Logical Nodes LPHD Physical device information LLN0 Logical node zero LGOS GOOSE subscription GoCB GOOSE Control Block Class definition P Logical Nodes for protection functions PIOC Instantaneous overcurrent PTOC Time overcurrent PTOF Overfrequency PTOV Overvoltage PTRC Protection trip conditioning PTTR Thermal overload PTUV Undervolt...

Page 532: ...itch LPHD class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O Notes LPHD Physical device information M Data Common Logical Node Information PhyNam geDPL Physical device name plate M PhyHealth geHealthINS Physical device health M Proxy geSPS Indicates if this LN is a proxy M LLN0 class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes LLN0 Logical node zero Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC...

Page 533: ...bscribed GOOSE control block O GoCB class Attribute Name Attribute Type FC notes GoEna BOOLEAN GO Enable TRUE disable FALSE GoID VISIBLE STRINGS GO DatSet Object Reference GO ConfRev INT32U GO NdsCom BOOLEAN GO DstAddress PHYCOMADDR GO PIOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PIOC Instantaneous overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Beh geBehINS Behav...

Page 534: ...1 Block O Settings PIOCEna geSPG_2 Function O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Pickup level O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Trip delay O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset delay O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PIOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PIOC Instantaneous overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL...

Page 535: ...IhStr geFloatASG_1_2 Ih level O IIStr geFloatASG_1_2 II level O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Trip delay O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset delay O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PIOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PIOC Instantaneous overcurrent Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Sta...

Page 536: ...Op gePhsACT Operate M TOC OP Blk geSPS_1 Block O TOC BLK Settings PTOCEna geSPG_2 Function O InMagTyp geING_0_2 Input O TmACrv geCURVE_3 Curve O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Pickup level O VolRst geSPG_2 Voltage Restraint O TmMult geFloatASG_2 TD Multiplier O RsMod geING_0_2 Reset O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PTOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOC Time overcurrent Da...

Page 537: ...LPL Name plate M Status Information Str gePhsACD Start M TOC PKP Op gePhsACT Operate M TOC OP Blk geSPS Block O TOC BLK Settings PTOCEna geSPG_2 Function O InMagTyp geING_0_2 Input O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Pickup level O TmACrv geCURVE_3 Curve O TmMult geFloatASG_2 TD Multiplier O RsMod geING_0_2 Reset O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PTOC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O no...

Page 538: ... BLK Settings PTOFEna geSPG_2 Function E StrVal geFloatASG_2 Start value frequency O BlkVal geIntASG_3 Voltage block value O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Operate delay time O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset delay time O FreqSource geSPG_2 Frequency source E EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled E PTOF class Attribute Name Attribute type Explanation M O C E Notes PTUF Underfrequency Data Common Logical Node Info...

Page 539: ...perate Phase Ground O StrPhPh gePhsACD_1 Pickup Phase Phase O OpPhPh gePhsACT_1 Operate Phase Phase O Settings PTUVEna geSPG_2 Function O InMod geING_0_2 Mode O TmVCrv geCURVE_4 Operating Curve Type O StrVal geIntASG_3 Start value O TmMult geFloatASG_2 Time dial multiplier O DeaLinVal geIntASG_3 Minimum Voltage O PhLogic geING_0_2 Logic O BkrMon geSPG_2 Supervised by 52 O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot...

Page 540: ...CD Start M TOV PKP Op gePhsACT Operate M TOV OP Blk geSPS Block O TOV BLK Settings PTOVEna geSPG_2 Function O StrVal geIntASG_3 Start value O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Operate delay time O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset delay time O PhLogic geING_0_2 Logic O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PTOV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information...

Page 541: ...GeneralACD Start M TOV PKP Op geGeneralACT Operate M TOV OP Blk geSPS_1 Block O TOV BLK Settings PTOVEna geSPG_2 Function O StrVal geIntASG_3 Start value O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Operate delay time O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset delay time O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PTOV class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTOV Overvoltage Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModIN...

Page 542: ..._2 Start O Stage 2 PKP S2Op gePhsACT_1 Operate O Stage 2 OP Settings PDOPEna geSPG_2 Function O BlkClsTms geING_0_2 Blk time after close O StrVal geFloatASG_2 Stage 1 Tap O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Stage 1 Time O S2StrVal geFloatASG_2 Stage 2 Tap O S2OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Stage 2 Time O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O PDOP class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PDOP Overpower Data ...

Page 543: ...ePhsACD Start M Op gePhsACT Operate M Blk geSPS_1 Block O SupStr gePhsACD_2 Start O Settings PDOPEna geSPG_2 Function O OVStrVal geFloatASG_1_2 Voltage Pickup Level O InMagTyp geING_0_2 Current Selection O OCStrVal geFloatASG_1_2 OC Pickup level O OCStrDlTms geING_0_2 OC Pickup Delay O PWStrVal geFloatASG_1_2 Power Pickup O ChrAng geFloatASG_2 MTA O PWStrDlTms geING_0_2 Power Pickup Delay O Curve ...

Page 544: ...th geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Str gePhsACD Start M Op gePhsACT Operate M Blk geSPS_1 Block O Settings PDISEna geSPG_2 Function O MinVoltage geFloatASG_1_2 Freq Rate Trend O RisLod geFloatASG_2 Freq Rate Pickup O AngLod geFloatASG_2 Freq Rate Min Volt O OpDlTmms geING_8_2 Operation Delay O RsDlTmms geING_8_2 Reset Delay O EventEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events O PTT...

Page 545: ...PG_2 Snapshot events enabled E PTRC class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes PTRC Trip bus Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status Information Op geGeneralACT Operate M RDIR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes RDIR Directional Element Data Common Logical Node Informat...

Page 546: ...CT_1 Block Input O Settings RDIREna geSPG_2 Function O ChrAng geFloatASG_2 Characteristic angle O PolOpMod geING_0_2 Direction O BlkMod geING_0_2 Block Logic O BlkValV geIntASG_3 Minimum operating current O PolQty geING_9 Polarizing quantity O SnpshtEvEna geSPG_2 Snapshot events enabled O RDIR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes RDIR Directional Element Data Common Logical Node In...

Page 547: ...L Name plate M Status Information Op geGeneralACT M OpCls geGeneralACT Direction M AutoRecSt geAutoRecStENS Operate M AutoRecLo geINS_1 Block O AutoRecBlk geINS_1 Block Input O Settings RRECEna geSPG Function O MaxNumShot geING_0 Max Number Shots O Rec1Tmms1 geING_8 Dead Time 1 O Rec1Tmms2 geING_8 Dead Time 2 O Rec1Tmms3 geING_8 Dead Time 3 O Rec1Tmms4 geING_8 Dead Time 4 O RclTmms geING_8 Reclaim...

Page 548: ...V_2 Secondary Fault Reactance O RFault geFloatMV_2 Fault Resistance O FltTyp geINS_1 Fault type O FltRprtNum geINS_1 Fault report number O PreFlaMod geFloatMV_2 Prefault Ia module O PreFlaAng geFloatMV_2 Prefault Ia angle O PreFlbMod geFloatMV_2 O PreFlbAng geFloatMV_2 O PreFlcMod geFloatMV_2 O PreFlcAng geFloatMV_2 O PreFlgMod geFloatMV_2 O PreFlgAng geFloatMV_2 O PreFlsgMod geFloatMV_2 O PreFlsg...

Page 549: ...ermission signal O Rel geSPS Release M SynCondOp geSPS_1 Closing perm according to logic O DLDBOp geSPS_1 Closing perm in DLDB condition O DLLBOp geSPS_1 Closing perm in DLLB condition O LLDBOp geSPS_1 Closing perm in LLDB condition O HzInd geSPS Frequency difference indicator O BusHzHiLinHz geSPS_1 Busbar frequency line frequency O BusHzLoLinHz geSPS_1 Busbar frequency line frequency O Measured v...

Page 550: ...mmon Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Status only Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name Plate M Status information RcdMade geSPS Recording made M FltNum geINS Fault number M CycRcd geINS_1 Cycles per record E RcdNum geINS_1 Available records E Settings RDREEna geSPG Oscillography function enable E TrgPos geINS_0 Trigger position E SmpCyc geINS_10 Sample...

Page 551: ...ol commands have to be sent via CSWI LN 2 4 2 CILO Interlocking 2 4 2 1 geCILO 16 switchgear This logical node class is used for interlocking the operations performed over the switchgears and has 16 instances inside the device CSWI class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes CSWI Switch controller Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Status only Beh geBehINS Beh...

Page 552: ... output 1 O Ind48 geSPS Status contact output 16 O Measured and metered values AnIn1 geFloatMV Analog input 1 O AnIn2 geFloatMV Analog input 2 O AnIn8 geFloatMV Analog input 8 O Settings VThrldA geIntASG_1 Voltage threshold A O VThrldB geIntASG_1 Voltage threshold B O VThrldC geIntASG_1 Voltage threshold C O VThrldD geIntASG_1 Voltage threshold D O DbceTmmsA geING_0 Debounce time A O DbceTmmsB geI...

Page 553: ...geING_0 Oscillation time C O OscTmmsD geING_0 Oscillation time D O NumChgs geING_0 Number of transient changes O EventEna geSPG Snapshot Events enabled O GGIO class Attribute Name Attribute Type Explanation M O E Notes GGIO Generic process I O Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Status only Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Controls...

Page 554: ...tal input 1 O Ind2 geSPS Remote digital input 2 O Ind64 geSPS Remote digital input 32 O AnIn1 geFloatMV Remote float input 1 O AnIn2 geFloatMV Remote float input 2 O AnIn8 geFloatMV Remote float input 8 O AnIn9 geIntMV_1 Remote integer input 1 O AnIn10 geIntMV_1 Remote integer input 2 O AnIn16 geIntMV_1 Remote integer input 8 O Settings OscTmms geING_0 Oscillation time remote inputs O NumChgs geIN...

Page 555: ...r 8 block O CntHi1 geSPS_1 Digital counter 1 high O CntHi8 geSPS_1 Digital counter 8 high O CntEq1 geSPS_1 Digital counter 1 equal O CntEq8 geSPS_1 Digital counter 8 equal O CntLo1 geSPS_1 Digital counter 1 low O CntLo8 geSPS_1 Digital counter 8 low O CntUp1 geSPS_1 Digital counter 1 up O CntUp8 geSPS_1 Digital counter 8 up O CntDwn1 geSPS_1 Digital counter 1 down O CntDwn8 geSPS_1 Digital counter...

Page 556: ...r P O TotVAr geFloatMV Total reactive power Q O TotVA geFloatMV Total apparent power S O TotPF geFloatMV Average power factor PF O Hz geFloatMV Line Frequency O PPV geFloatDEL Phase to phase voltages VL1L2 O PhV geFloatPhsWYE Phase to ground voltages VL1ER O A geFloatWYE Phase currents IL1 O AuxV geFloatCMV_1 Auxiliary Phase Voltage O BusHz geFloatMV_1 MSQI class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanati...

Page 557: ...loatMV_1 O XCBR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes XCBR Circuit breaker Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt geLPL Name plate M Status information Loc geSPS Local operation M Local Remote OpCnt geINS Operation counter M Breaker openings SumSwARs O CBOpCap geCBOpCapENS Cicruit breaker operating capabil...

Page 558: ...ntrol commands have to be sent via CSWI LN Pos attribute is not controllable in XSWI it has ctlModel Status only In order to control the switch mapped to given XSWI the corresponding CSWI LN should be used XCBR class Attribute Name Attr Type Explanation M O notes XSWI Circuit switch Data Common Logical Node Information Mod geModINC Mode M Beh geBehINS Behaviour M Health geHealthINS Health M NamPlt...

Page 559: ...Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal Boolean ST dchg M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M INS class Integer status geINS Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal INT32 ST dchg M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M config...

Page 560: ...ibute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal Enum ST dchg Ok Warning Alarm M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O geEEHealthINS EEHealth Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute status stVal INT32 ST dchg Ok Warning Alarm M q BVstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M co...

Page 561: ...bute control and status general Boolean ST dchg M phsA Boolean ST dchg O phsB Boolean ST dchg O phsC Boolean ST dchg O q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M originSrc Struct ST O configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O cdcNs Vstring255 EX O cdcName Vstring255 EX O gePhsACT_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status general Bo...

Page 562: ... qchg M t Utctime ST M originSrc Struct ST O configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O cdcNs Vstring255 EX O cdcName Vstring255 EX O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M geGeneralACT Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status general Boolean ST dchg M q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M originSrc Struct ST O configuration description ...

Page 563: ... O gePhsACD_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status general Boolean ST Dchg M dirGeneral Enumerated Byte ST Dchg unknown forward backward both M phsA Boolean ST Dchg GC_2 1 dirPhsA Enumerated Byte ST dchg unknown forward backward GC_2 1 phsB Boolean ST dchg GC_2 2 dirPhsB Enumerated Byte ST dchg unknown forward backward GC_2 2 phsC Boolean ...

Page 564: ... q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O BCR class Binary counter reading geBCR Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status actVal Int64 ST Dchg M q Bvstring13 ST qchg M t Utctime ST M configuration description and extension units Unit CF O pulsQty Float32 CF M d Vstring255 DC O geBCR_1 Attr...

Page 565: ...ription and extension pulsQty Float32 CF M frEna Boolean CF GC_2_1 strTm Utctime CF GC_2_1 frPd Int32 CF GC_2_1 frRs Boolean CF GC_2_1 d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M MV class Measured value geFloatMV Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instMag f FloatAnalogueValue MX O FLOAT32 GC_1 mag f FloatAnalogueValue MX dchg M FLOA...

Page 566: ...M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instMag f FloatAnalogueValue MX O FLOAT32 GC_1 mag f FloatAnalogueValue MX dchg M FLOAT32 GC_1 range ENUMERATED Byte MX dchg O q BVstring13 MX qchg M t Utctime MX M Configuration description and extension units SIUnit Multiplier Unit CF O ENUMERATED Byte M ENUMERATED Byte O db INT32U CF O zeroDb INT32U CF O rangeC hhLim f hlim f lLim f llLim f min f max f li...

Page 567: ...asured attributes mag f FloatAnalogueValue MX dchg M FLOAT32 GC_1 q BVstring13 MX qchg M t Utctime MX M Configuration description and extension units SIUnit Multiplier Unit CF O ENUMERATED Byte M ENUMERATED Byte O d Vstring255 DC O geIntMV Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instMag i IntAnalogueValue MX O INT32 GC_1 mag i IntAnalogueVal...

Page 568: ...Db RangeConfig CF O IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue UINT32 GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 IntAnalogueValue INT32U GC_1 INT32U d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX AC_DLN_M CMV class Complex measured value geFloatCMV Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute measured attributes instCVal m...

Page 569: ...butes instCVal mag f FloatVector MX O FloatAnalogueValue FLOAT32 cVal mag f FloatVector MX dchg M FloatAnalogueValue FLOAT32 range ENUMERATED Byte MX dchg O rangeAng ENUMERATED Byte MX dchg O q BVstring13 MX qchg M t Utctime MX M configuration description and extension units SIUnit Multiplier Unit CF O Byte M Byte O db INT32U CF O dbAng INT32U CF O zeroDb INT32U CF O rangeC RangeConfig CF O rangeA...

Page 570: ...C_1 res CMV_0 GC_1 configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O DEL class Phase to phase related measured values of a three phase system geFloatDEL Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C Data phsAB CMV_0 GC_1 phsBC CMV_0 GC_1 phsCA CMV_0 GC_1 configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O SEQ class Sequence geFloatSEQ Attribute Name Attribute Type FC...

Page 571: ...X cdcName Vstring255 EX geSPC_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status stVal Boolean ST FALSE TRUE AC_ST Q Quality ST AC_ST t TimeStamp ST AC_ST configuration description and extension ctlModel ENUMERATED CF ctlModel_1 M d Vstring255 DC O DPC class Controllable double point geDPC Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C...

Page 572: ... ENUM ST dchg intermediate state off on bad state M q BVstring13 ST qchg AC_ST t Utctime ST AC_ST configuration description and extension ctlModel ENUMERATED CF M sboTimeout INT32U CF AC_CO_O sboClass ENUMERATED CF AC_CO_O operTimeout INT32U CF AC_CO_O d Vstring255 DC O cdcNs Vstring255 EX cdcName Vstring255 EX geDPC_2 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute co...

Page 573: ...iguration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX O geSPG_2 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Boolean SG AC_SG_M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX O ING class geING_0 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Boolean SP AC...

Page 574: ...ribute setting setVal Boolean SG AC_SG_M configuration description and extension minVal INT32 CF O maxVal INT32 CF O stepSize INT32 CF O d Vstring255 DC O geING_9 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Boolean SG AC_SG_M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O geING_10 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M ...

Page 575: ...5 DC O geENG_2 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setVal Enumerated SG PolQty AC_SG_M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O ORG class geORG Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setSrcRef ObjectReference SP Object reference M configuration description and extension d Vstring255 DC O...

Page 576: ...eValue CF O INT32 GC_1 stepSize i IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 d Vstring255 DC O dataNs Vstring255 EX O geIntASG_2 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setMag i IntAnalogueValue SG AC_NSG_M INT32 GC_1 configuration description and extension units Unit CF minVal i IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 maxVal i IntAnalogueValue CF O INT32 GC_1 stepSize ...

Page 577: ...gueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 maxVal f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 stepSize f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 d Vstring255 DC O geFloatASG_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setMag f FloatAnalogueValue SP AC_NSG_M FLOAT32 GC_1 configuration description and extension Units Unit CF minVal f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 maxVal f F...

Page 578: ...te Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute setting setMag f FloatAnalogueValue SG AC_SG_M FLOAT32 GC_1 configuration description and extension Units Unit CF minVal f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 maxVal f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 stepSize f FloatAnalogueValue CF O FLOAT32 GC_1 d Vstring255 DC O geCURVE_3 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C ...

Page 579: ... vendor Vstring255 DC M hwRev Vstring255 DC O swRev Vstring255 DC O serNum Vstring255 DC O model Vstring255 DC O LPL class Logical node name plate geLPL Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Value Range M O C DataAttribute control and status vendor Vstring255 DC M swRev Vstring255 DC M d Vstring255 DC M configRev Vstring255 DC AC_LN0_M geLPL_1 Attribute Name Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value Va...

Page 580: ...50 CHAPTER 7 IEC 61850 PROTOCOL 4 Enum Types 4 2 New Enum Types 4 2 1 setCharact_2 4 2 2 SamplesCycle Value Description Remarks 0 Definite Time 1 Inverse Time Value Description Remarks 0 64 samples cycle 1 32 samples cycle 2 16 samples cycle 3 8 samples cycle 4 4 samples cycle ...

Page 581: ...est procedures Green Tissues listed in this document represent the current status of all Tissues for a date of the document creation As for some of the remaining tissues they are not yet included in the test procedures either because they are just a recommendation or optional within the IEC 61850 documents or because their respective proposals are not defined in such detail to be implemented or te...

Page 582: ...s however Data Sets in this device are fixed and it is not possible to modify them 197 N A 201 N A 211 N A 245 N A IEC 61850 Part 7 2 29 N A 30 N A 31 N A 32 N A 33 N A 34 N A 35 Y 36 N A 37 N A 38 N A 39 N A 40 N A 41 Y 42 N A 43 N A 44 N A 45 N A 47 N A 48 N A 50 N A 51 N A 52 N A 53 N 137 N A 142 N IEC 61850 Part 7 3 28 N A No CDC APC present in Data Model 54 N A 55 N A 56 N A 57 N A 58 N A 59 ...

Page 583: ...N A 72 N A 73 N A No SIMG SIML logical nodes in Data Model 74 N A 75 N A No GAPC logical node in Data Model 76 N A 77 N A 78 N A 79 Y 80 N A No TCTR TVTR logical nodes in Data Model 82 N A 83 N 84 N A 85 N A 86 N A 87 N A 88 N A 89 N A 90 N A No CPOW logical node in Data Model 91 N A No SIMG logical node in Data Model 92 N A No SIML logical node in Data Model 94 N A 95 N A 96 N A No GSAL logical n...

Page 584: ... N A 145 N A 147 N A Mod Beh always have value 1 148 N A 216 N A IEC 61850 Part 8 1 109 N A This Tissue is informational only 110 N A 111 N A 112 N A 113 N A 114 N A 115 N A 116 Y 117 N A 118 N 119 N A MMS GetCapabilities is not supported 120 Y 121 N A 122 N A 123 N A 128 N 143 N A 144 N A No CDC APC present in Data Model 196 Y 260 Y IEC 61850 Part 9 2 124 N A 125 N A 126 N A 127 N A 139 N A ...

Page 585: ...mance test procedures Green Tissues listed in this document represent the current status of all Tissues for a date of the document creation As for some of the remaining tissues they are not yet included in the test procedures either because they are just a recommendation or optional within the IEC 61850 documents or because their respective proposals are not defined in such detail to be implemente...

Page 586: ...A 856 NA 857 NA 886 NA 901 NA 936 NA 1168 NA 1175 NA IEC 61850 Part 7 1 828 Y 1151 NA 1196 NA IEC 61850 Part 7 2 778 Y 780 Y 783 NA 786 Y 820 NA 858 NA 861 NA 876 NA 1038 NA 1050 NA 1062 NA 1071 Y 1091 NA 1127 NA 1163 NA 1202 Y IEC 61850 Part 7 3 697 NA 698 NA 722 NA 919 NA 925 NA 926 Y IEC 61850 Part 7 4 671 NA 674 NA 675 NA 676 NA 677 NA 679 NA 680 NA 681 NA 682 NA 683 NA 685 NA 686 NA ...

Page 587: ...e for more details www tissues iec61850 com Tissue No Supported Y N N A Comments about implementation IEC 61850 Part 7 4 694 NA 696 NA 712 NA 713 NA 724 NA 725 NA 734 NA 735 NA 736 NA 742 NA 743 NA 744 NA 772 NA 773 NA 774 NA 775 NA 776 NA 800 NA 802 NA 808 NA 831 NA 838 NA 844 NA 849 NA 877 NA 909 NA 920 NA 932 NA 939 NA 991 NA 1007 Y 1044 NA 1077 NA IEC 61850 Part 8 1 784 NA 817 NA 834 Y 951 NA ...

Page 588: ... edition 1 Tissues with the category Ed 2 Tissues should not be implemented The table below gives an overview of the implemented IntOp Tissues Part Tissue Nr Description Implemented Y na 8 1 116 165 183 246 545 GetNameList with empty response Improper Error Response for GetDataSetValues GetNameList error handling Control negative response SBOns with LastApplError Skip file directories with no file...

Page 589: ...number ARRAY 0 num missing Ambiguity GOOSE SqNum Add DstAddr to GsCB SV Name constraint for control blocks etc DataRef attribute in Log Logging Integrity periode SV Format BRCB EntryId and TimeOfEntry part of 453 BRCB Integrity and buffering reports part of 453 EntryId not valid for a server part of 453 Sequence number Type of SqNum Reporting with BufTm 0 Write Configuration attribute of BRCBs Rep...

Page 590: ...he PICS and the MICS the PIXIT forms the basis for a conformance test according to IEC 61850 10 Contents of this document Each chapter specifies the PIXIT for each applicable ACSI service model as structured in IEC 61850 10 1 Pixit For Association Model Description Value Clarification Maximum number of clients that can set up an association simultaneously 5 Lost connection detection time range def...

Page 591: ...ZE 4 What is the maximum number of data values in one SetDataValues request MMS PDU SIZE 4 Additional Items Behaviour of stepSize attribute checks When a client attempts to write value of setVal CDC ING or setMag CDC ASG which is not a multiple of stepSize attribute of assciated CF then the device truncates the value to the nearest stepSize not greater than the value intended to be written Descrip...

Page 592: ...onfigured RCB attributes that cannot be changed online when RptEna FALSE DatSet attributes are always fixed Additional Items BufTm 0 behaviour When BufTm 0 multiple data can be placed in one report if changes of these data have been detected at the same time it means during the same scan period The scan period for analogues is 500 miliseconds Integrity period Configurable 500 miliseconds EntryID E...

Page 593: ...minimum MMS PDU size the reports stored in a buffer cannot be sent to this client due to their larger size Description Value Clarification Note about internal variable Remote Device and GOOSE validity checks For each incoming GOOSE in the device there is an associated internal variable called Remote Device This variable can have value ONLINE or OFFLINE Value ONLINE means that the incoming GOOSE me...

Page 594: ...e Device is not affected but the incoming data from GOOSE message is ignored Y allData should match expected data set if not the status of the internal variable Remote Device is not affected but the incoming data from GOOSE message is ignored What is the behaviour when one subscribed GOOSE message isn t received or syntactically incorrect missing GOOSE A single missing or syntactically incorrect G...

Page 595: ... this GSSE as offline What is the behaviour when a subscribed GSSE message is out of order Sequence number is ignored What is the behaviour when a subscribed GSSE message is duplicated Sequence number is ignored Description Value Clarification What control modes are supported Y status only Y direct with normal security Y sbo with normal security Y direct with enhanced security Y sbo with enhanced ...

Page 596: ...force a test not ok respond with Operate request Not applicable Which origin categories are supported What happens if the orCat is not supported orCat values are checked only for XCBR1 CO Pos The permision to do the operation depends on the position of LOCAL REMOTE switch on the front panel of relay and also on the orCat value received The following table shows the behaviour Yes means operation is...

Page 597: ...l the pending operation finilized sucessfully or the 30 seconds timeout elapses Description Value Clarification What quality bits are supported N LeapSecondsKnown Y ClockFailure Y ClockNotSynchronized What is the behaviour when the time synchronization signal messages are lost Internal clock is used When is the quality bit Clock failure set It is set when SNTP packet with LI field Leap Indicator w...

Page 598: ...0 10 Contents of this document Each chapter specifies the PIXIT for each applicable ACSI service model as structured in IEC 61850 10 1 Pixit For Association Model Description Value Clarification Maximum number of clients that can set up an association simultaneously 5 TCP_KEEPALIVE value The recommended range is 1 20s 5 seconds but if no application message is detected within the As3 value the dev...

Page 599: ...ported can be set by server Validity Y Good Y Invalid N Reserved Y Questionable N BadReference Y Oscillatory Y Failure N OldData N Inconsistent N Inaccurate Source Y Process Y Substituted Y Test N OperatorBlocked What is the maximum number of data object references in one GetDataValues request Deprecated What is the maximum number of data object references in one SetDataValues request Deprecated W...

Page 600: ...of supported setting groups for each logical device 3 groups for PRO logical device 3 What is the effect of when and how the non volatile storage is updated compare IEC 61850 8 1 16 2 4 The server saves to non volatile storage 25 seconds after confirmation Can multiple clients edit the same setting group No What happens if the association is lost while editing a setting group Lost Permission and E...

Page 601: ...ed data objects data attributes Y Y timestamp attributes are not supported What is the scan cycle for binary events Is this fixed configurable Event Driven Fixed Does the device support to pre assign a RCB to a specific client in the SCL N After restart of the server is the value of ConfRev restored from the original configuration or retained prior to restart Restored from original configuration a...

Page 602: ... retransmission time Is it fixed or configurable Configured by SCL or GoCB MaxTime What is the fastest retransmission time Is it fixed or configurable Fixed MinTime 5 ms Can the GOOSE publish be turned on off by using SetGoCBValues GoEna Y What is the initial GOOSE sqNum after restart sqNum 1 May the GOOSE data set contain structured data objects FCD timestamp data attributes Y Y timestamp attribu...

Page 603: ... is the behaviour when a subscribed GOOSE message is duplicated Message is ignored Does the device subscribe to GOOSE messages with without the VLAN tag Y with the VLAN tag Y without the VLAN tag May the GOOSE data set contain structured data objects FCD timestamp data attributes Y N Subscribed FCD supported common data classes are DUT can receive all kinds of data but only digitals can be mapped ...

Page 604: ...ched N Step limit Y Blocked by Mode N Blocked by process N Blocked by interlocking N Blocked by synchrocheck Y Command already in execution N Blocked by health N 1 of n control N Abortion by cancel Y Time limit over N Abortion by trip Y Object not selected Edition 1 specif values N Parameter change in execution Edition 2 specific values Y Object already selected N No access authority N Ended with ...

Page 605: ...m the same client when the control object is already selected Tissue 334 SBOns N SBOes N Is for SBOes the internal validation performed during the SelectWithValue and or Operate step SelectWithValue and Operate Can a control operation be blocked by Mod Off or On Blocked Compare PIXIT Sr5 Deprecated Does the IED support local remote operation Y Only for XCBR Does the IED send an InformationReport w...

Page 606: ...DE files have local time or UTC time and is this configurable Local N additional items Description Value Clarification What is structure of files and directories Where are the COMTRADE files stored Are comtrade files zipped and what files are included in each zip file COMTRADE N Directory names are separated from the file name by The maximum file name size including path recommended 64 chars 255 c...

Page 607: ... is applicable for IEC 61850 Edition 1 and or Edition 2 1 Pixit For Association Model ID Ed Description Value Clarification As1 1 Maximum number of clients that can set up an association simultaneously 5 As2 1 2 TCP_KEEPALIVE value The recommended range is 1 20s 5 seconds but if no application message is detected within the As3 value the device closes the connection As3 1 2 Lost connection detecti...

Page 608: ... supported can be set by server Validity Y Good Y Invalid N Reserved Y Questionable N BadReference Y Oscillatory Y Failure N OldData N Inconsistent N Inaccurate Source Y Process Y Substituted Y Test N OperatorBlocked Sr3 What is the maximum number of data object references in one GetDataValues request Deprecated Sr4 What is the maximum number of data object references in one SetDataValues request ...

Page 609: ...of supported setting groups for each logical device 6 groups for PRO logical device 3 Sg2 What is the effect of when and how the non volatile storage is updated compare IEC 61850 8 1 16 2 4 The server saves to non volatile storage 25 seconds after confirmation Sg3 Can multiple clients edit the same setting group No Sg4 What happens if the association is lost while editing a setting group Lost Perm...

Page 610: ...r to restart Restored from original configuration additional items ID Ed Description Value Clarification Lg1 1 2 What is the default value of LogEna Compare IEC 61850 8 1 17 3 3 2 1 the default value should be FALSE NOT SUPPORTED Lg2 What is the format of EntryID Deprecated Lg3 1 2 Are there are multiple Log Control Blocks that specify the Journaling of the same MMS NamedVariable and TrgOps and th...

Page 611: ...ernet switch and shall not be checked the simulation flag shall always be checked Ed2 the ndsCom shall always be checked Ed2 Y destination MAC address Y APPID N gocbRef Y timeAllowedtoLive N datSet Y goID N t N stNum N sqNum Y simulation test N confRev Y ndsCom Y numDatSetEntries Gs2 1 2 When is a subscribed GOOSE marked as lost TAL time allowed to live value from the last received GOOSE message m...

Page 612: ...lue Clarification Ct1 What control models are supported compare PICS Deprecated Ct2 1 2 Is the control model fixed configurable and or dynamic Configurable Dynamic Ct3 Is TimeActivatedOperate supported compare PICS or SCL Deprecated Ct4 Is operate many supported compare sboClass Deprecated Ct5 1 Will the DUT activate the control output when the test attribute is set in the SelectWithValue and or O...

Page 613: ...N Abortion by communication loss N Blocked by command N None Y Inconsistent parameters Y Locked by other client N Parameter change in execution Ct10 1 2 How to force a test not ok respond with SelectWithValue request Device in local mode Ct11 1 2 How to force a test not ok respond with Select request Ct12 1 2 How to force a test not ok respond with Operate request DOns Sending T 1 SBOns Sending T ...

Page 614: ...Ct23 1 2 How many SBOns SBOes control objects be selected at the same time SBOns n 1 DOns n 1 Ct24 1 2 Does the DUT support any operate timeout 0 Y Ct25 1 2 When CDC DPC is supported is it possible to have DPC Controllable Double Point go to the intermediate state 00 N ID Ed Description Value Clarification Tm1 1 2 What time quality bits are supported may be set by the IED Y LeapSecondsKnown N Cloc...

Page 615: ...ip file COMTRADE N Ft2 1 2 Directory names are separated from the file name by Ft3 1 The maximum file name size including path recommended 64 chars 255 chars Ft4 1 2 Are directory file name case sensitive Case sensitive Ft5 1 2 Maximum file size for SetFile Not applicable Ft6 1 Is the requested file path included in the MMS fileDirectory respond file name Y Ft7 1 Is the wild char supported MMS fil...

Page 616: ...n Domain name parameters Ethernet parameters MMXU parameters With this tool some 61850 parameters can be configured in the F650 icd file and then the icd file can be uploaded to the relay For more information see chapter 5 11 IEC 61850 CONFIGURATION Two different working modes can be distinguish in the IEC 61850 Configurator Offline and Online mode Offline Mode When user is not communicating with ...

Page 617: ...0 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 7 211 Figure 7 6 IEC 61850 configurator main screen 7 3 2 IEC 61850 configurator tool 7 3 2 1 Program options file edition For firmware version below 7 XX the program options available in IEC 61860 Configuration tool are listed in the following table ...

Page 618: ... to Enervista installation For firmware version 7 XX or above consider the following notes For firmware versions from 7 20 and below 7 50 two different cid files are available for each version default_F650_vXXX cid Default IEC61850 CID file for F650 if Setting group option is disabled default_F650SG_vXXX cid Default IEC61850 CID file for F650 if Setting group option is enabled For firmware version...

Page 619: ...e CID file After modifying the files using this tool the user can save them in the computer under the iec format for firmware version below 7 XX or under the cid format for firmware version 7 XX or above using the Save IEC 61850 file to disk Save cid file option 7 3 2 4 Receive IEC 61850 file from device receive CID file from device The user can select the option Receive IEC 61850 file from device...

Page 620: ...CONFIGURATOR CHAPTER 7 IEC 61850 PROTOCOL Enter the IP address and click OK to initiate connection If connection fails an error message is shown see below If file transfer is performed successfully a success message is shown Figure 7 8 Error message pop up window ...

Page 621: ... to device menu this menu can be user either in offline or online mode If the user is already communicating with the 650 device using the Modbus TCP option in the Communication menu the send files options are performed over the IP Address selected on the Communication menu If the user is working in offline mode using the Open IEC 61850 CID file from disk option when the Send IEC 61850 file to devi...

Page 622: ... the Receive IEC 61850 file from device 7 3 2 6 Export ICD The F650 icd file can be exported from the F650 iec files using the Export Icd option provided in the IEC 61850 configurator tool This icd file can be used for goose configuration in other devices This options is available only for firmware versions below to 7 XX 7 3 2 7 Exit When Exit is selected the program prompts to save the configurat...

Page 623: ...C 61850 file from device Receive CID file from device option the Enervista software starts to retrieve configuration files from the F650 device Figure 7 12 Get 61850 files The main configuration window appears as can be seen in the following figure Figure 7 13 Main configuration window For firmware version 7 20 or above name of opened CID file shall be displayed in IEC 61850 Configurator titlebar ...

Page 624: ... CID file to the relay Configure deadbands db of measurement values Configure control models ctlModel of controllable objects These values are under Setting section for firmware version 7 00 or higher Settings for FW version 7 00 and higher General Settings DAI Settings Configure IED Name and Logical Device Instance Configure IP address netmask and gateway Reports Create Data Sets for IEC 61850 Re...

Page 625: ...e user to navigate through the ICD file The data is organized in a hierarchical mode The user can browse through the data model of the relay and change desired IEC 61850 parameters like Logical Device Name IP address etc When a parameter is selected in the ICD Explorer window then the Attributes window appears on the right part of the screen Figure 7 15 attributes window ...

Page 626: ...nd introduce the new value for that parameter Figure 7 16 Changing the values of the attributes GEDEVICE ATTRIBUTE WINDOW In the Attributes window for the GEDevice the user can set the IED name the description also the configuration version and finally to set the DOI s and DAI s type of use in the relay and the use of setting group if needed Figure 7 17 Attribute window for GEDevice ...

Page 627: ...he relay ICD is not operative To solve this issue it is necessary to send a correct ICD to the relay using the IEC61850 configurator tool When the ICD error is raised the IEC 61850 is not operative the IEC 61850 client reports and gooses do not work It is advisable to include the ICD ERROR in the main error signal configured for specific applications MODIFIED The settings have been changed in the ...

Page 628: ...tus System info relay shall not be able to communicate by using IEC 61850 until this discrepancy is solved CID version and firmware version must match in order to get complete functional relay Use Setting Group setting The attribute called Use Setting Group has been implemented for the IED in the ICD file in order to set if the SGCB is going to be available in the relay or not This attribute is no...

Page 629: ... of the ICD CID CONFIGURATION TAB COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS For the communications setting menu in the ICD file for 650 devices it is recommended to leave the default values provided for the OSI related parameters Figure 7 19 Configuration of communication settings For firmware version 7 00 or higher Figure 7 20 Configuration of communication settings V 7 xx LOGICAL DEVICES ...

Page 630: ...letters numbers and the underscore _ character and the first character in the prefix must be a letter An example of correct IEDNAME is L11kV_B28 an incorrect IEDNAME would be 11kV_B28 IEDNAME must start with letter MMXU PARAMETERS DEADBANDS DB OF MEASUREMENT VALUES Figure 7 21 Configuration of deadbands for measurements The MMXU deadband settings represent the deadband values used to determine whe...

Page 631: ...te Input GGIO default name rinGGIO1 have attributes that are analogue values and contain db parameters to establish deadbands For firmware version below 7 00 deadbands shall be available in ICD CID tab CONFIGURATION OF CONTROLLABLE OBJECTS In the F650 relay IEC 61850 controllable data exist in logical nodes vinGGIO XCBR and CSWI Data from Logical node vinGGIO maps to Virtual Inputs of F650 XCBR re...

Page 632: ...trol model ctlModel of Pos Data Object in XCBR Logical Node Figure 7 23 Configuration of timeout for SBO operation of XCBR logical Node EVEGGIO1 LOGICAL NODE The eveGGIO1 Logical Node is available in the F650 to provide access to as many as 128 digital status points configured as Control Events and to status of 16 switchgear configured as Switchgears in Relay Configuration menu of EnerVista 650 Se...

Page 633: ...ted by the implementation of the setting groups are For firmware version below 7 50 LLN0 PIOC PTOC PTOF PTOV PTUV PTUF and RDIR For firmware version 7 50 or above LLN0 PIOC PTOC PTOF PTOV PTUV PTUF RDIR PTTR PFRC PDIS PDOP PRTR The definition of the Logical Node LLN0 is shown in 7 2 7 3 3 or 7 2 7 3 4 The rest of the mentioned Logical Nodes are affected in the way that the setting data contained i...

Page 634: ...rectional element SGphsRDIR1 phsRDIR1 Neutral directional element SGndRDIR1 ndRDIR1 Ground directional element SGgndRDIR1 gndRDIR1 Sensitive ground directional element SGhseRDIR1 hseRDIR1 PDOP Forward overpower FwdPDOP Directional overpower DirPDOP Wattmeter ground overpower WattPDOP PFRC Frequency rate of change PFRC PDIS Load encroachment LodEncPDIS PRTR Locked Rotor LockedPRTR These logical nod...

Page 635: ... and above Figure 7 24 IEC 61850 Configurator The setting grouping permission can be enabled or disabled using the relay HMI or using menu path Setpoint Control Elements Setting Group in the EnerVista 650 Setup program as shown in the figure For versions below 7 50 it can be enabled or disabled in the IEC61850 Configurator by setting Use Setting Group to true or false ...

Page 636: ... elements setting group The next figure is a capture of an MMS browser where SGCB class attributes are shown and configured setting ActSG with the value 1 that corresponds with the first setting group in the F650 relay and EditSG with the value 2 that corresponds with the second setting group Figure 7 26 MMS object explorer ...

Page 637: ...he groups 1 and 2 of high level of Phase Time Overcurrent protection function are shown in the next figures As it is shown in the figure the values of the settings of the setting group indicated with the ActSg are the ones with the FC SG in Logical Node SGphHiPTOC1 therefore the ones used by the high level of Phase Time Overcurrent protection function in the relay ...

Page 638: ...06310 AF 7 3 IEC 61850 CONFIGURATOR CHAPTER 7 IEC 61850 PROTOCOL On the other hand as it is shown in the figure the values of the settings of the setting group indicated with the EditSg are the ones with the FC SE in Logical Node SGphHiPTOC1 ...

Page 639: ...TOR GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 7 233 Firmware versions 7 50 and above The settings for the high level Phase Time Overcurrent protection function Phase TOC High 1 2 and 3 on setting groups 1 ActSG and 2 EditSG are shown in the next figures ...

Page 640: ...ated with the ActSg are the ones with the FC SG in Logical Nodes phPTOC1 phPTOC2 and phPTOC3 Therefore the ones used by the high level of Phase Time Overcurrent protection function in the relay On the other hand as it is shown in the figure the values of the settings of the setting group indicated with the EditSg are the ones with the FC SE in Logical Nodes phPTOC1 phPTOC2 and phPTOC3 ...

Page 641: ...s IEC 61850 connections thus a maximum of 5 different IEC 61850 clients can connect to it For versions below 7 00 there is only one URCB Unbuffered Report Control Block in this way all clients can connect to the same URCB for instance to LLN0 RP urcbA01 where urcbA01 is the name of the URCB in this example For versions above there will be 5 Unbuffered Report Control Blocks For buffered reports eac...

Page 642: ...Unbuffered Report is selected the number of IEC 61850 clients is disabled for versions below 7 00 only one Unbuffered Report Control Block is created and for versions above there will be five After selecting type of report and optionally the number of IEC 61850 clients click Next The Select Dataset window opens allowing you to select the Data Set attached to the report being created It is possible...

Page 643: ...ation of data set and of report control block Drag and drop to add elements to the Data Set In the DataSet Sources panel browse the complete data model of the IED and drag and drop the desired element to the Data Set Elements on the right In the F650 relay Data Sets for Reports can contain both Data Attributes FCDA Functionally Constrained Data Attributes and Data Objects FCD Functionally Constrai...

Page 644: ...In order to delete elements from Data Set select the row or rows in the DataSet Elements table and press Delete on keyboard You can also right click and select the Delete option There is also an option in the DataSet to move DataSet Elements up and down inside the DataSet frame Figure 7 29 DataSet options ...

Page 645: ...R 7 239 In order to modify existing Data Sets or Control Blocks or to Remove the Control Block Report select the name of the Report Control Block right click and select Remove Report Figure 7 30 Deleting reports If the limit of 20 Report Control Blocks is exceeded the following error is displayed ...

Page 646: ...ersions below 7 00 When trying to attach a Data Set to a URBC when it is already attached to another URCB the application gives the following error When attaching a Data Set to too many BRCB s the IEC 61850 Configurator creates new BRCB s up to the maximum total of 5 BRCB s attached the Data Set The following warning id displayed When attaching a BRCB to a Data Set that already has 5 BRCB s attach...

Page 647: ...in the receiver A common number may be used for all GOOSE transmitters in a system More details are specified in IEC 61850 part 8 1 In Enervista 650 Setup select either GSSE or GOOSE messages in Setpoint Inputs Outputs Remote Comms If GSSE is selected then GSSE settings are shown in Setpoint Inputs Outputs Remote Comms menu If GOOSE is selected then the user should go to main menu and open the IEC...

Page 648: ...ents For firmware version below 7 20 Data Sets for configurable GOOSES in transmission and reception GOOSES can have a maximum of 64 elements For firmware version 7 20 or higher Data Sets for reception GOOSES can have a maximum of 64 elements and Data Sets for transmissions GOOSES can have a maximum of 128 elements The elements of Data Sets for transmission GOOSEs can only be leaf elements Data At...

Page 649: ... 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 7 243 Figure 7 31 Transmission GOOSE configuration For firmware version 7 00 or higher To enable disable transmission GOOSE click GoEna option on GooseTX Properties panel Figure 7 32 Transmission goose configuration v7 xx ...

Page 650: ...ormed by attributes of all Logical Nodes For example they can contains status of protection functions as PTOC1 ST Op phsA Time Overcurrent Function 1 Operate Phase A PTUF2 ST Str general Underfrequency Function 2 Trip General XCBR1 ST Pos stVal Circuit Breaker Position etc There is also a dedicated logical node in F650 which can be used for mapping of internal signals to be transmitted via GOOSE T...

Page 651: ...ion GOOSE This Data Set if formed by 8 elements these elements are 4 first rouGGIO1 indications and its associated quality flags However no mapping is done by default to rouGGIO1 indication in Relay Configuration it must be done by the user with the desired signals Figure 7 34 Example of rouGGIO mapping in relay configuration If the user tries to enable Fixed GOOSE but there are already 4 configur...

Page 652: ... Figure 7 35 Example of GOOSE reception configuration A window is displayed allowing you to select an icd or cid file from disk or to import the icd file from an SCD When working with different devices it is advisable to set the IED Name to the position name of the device to avoid having different IEDs with the same name After including all icd files from the devices which the relay is going to re...

Page 653: ... s from SCD in case the ICD data is included in a SCD file Figure 7 36 Example of GOOSE reception options GOOSE subscription for FW versions higher than 7 00 The IEC 61850 Configurator in the Enervista 650 Setup software is used to configure GOOSE reception The maximum number of reception GOOSEs the 650 relay for firmware versions above 7 00 is 24 with up to 64 digital analog items per GOOSE that ...

Page 654: ...on of reception gooses are described below 1 Go to the IEC61850 Configurator GOOSE reception tab 2 Import the CID files from all relays that this relay can receive from 3 New GOOSE ID appears with IEDName LD device Inst GOOSE Id of Publisher 4 Drag and drop the digital data of interest from a GOOSE transmission into one of the 650 GOOSE receptions 5 Repeat for up to a maximum of 24 receptions ...

Page 655: ...AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 7 249 In the GOOSE reception configuration tab the user performs the following options Add IED Import IED s from SCD Remove IED Figure 7 38 Example of GOOSE reception options 1 V7 XX Figure 7 39 Example of GOOSE reception options 2 V7 XX ...

Page 656: ...converter enables CID file conversion from firmware version 7 00 and above allowing for conversion of CID files in parallel with relay firmware updates The main parts of the CID file that are maintained are the configurable fields at the Communication and IED levels the public and private Settings Datasets Report Control Blocks GOOSE Transmission Control Blocks and GOOSE Reception To convert a CID...

Page 657: ...7 251 2 Select a CID file to convert in the CID file cid field Figure 7 41 Main window in IEC61850 CID files convertion tool 3 If no CID file is selected an error message is displayed 4 The CID file Converter fills in the firmware version of the selected CID file under Source Version Select the new ...

Page 658: ...ination Version Figure 7 42 Selection of CID files versions 5 If no Destination Version is selected an error message is displayed Note For successful conversion the default CID file templates installed with the Enervista 650 Setup must be in the installed folder location with their original names as shown Figure 7 43 Requirements for CID conversion ...

Page 659: ...LER 7 253 6 Click Convert to start the conversion process When the conversion is finished a successful conversion message is displayed followed by a message confirming the name and location of the converted file Figure 7 44 Successful CID conversion Figure 7 45 CID file created and saved to disk ...

Page 660: ...7 254 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 7 3 IEC 61850 CONFIGURATOR CHAPTER 7 IEC 61850 PROTOCOL ...

Page 661: ...s checked when the Administrator exits the User Management dialog box the program asks to confirm the delete before the selected user is permanently deleted from the list Admin WARNING When this box is checked the user becomes an EnerVista 650 Setup Administrator receiving all Administrative rights Actual Values When this box is checked the user is able to view Actual Values and all records exclud...

Page 662: ...se Change Password Figure 8 1 Change security When the operator enters a new password for the first time he she should also enter a personal question that only they can answer There is a limit of 50 characters available to enter the personal question One example as in the above diagram would be What is my mother s maiden name This question is posed to the user if the user forgets their password an...

Page 663: ...tallation and are granted access as Administrator Security Control can be enabled through Security from the tool bar when logged on as an Administrator Click User Management Figure 8 2 Enabling security Security Control is enabled by checking the ENABLE SECURITY check box The first time the enable security option is selected it is necessary to close and reopen the EnerVista 650 Setup software to s...

Page 664: ...le TestUser For the first log in session of any user name the default password is password The user is prompt to change the password to something else after the first successfully log in Log on can also be done by clicking Security from the toolbar and choose Login New User The user is prompted with the same log in dialog box for a different user name and password combination In case a user has fo...

Page 665: ...mware for version below 7 00 The boot code and firmware versions can be seen in the relay main screen The relay firmware version appears after the text F650 5 70 in Figure 9 1 Main screen with the boot program version 6 00 in Figure 9 1 Main screen followed by GENERAL ELECTRIC the relay model and the default front RS232 USB port communication parameters Figure 9 1 Main screen NOTICE BEFORE PERFORM...

Page 666: ...ssary to read paragraphs 1 to 4 of chapter 9 of manual GEK 106310 before accomplishing the F650 UPGRADE PROCEDURE Be aware that boot program and firmware upgrades erase all data contained in the relay thus it is advisable to save all data oscillography events settings and configuration files before proceeding RELAYS WITH FIBER OPTIC ETHERNET The upgrade of the boot program BOOTCODE must be perform...

Page 667: ... address and other parameters already assigned in the process are IP Address 192 168 37 177 Netmask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 37 10 Then the PC settings should be the same pattern as follows IP Address 192 168 37 xxx Netmask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 37 10 if desired Where XXX is a number between 0 and 255 that is not assigned to any other device to avoid collisions 4 Other Network Communi...

Page 668: ...in the market with different characteristics even different charge imposed to the USB bus of the PC it is strongly recommended to use the GE USB to Serial RS232 Cable Converter part number GE0100 0001 4 When using USB to Serial RS232 cable it is necessary first to determine the COM Port number the Laptop uses through the USB device Depending in the actual F650 upgrade task under operation the proc...

Page 669: ...he bootware file retrieved from http www gegridsolutions com index htm and previously stored in the PC Figure 9 2 Boot code file selection 8 Choose the bootware file and click Open button Figure 9 3 Upgrade selected BOOT file 9 Click Upgrade A warning messages is shown If calibration files were saved click Yes otherwise click No to cancel the upgrade process and save first the calibration files ac...

Page 670: ...ameters already set in step 5 are operative during serial communications If they have not been previously set a pop up window prompts for the serial COM port to be used during upgrading 11 During the upgrade the system shows the following message indicating the procedure to be followed If you click Yes the next window allows you to choose the Network adapter for your Ethernet connection to the rel...

Page 671: ...indow to choose a temporary IP address is shown It is advisable to set the same IP address that is going to be used later in the relay for Ethernet connection Figure 9 5 setting address 13 After entering the temporary IP Address the next new window requires the bootware file retrieved from http www gegridsolutions com index htm and previously stored someplace in the PC ...

Page 672: ...RMWARE UPGRADE Figure 9 6 Boot code file selection 14 Choose the bootware file and click Open button Figure 9 7 Loading boot code file 15 Then the program shows a message requiring switch OFF and ON the relay while the progress bar is in course to start the upgrading process Figure 9 8 Relay switch off on message ...

Page 673: ...lected in step 4 above Figure 9 9 loading update file error message If the relay gets stuck during the upgrading process after switching OFF and ON the relay giving error message shown it is due to no serial communication via the front RS232 port Check the serial cable and serial settings connection At this point the relay will not be upgraded After switching it OFF and ON it will continue working...

Page 674: ...ations work properly the relay flash memory has been erased and the upgrade procedure must be completed to start working with the unit If the procedure is not completed the HMI shows the message OS Loading and the relay does not start up In this case refer to step 4 above If all points from step 4 are correct but the problem persists Disable and Enable the Ethernet connection while the files are b...

Page 675: ...onding with the gateway and the last octet must be a free IP address reserved to the relay to avoid possible collisions with other devices The gateway must be the one used in the LAN structure connecting the relay 21 After assigning the Ethernet parameters the upgrade of the boot code is complete and successful 22 A window is displayed with the message Setting Default IP address followed by Figure...

Page 676: ...aken when the boot code has been previously upgraded all data including calibration settings is lost 5 In case of errors during the firmware upgrade process repeat the entire process as many times as necessary This is possible thanks to an independent boot memory bootcode 6 A pure firmware upgrade process should use the EnerVista 650 Setup software and Ethernet connection Port ETH_1 or ETH2 via a ...

Page 677: ...TAL BAY CONTROLLER 9 13 Figure 9 2 Select firmware file 3 Once the new firmware file has been selected click Upgrade to continue Figure 9 3 Upgrade firmware selected file 4 Fill in the device IP address serial number and order code as needed The order code is not required for firmware versions below 1 70 ...

Page 678: ... relay is not an enhanced model or one with control functionality click Upgrade Firmware to continue the process see the following figure At this point proceeding with the upgrade erases all data stored in the equipment including the calibration settings in firmware versions below 1 50 It is necessary to save all settings to a file now if you have not already done so ...

Page 679: ...ssary see following figure Proceed as follows In the Windows Control Panel Start Control Panel navigate to Network Connection Local Network Right click and select Disable Confirm that the Local Network status is now Disabled Restart the local network in the same screen right click and select Enable Wait until the local network status is Enabled before continuing Click Upgrade Firmware to continue ...

Page 680: ...OW 7 00 CHAPTER 9 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE Figure 9 5 Advisory for local network reboot 6 When upgrading models with Enhanced protection or control functionality see model selection the upgrade program requires a password to continue as shown Figure 9 6 Relay upgrade password ...

Page 681: ...label 7 Once the upgrade parameters have been entered click OK When communication has been established the program shows a message requesting a reboot of the 650 turn the relay off and then back on to continue with the upgrade process 8 Once the relay has been rebooted you are prompted to select the new firmware upgrade file update txt The upgrade files including update txt can be obtained online ...

Page 682: ...tup program automatically selects the appropriate voltage range for the unit based on the serial number showing the selection with a step line square over the proper option Click OK In case an incorrect option is selected metering errors may arise during normal operation current and voltage values incorrectly displayed In order to correct this behavior the firmware upgrade process must be repeated...

Page 683: ...ADE 9 1 FIRMWARE UPGRADE VERSIONS BELOW 7 00 GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER 9 19 Figure 9 9 Initiate upgrade During the upgrade process the program displays the files that are being upgraded Figure 9 10 Firmware file selection ...

Page 684: ...les downloading When upgrading the firmware the entire settings and relay configuration are reset to factory default values Then the User is committed to download the settings configuration and logic files to the relay in order to get it fully operative Calibration settings and configuration must be reloaded to the relay the relay To recover and download the different files to the relay go to Ener...

Page 685: ...opriate IP address in the relay 4 Set the appropriate IP address in the PC 5 In the EnerVista 650 Setup software select Communication Upgrade Relay 6 Enter the IP address serial number ad order code of the relay as prompted 7 Reboot the relay as required by the upgrade program 8 Locate the upgrade txt file for the correct relay model 9 Click Upgrade Firmware to initiate the upgrade process 10 Rebo...

Page 686: ...2 Relay IP Address It must be assigned a IP address to the relay in the Ethernet parameters via HMI at Product Setup Communication Ethernet Ethernet E A or B menu or via Enervista 650 Setup at Setpoint Product Setup Communication Settings Network Ethernet E A or B as shown in the Table below Table 9 2 Ethernet parameters 3 Example of IP Address Configuration The IP address and other parameters alr...

Page 687: ...error during the firmware upgrading process the user can repeat the whole process as many times as necessary 3 Firmware upgrading process should be done using the EnerVista 650 Setup software and Ethernet connection Port ETH_E A or B via Cross Over RJ45 Ethernet cable 9 2 2 2 Firmware upgrade 1 Once the communication with the relay through Ethernet connection has been verified enter the EnerVista ...

Page 688: ...e relay being upgraded and click Upgrade Figure 9 1 Relay communication parameters If the IP address is incorrect one the following message is shown 4 If the IP address is correctly set then the message SFD Sending file is displayed A sending file status bar shows the progress of the upgrade 5 If the file is not sent successfully the following message box is displayed ...

Page 689: ...er settings and logic files downloading When upgrading the firmware the entire settings and relay configuration are reset to factory default values Then the User is committed to download the settings configuration and logic files to the relay in order to get it fully operative Calibration settings and configuration must be loaded to the relay once the upgrade process has finished To recover and do...

Page 690: ...Info to Relay to send the new settings and configuration file to the unit 9 2 2 3 Order code upgrade process In the case of a relay model with specialized functionality or a new order code requirement with password requirement see model selection the program requests a password to continue 1 To reach the window where the password is requested the user must be communicating with the relay ONLINE MO...

Page 691: ...tions protocols options Click Send Figure 9 3 Password requirement special models 4 The users must contact GE Multilin and provide the following parameters in their order Unit serial number Current model option before memory upgrade Desired model option after memory upgrade Unit MAC address available in the identification label 5 Once the password is obtained enter it when prompted Tthe following ...

Page 692: ...tton is disabled It is not allowed to make another change from here so it can be seen what changes have been made The new order code appears on the status bar Figure 9 5 New order code 9 2 3 Summary of main firmware upgrade steps 1 Install the proper version of the EnerVista 650 Setup software 2 Connect an Ethernet cable to the rear Ethernet port a cross over cable for back to back connection and ...

Page 693: ...y 6 Select the appropriate file DCL000CAXXX SDF for the upgrade 7 Enter the IP address serial number and unit identifier of the relay as prompted 8 Click Upgrade File to initiate the upgrade process 9 Reboot the relay as required by the upgrade program to complete the upgrade process 10 All setting and configuration are now set to the factory default 11 Send new settings and configuration files to...

Page 694: ...9 30 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 9 2 FIRMWARE UPGRADE VERSION 7 00 OR ABOVE CHAPTER 9 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE ...

Page 695: ...ered any damage during transportation and that all screws are correctly fixed and all relay terminal boards are in good condition Verify that the information shown on the relay front plate corresponds to the data shown on the display and to the requested relay model Display information Firmware version Kernel version F650 X XX K KK GENERAL ELECTRIC F650XXXXXXXXX 19200N81 MODBUS 254 Model ...

Page 696: ...an output is closed and the unit goes to the Out of Service state the output is kept closed even if the state that closed it changes and would otherwise open the output When the unit goes out of the Out of Service state the output is then opened When the Out of Service status goes to ON or the setting has been changed to Enabled the ready LED also changes to red Be careful if ready LED is linked t...

Page 697: ...or the testing contains wide harmonics the voltmeter and relay responses are different Relays have been calibrated in factory using a Network of 50 or 60 Hz with a minimum harmonic content When the relay is tested a power supply network with no harmonics in its waveform must be used The ammeters and chronometers used for testing the pickup current and relay operation time must be calibrated and th...

Page 698: ... second WARNING No communication circuit shall be tested for isolation Groups to be created depend on the type of modules included in F650 selectable according to the model The following table shows the different groups depending on the module type SOURCE 1 G1 H10 H18 G2 H13 H14 H15 SOURCE 2 G1 H1 H9 G2 H4 H5 H6 MAGNETIC MODULE G1 A5 A12 G2 B1 B12 I O F1 MIXED G1 Inp 1 F1 9 G2 Inp 2 F10 18 G3 Out ...

Page 699: ...AC feed this test is also performed for VAC If the relay incorporates a redundant power supply these tests shall be performed on both power supplies Voltage values to be applied are the ones indicated below according to the relay model NOTE Codes HIR and LOR correspond to a redundant power supply 10 7 Communications Verify that available communication ports allow communication with the relay Ports...

Page 700: ... Verify that the relay measures the values with an error lower than 1 5 of the test value or 1 mA whichever is greater for sensitive ground SG GENERAL SETTINGS NAME VALUE UNITS RANGE PHASE CT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 GROUND CT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 STV GROUND CT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 PHASE VT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 PHASE VT CONNECTION WYE N A WYE DELTA NOMINAL VOLTAGE 100 V 0 1 1 2250 V NO...

Page 701: ...tional Phase Overcurrent element and displayed Repeat for phases B and C 10 8 3 Active reactive power and COSJ metering Equations to be applied for powers in a wye connection are as follows Apply the following current and voltage values With the indicated voltage and current values verify that the power measure corresponds to expected values indicated in the following table Maximum admissible erro...

Page 702: ...hannel VII Maximum admissible error 10 mHz Apply 50 Vac at 60 Hz on channel VII Maximum admissible error 12 mHz Frequency measure on channel Vx terminals A11 A12 Apply 50 Vac at 50 Hz on channel Vx Maximum admissible error 10 mHz Apply 50 Vac at 60 Hz on channel Vx Maximum admissible error 12 mHz Results CHANNEL Voltage V Set Frequency Hz Measured Frequency Hz VII 50 50 Hz 60 Hz VX 50 50 Hz 60 Hz ...

Page 703: ... same common For the first 8 inputs the voltage threshold setting is determined by Voltage Threshold A For the next 8 inputs the setting is Voltage Threshold B Inputs or contact converters CC1 CC16 must also be set to POSITIVE Test settings for mixed board type 2 8 digital inputs 4 blocks for supervision and 8 outputs The inputs test is completed by groups of 4 inputs as this type of board has 2 g...

Page 704: ... 52 a terminals F1 F2 and 52 b terminals F3 F4 Coil 1 circuit supervision inputs and verify that they are activated Remove voltage from both inputs and verify that it takes them 500 ms to change state deactivate Coil 2 Apply 19 Vdc to both 52 a terminals F15 F16 and 52 b terminals F17 F18 Coil 2 circuit supervision inputs and verify that they are activated Apply 19 Vdc to both 52 a terminals F15 F...

Page 705: ...NTROLLER 10 11 10 10 Connections for testing protection elements Connect current sources to the relay according to the wiring diagram Current and voltage input terminals are as follows Phase Connections Current IA B1 B2 IB B3 B4 IC B5 B6 IG B9 B10 ISG B11 B12 Voltage VI A5 A6 VII A7 A8 VIII A9 A10 VX A11 A12 ...

Page 706: ...neous in a time frame of 10 to 55 ms All the relay trip contacts must operate as well as the contact set as 50 Remove current and apply it again suddenly to a value of 4 times the pickup current The relay should trip instantaneously in a time frame of 10 to 45 ms Test one point for each phase and group of the protection element Note Only available for Enhanced models 50 ELEMENTS TEST PARAMETERS El...

Page 707: ... its set curve Protection Element Settings 51PH 51PL 51N 51G and 46 Setting Value Unit Function Enabled Input Phasor DFT Pickup Level 1 A Curve Modify for each test TD Multiplier Modify for each test Voltage Restraint Disabled Element Phase Curve type Dial Times Ipickup Tripping times sec EXPECTED Admissible 51PH IA IEEE Ext Inv 0 5 0 9 NA 1 5 11 34 11 00 11 90 5 0 648 0 600 0 710 IB IEC Curve A 0...

Page 708: ...eeded 10 13 1 67P element Activate only protection elements 50PH and 67P and set the relay as follows Configure one of the outputs to be activated only by unit 50PH Apply the following tests 10 13 2 67N element Activate only protection elements 50N and 67N and set the relay as follows Configure one of the outputs to be activated only by unit 50G 67P Settings 50PH Settings Function ENABLED Function...

Page 709: ...nel Magnitude Mod Arg Mod Arg 50N 67N IA 2 A 0º VI 60 V 0º NO 60 V 180º YES IB 0 A 0º VII 0 V 0º IC 0 A 0º VIII 0 V 0º 67G Settings 50G Settings Function ENABLED Function ENABLED MTA 45 Deg Input PHASOR DFT Direction FORWARD Pickup Level 0 50 A Polarization VO Trip Delay 0 30 Block Logic PERMISSION Reset Delay 0 00 Pol V Threshold 10 V Elements Phase under test Polarization Phase Element trip Chan...

Page 710: ...COMMISSIONING Configure one of the outputs to be activated only by unit 50SG Apply the following tests Pol V Threshold 10 V Elements Phase under test Polarization Phase Element trip Channel Magnitude Channel Magnitude Mod Arg Mod Arg 50SG 67SG ISG 2 A 0º VI 60 V 0º NO 60 V 180º YES VII 0 V 0º VIII 0 V 0º ...

Page 711: ...y the protection element being tested Set the relay as follows Apply voltage as indicated on the table over the undervoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Decrease voltage level gradually and verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 PHASE UV 27P Function ENABLED Mode PHASE GROUND Pickup Level 50 V Curve DEFINITE TIME Delay 2 00 sec Minim...

Page 712: ...Set the relay as follows Apply voltage as indicated on the table under the overvoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 PHSE OV 59P Function ENABLED Pickup Level 120 V Trip Delay 2 00 Reset Delay 0 00 Logic ANY PHASE Element Phase Pickup Level volts Trip Delay seconds Applied Voltage V Tripping time ...

Page 713: ... the relay as follows Apply voltage as indicated on the table under the overvoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 GENERAL SETTINGS Auxiliary Voltage VN NEUTRAL OV HIGH LOW 59NH 59NL Function ENABLED Pickup Level 120 V Trip Delay 2 00 Reset Delay 0 00 Elements Input Pickup Level volts Trip Delay se...

Page 714: ...AF 10 15 OVERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 59P 59X 59NH 59NL 47 CHAPTER 10 COMMISSIONING NOTE All angles mentioned on the tables are delay angles where a balanced ABC system would be composed by CHANNEL Applied Voltage V Angle VI 65 0º VII 65 120º VIII 65 240º ...

Page 715: ...elay trips at the set frequency in the corresponding element with an error of 3 ó 50 mHz Apply a voltage that is lower than the Minimum Voltage setting with a frequency under 81U or over 81O the setting and verify that the relay does not trip GENERAL SETTINGS Nominal Frequency 50 Hz ELEMENT SETTINGS FREQUENCY 81 81U 81O Function ENABLED ENABLED Pickup Level 47 50 Hz 52 50 Hz Trip Delay 2 00 sec 2 ...

Page 716: ... relay recloses in 2 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the relay recloses in 4 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the relay recloses in 6 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the relay recloses in 8 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the recloser passes to Lockout Veri...

Page 717: ...re is no reclose INHIBITION BY RECLOSING CONDITIONS Close the breaker and wait for 5 seconds Command a trip verify that the breaker opens and wait for the first shot Activate the inhibition input and command a new trip Verify that the breaker opens wait for 8 seconds and verify that the relay does not reclose 10 17 3 External reclose initiation Close the breaker and wait for 5 seconds Activate the...

Page 718: ...measuring the thermal element must be reset to zero in order to start the next test at a zero thermal status condition Repeat the test selecting a time constant t1 of 60 minutes Verify that the operation time is within the range described on the following table After each measuring the thermal element must be reset to zero in order to start the next test at a zero thermal status condition Rated Cu...

Page 719: ...ton Set some Oscillography channel to record the pickup of phase TOC and output contact closing action To test the operation of this Phase Time Overcurrent protection 11 1 2 Communicate with the relay This procedure describes the connection between any Laptop and some F650 relay using the EnerVista 650 SETUP program For any one of these connections check first the communication parameters as follo...

Page 720: ...ay Open the EnerVista 650 SETUP program in the PC and under Communication Computer menu and set IP Address 192 168 37 125 Port 502 Unit Identifier 254 Control Type to ModBus TCP Startup Mode to Communicate with relay Click ON key The program starts connection with the relay showing the progress screen Sequence Action Setting Action IP Address OCT 1 Set to 192 Move rotating knob clockwise IP Addres...

Page 721: ...GURATION OUTPUTS Name Value Phase CT Ratio 1 0 default Ground CT Ratio 1 0 default Stv Ground CT Ratio 1 0 default Phase VT Ratio 1 0 default Phase VT Connection Wye Nominal Voltage 100 0 default Nominal Frequency 50 Phase Rotation ABC Frequency Reference VI default Auxiliary Voltage VX default Name Value Function Enabled Input Phasor DFT Pickup Level 5 0 A Curve IEC Curve A TD Multiplier 0 1 Rese...

Page 722: ...l contact 00 on Board F operates terminals F19 F21 should be and remain closed and LED 5 should be lit Check that operating time is in the order of 1 7 seconds Remove current from terminals B1 B2 Press pushbutton F1 and check that contact 00 on Board F has been open Check that LED 5 in the front of the relay has been turned off Repeat the process for phase B terminals B3 B4 and for phase C termina...

Page 723: ...is fully described in paragraph 13 3 see Example Nº 1 Therefore it is not necessary to explain it here again except about the small modifications required for the actual exercise as well the additional settings not used until now i e recloser and synchrocheck Therefore by having the F650 set like in the previous exercise paragraph 13 the new settings and changes to be done in the relay to work in ...

Page 724: ...s on scheme The programmed operation of a TOC protection with reclosing and synchrocheck features for the F650 relay is shown in F650 Tripping and reclosing scheme Figure 11 1 F650 tripping and reclosing scheme Some conclusions follows The recloser cycle ends at lockout status since a permanent fault remains after two unsuccessful reclosing trials Name Value Function Enabled Max Number of shots 2 ...

Page 725: ...ter If does then this timing must be set properly The F650 trip contact over travel is the time the contact remains closed for some definite time to assure the tripping action of the breaker specially in CB s with large tripping times bulk or other CB s This time delay has been set in group SETPOINT CONTROL ELEMENTS INPUTS OUTPUTS BOARD F To test the reclosing scheme one current and two voltages s...

Page 726: ... contact using a front key pushbutton To reset the output contact and LED using another front key pushbutton 11 3 2 Procedure Set the following values Under SETPOINT CONTROL ELEMENTS Þ INPUTS OUTPUTS BOARD F This setting is non relevant since it applies only when pulse type is chosen Under SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION OUTPUTS Under SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION LEDS Name Value Output Logic_00_00 Po...

Page 727: ...Type None Final States Frontal Key F2 Contact Input None Virtual Output None Time Out 500 default MMI Com1 Com 2 ETH Master 1 ETH Master 2 ETH Master 3 ETH Mastef 4 In the same window next rows Select Operation 1 Command Text Reset C_Output_00_00 Interlock Type None Interlocks Final State Type None Final States Frontal Key F1 Contact Input None Virtual Output None Time Out 500 default MMI Com1 Com...

Page 728: ...essage showing Press Enter to Confirm Key F2 is displayed Press Enter Check that contact_00_00 board F has been closed Check that the front LED 14th is lit In the main front screen press F1 key A message showing Press Enter to Confirm Key F1 is displayed Press Enter Check that contact_00_00 board F has been opened Check that the front LED 14th has been switched off ...

Page 729: ...y the F650 A3 Yes IEC 870 103 is supported by the F650 in firmware version 5 00 and higher Q4 Can the F650 be used as a DNP master station A4 Not at this moment It works as a slave IED station for all protocols Q5 How many communication ports are included in the F650 A5 The equipment has 2 different boards one for asynchronous serial ports and another for a high speed synchronous Ethernet port The...

Page 730: ...ugh a hub or switch The hub or switch where the URs are connected must be 10 BASE FL and the hub or switch for the F650 must be 100 BASE FX Q14 How do I connect with cable 10_BASE T UR relays with 10 100 BASE TX F650 relays A14 The answer to this question is as described before but also in this case there is an advantage added because the hub 10 BASE TX port is able to understand a 10 BASE T port ...

Page 731: ...t B Formats used are B0000 B0002 and B0003 Actual accuracy is 1 millisecond Internal sampling rate allows true 1 ms accuracy time tagging The input burden is very low The maximum number of units that may be connected to a generator depends on its output driving capability Up to 60 units have been successfully connected with equipments commonly used in the market Q2 Does the equipment work with dry...

Page 732: ...held to program the unit A4 No all main operations can easily be performed with just the incorporated HMI Handheld or laptops may be required to download large quantities of information such as oscillograms etc but they are not mandatory for a conventional user that just needs to change settings view measurements states etc Q5 Is there password security for protection and control A5 Yes there are ...

Page 733: ... can access in the logic A1 The power supply ready contact only monitor hardware failures in the power supply to monitor the internal error of the unit it is necessary to configure a virtual output to and the assign it to the device desired contact output LED etc Q2 I set an output contact as Latched If I do not set a reset condition will it reset from the ESC key A2 No you have to configure the c...

Page 734: ...12 6 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 12 4 RELAY CONFIGURATION CHAPTER 12 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS ...

Page 735: ...for quicker repair To send a unit back to the factory for repair use the appropriate RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION process and follow the shipping instructions provided by our Service Department especially in the case of international shipments This will lead to a faster and more efficient solution to your problem Category Symptom Possible cause Recommended action Protection The relay does not tri...

Page 736: ...tor corresponding to the power source Communication The relay does not communicate via the front RS232 port Incorrect cable Damaged cable Relay or PC not grounded Incorrect baud rate port address etc Make sure you are using a straight cable Replace the cable Ensure ground connection Test other ports other baud rates etc Make sure that the communication parameters in the computer match the ones in ...

Page 737: ... using Windows 2000 Disable and Enable the Ethernet connection on Control Panel inside Windows 2000 Try again 2 1 Install either Microsoft or Sun Java Virtual Machine Communication Enervista 650 Setup does not retrieve osc fault reports and Data Logger files Bad communication in TFTP using Windows 2000 Disable and Enable the Ethernet connection on Control Panel inside Windows 2000 Try again to ret...

Page 738: ...e message Note if the bootware upgrade procedure is stuck at this point the relay flash memory has been erased and the upgrade procedure must be completed to start working with the unit If the procedure is not completed the HMI shows the message Os Loading and the relay does not start up Firmware The procedure can not start due to ethernet problems The Ethernet connection does not work properly Ch...

Page 739: ...relay model is IEC61850 and the procedure is completed If during the process there is any problem and it has to be restarted this second time the program will ask to confirm the IEC password If the EnerVista 650 Setup program is closed and started again during the bootware and firmware upgrade process the program will ask to confirm the IEC password Firmware Password for IEC61850 incorrect Model c...

Page 740: ...13 6 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF 13 1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS CHAPTER 13 F650 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ...

Page 741: ...alibration values stored 1 The calibration values stored are out of the calibration limits Flash Internal States Critical to Relay configuration and stored data E2PROM STATUS E2prom status 0 Not configured or problems during writing process 1 Configured and OK IO Board States Critical to operation and protection BOARD F STATUS Board F status 0 Inactive There is no communication with the board 1 Ac...

Page 742: ... setting enabled true and it is working properly with the ICD file OK The relay has got the Use DOI DAI setting enabled true and it is working properly with the ICD file When that setting is set to true the icd setting prevails over the relay settings OTHER INTERNAL STATES NON CRITICAL Other internal states USER MAP STATUS User map status 0 Not configured 1 Configured FACTORY CALIBRATION Calibrati...

Page 743: ...UT 001 Configurable logic output 001 VIRTUAL OUTPUT 511 Configurable logic output 511 Operation Bits 24 elements OPERATION BIT 1 Operation bit 001 0 the configured time expires or when success conditions are met 1 operation 1 is executed and interlocks are fulfilled OPERATION BIT 2 Operation bit 002 0 the configured time expires or when success conditions are met 1 operation 2 is executed and inte...

Page 744: ...put 09 Va_COIL1 for slot X Input voltage Va detected Circuit 1 Complete circuit supervised CONT IP_X_CC10 Vb_COIL1 Contact Input 10 Vb_COIL1 for slot X Input voltage Vb detected Circuit 1 Complete circuit supervised CONT IP_X_CC11 Va_COIL2 Contact Input 11 Va_COIL2 for slot X Input voltage Va detected Circuit 1 Complete circuit supervised CONT IP_X_CC12 Vb_COIL2 Contact Input 12 Vb_COIL2 for slot ...

Page 745: ...peration CONT OP_X_02 Contact output 2 Board X operation CONT OP_X_8 Contact output 8 Board X operation Board Status BOARD X STATUS Board X status 0 Inactive There is no communication with the board 1 Active There is communication with the board Switchgear status 16 elements SWITCH 1 A INPUT Contact input type A to switchgear Function 1 SWITCH 1 B INPUT Contact input type B to switchgear Function ...

Page 746: ...chgear 16 contact A 0 contact B 0 SWITCH 16 11_ERROR Error 11 switchgear 16 contact A 1 contact B 1 Switchgear Open Close Initializing States SWITCH 1 OPEN INIT Switchgear 1 opening initiation SWITCH 1 CLOSE INIT Switchgear 1 closing initiation SWITCH 2 OPEN INIT Switchgear 2 opening initiation SWITCH 2 CLOSE INIT Switchgear 2 closing initiation SWITCH 16 OPEN INIT Switchgear 16 opening initiation...

Page 747: ...lity via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT LED 9 Programmable LED 9 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT LED 10 Programmable LED 10 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT LED 11 Programmable LED 11 status Green colour...

Page 748: ...hannel 3 1 Active 0 Not Active OSC DIG CHANNEL 4 Oscillography Digital channel 4 1 Active 0 Not Active OSC DIG CHANNEL 5 Oscillography Digital channel 5 1 Active 0 Not Active OSC DIG CHANNEL 6 Oscillography Digital channel 6 1 Active 0 Not Active OSC DIG CHANNEL 7 Oscillography Digital channel 7 1 Active 0 Not Active OSC DIG CHANNEL 8 Oscillography Digital channel 8 1 Active 0 Not Active OSC DIG C...

Page 749: ...ACT ON Group 1 activation and deactivation of groups 2 3 GROUP 2 ACT ON Group 2 activation and deactivation of groups 1 3 GROUP 3 ACT ON Group 3 activation and deactivation of groups 1 2 Setting Groups SETT GROUPS BLOCK Group change input blocked GROUP 1 BLOCKED Settings Group 1 blocked GROUP 2 BLOCKED Settings Group 2 blocked GROUP 3 BLOCKED Settings Group 3 blocked OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX Inte...

Page 750: ...eration trip high level Group 1 any phase PH IOC2 HIGH A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 HIGH B BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 HIGH C BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 HIGH A PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 HIGH A OP Phas...

Page 751: ...IOC3 HIGH B PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 3 phase B PH IOC3 HIGH B OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 3 phase B PH IOC3 HIGH C PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 3 phase C PH IOC3 HIGH C OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 3 phase C PH IOC3 HIGH PKP ...

Page 752: ...LOW OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 any phase PH IOC2 LOW A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 LOW B BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 LOW C BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 LOW A PKP Phase instantaneous ov...

Page 753: ...s overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 phase C PH IOC3 LOW PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 any phase PH IOC3 LOW OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 any phase Neutral IOC NEUTRAL IOC1 BLOCK Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 1 NEUTRAL IOC1 PKP Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element pi...

Page 754: ...antaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 SENS GND IOC2 PKP Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element pickup Group 2 SENS GND IOC2 OP Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 SENS GND IOC3 BLK Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 3 SENS GND IOC3 PKP Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element pickup Group 3 SENS GND IOC3 ...

Page 755: ...on trip Group 1 any phase PH TOC2 HIGH A BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 2 phase A PH TOC2 HIGH B BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 2 phase B PH TOC2 HIGH C BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 2 phase C PH TOC2 HIGH A PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 phase A PH TOC2 HIGH A OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 phase A ...

Page 756: ...se timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 phase A PH TOC1 LOW A OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 phase A PH TOC1 LOW B PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 phase B PH TOC1 LOW B OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 phase B PH TOC1 LOW C PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 ...

Page 757: ...B PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 phase B PH TOC3 LOW B OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 phase B PH TOC3 LOW C PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 phase C PH TOC3 LOW C OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 phase C PH TOC3 LOW PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level G...

Page 758: ...round timed overcurrent element block Group 2 SENS GND TOC2 PKP Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 SENS GND TOC2 OP Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 SENS GND TOC3 BLOCK Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element block Group 3 SENS GND TOC3 PKP Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element pickup Group 3 SENS GND TOC3 OP Sensitive ground timed ov...

Page 759: ... THERMAL2 ALARM Thermal image element alarm any phase Group 2 THERMAL2 OP Thermal image element operation any phase Group 2 THERMAL2 A ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase A Group 2 THERMAL2 A OP Thermal image element operation phase A Group 2 THERMAL2 B ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase B Group 2 THERMAL2 B OP Thermal image element operation phase B Group 2 THERMAL2 C ALRM Thermal image el...

Page 760: ...se B PHASE DIR3 B OP Phase directional element operation Group 3 Phase B PHASE DIR3 BLOCK C Phase directional element block Group 3 Phase C PHASE DIR3 C OP Phase directional element operation Group 3 Phase C Neutral Directional NEUTRAL DIR1 BLK INP Neutral directional element block input signal Group 1 NEUTRAL DIR1 BLOCK Neutral directional element blocked Group 1 NEUTRAL DIR1 OP Neutral direction...

Page 761: ...irectional element block Group 3 SENS GND DIR3 OP Sensitive Ground directional element operation Group 3 Fuse failure VT FUSE FAILURE Fuse failure operation Phase UV PHASE UV1 BLOCK Phase undervoltage element block Group 1 PHASE UV1 A PKP Undervoltage element pickup AG Group 1 PHASE UV1 A OP Undervoltage element operation AG Group 1 PHASE UV1 B PKP Undervoltage element pickup BG Group 1 PHASE UV1 ...

Page 762: ...PKP Undervoltage element pickup CA Group 2 PHASE UV2 CA OP Undervoltage element operation CA Group 2 PHASE UV2 PKP Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV2 OP Operation of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV3 BLOCK Phase undervoltage element block Group 3 PHASE UV3 A PKP Undervoltage element pickup AG Group 3 PHASE UV3 A OP Undervoltage element operation AG Group 3 PHASE UV...

Page 763: ...ion of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE OV3 BLOCK Phase overvoltage element block Group 3 PHASE OV3 AB PKP Overvoltage element pickup AB Group 3 PHASE OV3 AB OP Overvoltage element operation AB Group 3 PHASE OV3 BC PKP Overvoltage element pickup BC Group 3 PHASE OV3 BC OP Overvoltage element operation BC Group 3 PHASE OV3 CA PKP Overvoltage element pickup CA Group 3 PHASE OV3 CA OP Overvo...

Page 764: ... block Group 3 AUXILIARY UV3 PKP Auxiliary undervoltage element pickup Group 3 AUXILIARY UV3 OP Auxiliary undervoltage element operation Group 3 Auxiliary OV AUXILIARY OV1 BLOCK Auxiliary overvoltage element block Group 1 AUXILIARY OV1 PKP Auxiliary Overvoltage element pickup Group 1 AUXILIARY OV1 OP Auxiliary overvoltage element operation Group 1 AUXILIARY OV2 BLOCK Auxiliary overvoltage element ...

Page 765: ...RFREQ3 OP Underfrequency element operation Group 3 Frequency rate of change FREQ RATE1 BLOCK Frequency rate of change element block Group 1 FREQ RATE1 PKP Frequency rate of change element pickup Group 1 FREQ RATE1 OP Frequency rate of change element operation Group 1 FREQ RATE2 BLOCK Frequency rate of change element block Group 2 FREQ RATE2 PKP Frequency rate of change element pickup Group 2 FREQ ...

Page 766: ...OPENINGS ALARM Maximum Breaker openings alarm BKR OPEN 1 HOUR ALRM Maximum Breaker openings in one hour alarm RESET KI2t COUNTERS KI2t Breaker ageing counter reset RESET BKR COUNTERS Breaker openings and closings counters reset Breaker Status BREAKER OPEN Breaker Opened BREAKER CLOSED Breaker closed BREAKER UNDEFINED Breaker undefined 52a and 52b have the same status Breaker Failure BKR FAIL INITI...

Page 767: ...y reclosing command during cycle in progress AR LCK BY FAIL OPEN Recloser LOCKOUT by failure to open AR LCK BY FAIL CLOSE Recloser LOCKOUT by failure to close AR LCK BY USER Recloser LOCKOUT by external operation e g manual opening with cycle in progress AR LCK BY CONDS Recloser LOCKOUT by lack of reclosing conditions AR LCK BY TRIPS Recloser LOCKOUT by number of trips AR LCK BY SHOTS Recloser LOC...

Page 768: ...eration level 1 Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG2 PKP Directional Power element pickup level 2 Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG2 OP Directional Power element operation level 2 Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG PKP Directional power element pickup Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG OP Directional Power element operation Group 3 Locked Rotor LOCKED ROTOR1 BLK Locked rotor element block Group 1 LOCKED ROTOR1 PKP Locked rotor element pickup Group 1 LO...

Page 769: ...igh Level Group 1 32N1 HIGH OP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation High Level Group 1 32N2 HIGH BLOCK wattmetric Ground Fault Element Block High Level Group 2 32N2 HIGH PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power High Level Group 2 32N2 HIGH OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup High Level Group 2 32N2 HIGH OP wattmetric Ground Fault Elemen...

Page 770: ...t voltage and power Low Level Group 3 32N3 LOW OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup Low Level Group 3 32N3 LOW OP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation Low Level Group 3 wattmetric Ground Fault Low Power Measurements 32N1 LOW POWER wattmetric Ground Fault Element Low Level Group 1 Power Value watts 32N2 LOW POWER wattmetric Ground Fault Element Low Level Group 2 Power Valu...

Page 771: ... Flag is set logic 1 GOOSE DIG INPUTS Rem GOOSE Dig Input 1 Flag is set logic 1 Rem GOOSE Dig Input 2 Flag is set logic 1 Rem GOOSE Dig Input 32 Flag is set logic 1 GOOSE Analog Inputs FLOAT AND INTEGER Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 1 Analog Input 1 Float type Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 2 Analog Input 2 Float type Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 8 Analog Input 8 Float type Rem Ana Inp INT 1 Analog Input 1 Integer type Rem Ana Inp I...

Page 772: ...A 32 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF A 1 OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX APPENDIX A LOGIC OPERANDS ...

Page 773: ...pendent of type or configuration to prevent an existing integration from being affected by version changes This memory map describes each item including the data type length memory position object version etc Moreover the memory map groups the different objects into subgroups such as status and settings groups Each object has a unique memory position for the whole family Only after reading the obj...

Page 774: ...s incorporate a front USB or RS232 port and can mount two rear RS485 or fiber optic ports and a 1mixture of 10 100Base TX and 10 100Base FX ports depending on the specific order code of each F650 unit The data flow in any of these configurations is half duplex B 2 2 1 Serial layer The port baud rate and the parity are independent and programmable for each communication port Any port may be program...

Page 775: ... slave responds with an exception to any of these strings it places to 1 the most important bit of the corresponding function For example an exception to function 3 is indicated with an 83 as function code and an exception to function 16 or 0x10 in hexadecimal is indicated with a 0x90 SETTING GROUP SELECTED B1 1byte This part of string format only applies to read function 66 and write function 67 ...

Page 776: ...n 3 or 4 A B C D 01 04 01 09 00 01 XX XX Data addr Regs Reading function 66 A B B1 C D 01 42 00 01 09 00 01 XX XX SG Data addr Regs OK Response Reading function 3 or 4 A B C D 01 04 02 00 08 XX XX Bytes Data Reading function 66 A B C D 01 42 02 00 08 XX XX Bytes Data Error Response R e ading function 3 or 4 A B C D 01 84 03 XX XX Error code Reading function 66 ...

Page 777: ...ritting function 16 A B C D 01 10 00 87 00 02 04 00 0A 01 02 XX XX Data addr Regs Bytes Data Writing function 67 A B B1 C D 01 43 00 09 C1 00 01 02 00 03 XX XX SG Data addr Regs Bytes Data OK Response Writting function 16 A B C D 01 10 00 87 00 02 XX XX Data Addr Regs Writting function 67 A B C D 01 43 09 C1 00 01 XX XX Data Addr Regs Error Response Writting function 16 ...

Page 778: ... be read in a single package is 125 equivalent to 250 bytes 10 16 Preset Multiple Registers Writing This function allows the master to write one or more registers representing one or more settings Registers are 2 byte long values transmitted with the most important byte first The maximum number of registers that can be written in a single package is 125 equivalent to 250 bytes 43 67 Setting Group ...

Page 779: ...gn Example 123 0x007B F5 2 Integer without 4 bytes sign Example 12312 0x00003018 F6 4 8 bytes Float Example 123 324 0x405ED4BC6A7EF9DB F7 1 Characters without sign As it needs to be sent in a register i e in two bytes the character goes below Example β 0x00E1 F8 1 Characters with sign As it needs to be sent in a register i e in two bytes the character goes below Example A 0x0041 F9 16 String Chain...

Page 780: ...These are the events created after the last request Firmware version 1 60 adds a new way of reading snapshot events in binary format Before this version the relay sent information only in ASCII format The snapshot event retrieval is similar to the ASCII SNAPSHOT EVENT READING IN ASCII FORMAT 1 Write a message to the 0xfe00 address including the file name to open EVE TXT to read all events NEW_EVE ...

Page 781: ...g scaled to 1000 UINT32 Zero seq I0 scaled to 1000 UINT32 Positive seq I1 scaled to 1000 UINT32 Negative seq I2 scaled to 1000 UINT32 Phasor Van scaled to 1000 UINT32 Phasor Vbn scaled to 1000 UINT32 Phasor Vcn scaled to 1000 UINT32 Positive Seq V1 scaled to 1000 UINT32 Negative Seq V2 scaled to 1000 UINT32 Zero Seq V0 scaled to 1000 UINT32 3 Phase Power Factor scaled to 1000 Example 1st step 0xFE...

Page 782: ... 0x0D 0x0A CR LF here the format ends 0x45 0x56 0x45 0x4E 0x54 0x5F 0x46 0x36 0x35 0x30 0x5F 0x56 0x30 0x30 0x2C 0x35 0x36 0x35 E V E N T _ F 6 5 0 _ V 0 0 5 6 5 0 x37 0x2C 0x30 0x30 0x30 0x30 0x30 0x30 0x31 0x36 0x66 0x63 0x39 0x38 0x66 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 f 3 9 8 f 0x34 0x33 0x39 0x2C 0x4C 0x6F 0x63 0x61 0x6C 0x20 0x6D 0x6F 0x64 0x65 0x2C 4 3 9 l o c a l m o d e 0x30 0x2E 0x30 0x30 0x30 0x2C 0x30 ...

Page 783: ...e an operation write the bit corresponding to that operation For this purpose there are two memory records with bits representing operations These records are 0xAFFE and 0xAFFF Each operation is assigned one bit in the register Operation 1 bit 0 0xaffe Operation 2 bit 1 0xaffe Operation 16 bit 15 0xaffe Operation 17 bit 0 0xafff Operation 24 bit 7 0xafff The register format is Big Endian this mean...

Page 784: ...3 0x25 0xE7 B 4 6 Control events This section explains control events not to be confused with the snapshot events A control event is the value change from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0 of one bit and is associated with a time label showing when the change occurred In the F650 any status or combination of status may generate an event The F650 has 192 control events available The first 128 control events ar...

Page 785: ... a valid event all events are initially set to 0 Double unsigned 8 bytes milliseconds from 1 January 2000 The 0xFCFF address is useful when reading all the available events in the F650 as is done following a master start up WARNING Unlike a standard ModBus address these addresses consist of 14 bytes each one instead of the 2 used in ModBus This way each event which has a structure of 14 bytes is c...

Page 786: ...next upcoming event from address 0x03FF and comparing against the last event read Second option read the circular event queue directly from address 0xFD00 to 0xFDFF and then rearrange the retrieved events by event number Once all events have been read subsequent queries should only request new events NEW EVENTS The 0x03FF address contains the number of the next event to be written Based on this th...

Page 787: ...ue 0 1 6 1 Local 09 Sep 2003 17 42 40 782 1 7 1 Local 09 Sep 2003 17 42 43 236 0 8 2 Remote 09 Sep 2003 17 42 43 236 1 B 4 6 4 Event status request alarms To retrieve events that have been configured as alarms see the following addresses 0xF000 24 registers the first 12 indicate the status active inactive and the last 12 indicate the status of acknowledged not acknowledged 0xF018 12 event alarm st...

Page 788: ...e reading operation The User Map has two sections A record index area addresses 0x3384 to 0x3483 containing 256 statuses and or setting record addresses A record area addresses 0xF330 to 0xF42F containing the values for addresses indicated in the index area Data records that are separated in the rest of the memory map can be remapped to an address of an adjacent record in the User Map area For pro...

Page 789: ...s Big Endian format which indicates elapsed milliseconds from the 1st of January 2000 at 00 00 00 000 Reading example 0xFE 0x03 0xFF 0xF0 0x00 0x04 0x60 0x21 RELAY PC 0xFE 0x03 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x17 0x05 0xFA 0xD5 0xBA 0x2D 0x1D Synchronism example 0xFE 0x10 0xFF 0xF0 0x00 0x04 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x17 0x9B 0x53 0x3F 0x60 0xA4 0x2B RELAY PC 0xFE 0x10 0xFF 0xF0 0x00 0x04 0xE5 0xE2 B 4 11 Queuein...

Page 790: ...0x00 0x42 0xC8 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0xFE 0x00 0xFE 0x00 0x06 0x00 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x01 0xF6 0xAC 0xB5 This way any request or mechanism to obtain information from the relay can be viewed string by string There is another tool for tracing the relay memory in the EnerVista 650 Setup menu Communication Troubleshooting any read of any address can be requested...

Page 791: ...0Xc1 0X81 0X40 const UCHAR lo 0X0 0Xc0 0Xc1 0X1 0Xc3 0X3 0X2 0Xc2 0Xc6 0X6 0X7 0Xc7 0X5 0Xc5 0Xc4 0X4 0Xcc 0Xc 0Xd 0Xcd 0Xf 0Xcf 0Xce 0Xe 0Xa 0Xca 0Xcb 0Xb 0Xc9 0X9 0X8 0Xc8 0Xd8 0X18 0X19 0Xd9 0X1b 0Xdb 0Xda 0X1a 0X1e 0Xde 0Xdf 0X1f 0Xdd 0X1d 0X1c 0Xdc 0X14 0Xd4 0Xd5 0X15 0Xd7 0X17 0X16 0Xd6 0Xd2 0X12 0X13 0Xd3 0X11 0Xd1 0Xd0 0X10 0Xf0 0X30 0X31 0Xf1 0X33 0Xf3 0Xf2 0X32 0X36 0Xf6 0Xf7 0X37 0Xf5 0...

Page 792: ...4f 0X8d 0X4d 0X4c 0X8c 0X44 0X84 0X85 0X45 0X87 0X47 0X46 0X86 0X82 0X42 0X43 0X83 0X41 0X81 0X80 0X40 UCHAR chi UCHAR clo USHORT ui chi 0xff clo 0xff while us ui chi p chi clo hi ui clo lo ui ui chi ui ui 8 ui ui clo Big Endian format return ui If it is Little Endian format the returned bytes must be interchanged each unsigned 16 bit type s bytes need to be swapped ...

Page 793: ... 2 0x07DC INT32_006 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07DE INT32_007 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07E0 INT32_008 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07E2 INT32_009 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07E4 INT32_010 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07E6 INT32_011 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07E8 INT32_012 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07EA INT32_013 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07EC INT32_014 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07EE INT32_015 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07F0 INT32_016 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07F2 INT32_017 F005 1 000 R 2 0x07F4 INT32_...

Page 794: ...32_008 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0846 FLT32_009 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0848 FLT32_010 F003 1 000 R 2 0x084A FLT32_011 F003 1 000 R 2 0x084C FLT32_012 F003 1 000 R 2 0x084E FLT32_013 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0850 FLT32_014 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0852 FLT32_015 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0854 FLT32_016 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0856 FLT32_017 F003 1 000 R 2 0x0858 FLT32_018 F003 1 000 R 2 0x085A FLT32_019 F003 1 000 R 2 0x085C FLT32_020 F003 1 00...

Page 795: ...O Latched 3 F001 R 1 0x0046 0x0200 V O Latched 16 F001 R 1 Reset Salidas Virtuales Latcheadas Reset Latched virtual outputs 0x0046 0x0400 Reset V O Latched F001 R 1 Entradas Virtuales con sellado 32 elementos Virtual Input Latched 0x0083 0x0400 LATCHED VIRT IP 1 F001 R 1 0x0083 0x0800 LATCHED VIRT IP 2 F001 R 1 0x0085 0x0200 LATCHED VIRT IP 32 F001 R 1 Entradas Virtuales Autoresetables 32 elemento...

Page 796: ... F001 R 1 Estado Señales Activación salidas Tarjeta G 16 elementos Board G Contact Output Operate logical status 0x00AE 0x2000 CONT OP OPER_G_01 F001 R 1 0x00AE 0x4000 CONT OP OPER_G_02 F001 R 1 0x00AF 0x1000 CONT OP OPER_G_16 F001 R 1 Estado Señales Reposición de Salidas Tarjeta G 16 elementos Board G Contact Output Resets 0x00AF 0x2000 CONT OP RESET_G_01 F001 R 1 0x00AF 0x4000 CONT OP RESET_G_02...

Page 797: ...ocal Remoto OFF configurable Local Remote Off Input selection 0x00D3 0x0100 CHANGE LOCAL REMOTE F001 R 1 0x00D3 0x0200 CHANGE OP BLOCKED F001 R 1 Entradas Cambio Estado iluminación pantalla configurable Backlight status selection 0x00D3 0x1000 HMI BACKLIGHT ON F001 R 1 0x00D3 0x2000 HMI BACKLIGHT OFF F001 R 1 Estado PLC Fuera de Servicio Out of Service PLC Status 0x00D4 0x4000 OUT OF SERVICE F001 ...

Page 798: ...HIGH C OP F001 R 1 0x00FE 0x0040 PH IOC3 HIGH PKP F001 R 1 0x00FE 0x0080 PH IOC3 HIGH OP F001 R 1 Sobrecorriente instantanea de fases nivel bajo Phase IOC Low States 0x0104 0x0100 PH IOC1 LOW A BLK F001 R 1 0x0104 0x0200 PH IOC1 LOW B BLK F001 R 1 0x0104 0x0400 PH IOC1 LOW C BLK F001 R 1 0x0104 0x0800 PH IOC1 LOW A PKP F001 R 1 0x0104 0x1000 PH IOC1 LOW A OP F001 R 1 0x0104 0x2000 PH IOC1 LOW B PK...

Page 799: ...OC1 PKP F001 R 1 0x0124 0x0010 GROUND IOC1 OP F001 R 1 0x0129 0x0020 GROUND IOC2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0129 0x0040 GROUND IOC2 PKP F001 R 1 0x0129 0x0080 GROUND IOC2 OP F001 R 1 0x012F 0x0100 GROUND IOC3 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x012F 0x0200 GROUND IOC3 PKP F001 R 1 0x012F 0x0400 GROUND IOC3 OP F001 R 1 Estados Sobreintensidad instantánea de Tierra Sensible Sensitive Ground IOC States 0x0134 0x0800 SENS GND IOC...

Page 800: ...4 PH TOC3 HIGH C OP F001 R 1 0x014F 0x0008 PH TOC3 HIGH PKP F001 R 1 0x014F 0x0010 PH TOC3 HIGH OP F001 R 1 Estados Sobreintensidad Temporizada de Neutro Neutral TOC States 0x0154 0x0020 NEUTRAL TOC1 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0154 0x0040 NEUTRAL TOC1 PKP F001 R 1 0x0154 0x0080 NEUTRAL TOC1 OP F001 R 1 0x015A 0x0100 NEUTRAL TOC2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x015A 0x0200 NEUTRAL TOC2 PKP F001 R 1 0x015A 0x0400 NEUTRAL TO...

Page 801: ...1 OP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x8000 PHASE UV2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0001 PHASE UV2 A PKP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0002 PHASE UV2 A OP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0004 PHASE UV2 B PKP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0008 PHASE UV2 B OP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0010 PHASE UV2 C PKP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0020 PHASE UV2 C OP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0040 PHASE UV2 AB PKP F001 R 1 0x0189 0x0080 PHASE UV2 AB OP F001 R 1 0x018A 0x0100 PHASE UV2 BC PKP F001 R...

Page 802: ...L1 B ALRM F001 R 1 0x01A5 0x8000 THERMAL1 B OP F001 R 1 0x01A5 0x0001 THERMAL1 C ALRM F001 R 1 0x01A5 0x0002 THERMAL1 C OP F001 R 1 0x01AA 0x0004 THERMAL2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x01AA 0x0008 THERMAL2 A RST F001 R 1 0x01AA 0x0010 THERMAL2 B RST F001 R 1 0x01AA 0x0020 THERMAL2 C RST F001 R 1 0x01AA 0x0040 THERMAL2 ALARM F001 R 1 0x01AA 0x0080 THERMAL2 OP F001 R 1 0x01AB 0x0100 THERMAL2 A ALRM F001 R 1 0x01...

Page 803: ...onal de Neutro Neutral Directional States 0x01C6 0x8000 NEUTRAL DIR1 BLK INP F001 R 1 0x01C6 0x0001 NEUTRAL DIR1 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x01C6 0x0002 NEUTRAL DIR1 OP F001 R 1 0x01CB 0x0004 NEUTRAL DIR2 BLK INP F001 R 1 0x01CB 0x0008 NEUTRAL DIR2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x01CB 0x0010 NEUTRAL DIR2 OP F001 R 1 0x01D0 0x0020 NEUTRAL DIR3 BLK INP F001 R 1 0x01D0 0x0040 NEUTRAL DIR3 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x01D0 0x0080 NEUTRAL ...

Page 804: ...x2000 AR BLOCK F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x4000 AR RCL IN PROGRESS F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x8000 AR LCK BY ANOMALY F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0001 AR LCK BY FAIL OPEN F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0002 AR LCK BY FAIL CLOSE F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0004 AR LCK BY USER F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0008 AR LCK BY CONDS F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0010 AR LCK BY TRIPS F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0020 AR LCK BY SHOTS F001 R 1 0x01F6 0x0040 AR BLK AFTER 1 SHOT F001 R 1 0x01F6 0...

Page 805: ...200 PHASE OV1 AB OP F001 R 1 0x022B 0x0400 PHASE OV1 BC PKP F001 R 1 0x022B 0x0800 PHASE OV1 BC OP F001 R 1 0x022B 0x1000 PHASE OV1 CA PKP F001 R 1 0x022B 0x2000 PHASE OV1 CA OP F001 R 1 0x022B 0x4000 PHASE OV1 PKP F001 R 1 0x022B 0x8000 PHASE OV1 OP F001 R 1 0x0230 0x0001 PHASE OV2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0230 0x0002 PHASE OV2 AB PKP F001 R 1 0x0230 0x0004 PHASE OV2 AB OP F001 R 1 0x0230 0x0008 PHASE OV...

Page 806: ...LOCK F001 R 1 0x0260 0x0100 OVERFREQ2 PKP F001 R 1 0x0260 0x0200 OVERFREQ2 OP F001 R 1 0x0265 0x0400 OVERFREQ3 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0265 0x0800 OVERFREQ3 PKP F001 R 1 0x0265 0x1000 OVERFREQ3 OP F001 R 1 Estados Subfrecuencia Underfrequency States 0x026A 0x2000 UNDERFREQ1 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x026A 0x4000 UNDERFREQ1 PKP F001 R 1 0x026A 0x8000 UNDERFREQ1 OP F001 R 1 0x026F 0x0001 UNDERFREQ2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x...

Page 807: ...010 OSC DIG CHANNEL 13 F001 R 1 0x027A 0x0020 OSC DIG CHANNEL 14 F001 R 1 0x027A 0x0040 OSC DIG CHANNEL 15 F001 R 1 0x027A 0x0080 OSC DIG CHANNEL 16 F001 R 1 0x027B 0x0100 OSCILLO TRIGGER F001 R 1 Estados Localizador de Faltas Fault Report States 0x0280 0x0200 FAULT REPORT TRIGG F001 R 1 0x0280 0x0400 CLEAR FAULT REPORTS F001 R 1 Agrupamiento de Funciones Group States 0x028F 0x0400 GROUP 1 ACT ON ...

Page 808: ...1 0x02F0 0x4000 SENS GND DIR3 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x02F0 0x8000 SENS GND DIR3 OP F001 R 1 Estados Unidad de Potencia Máxima Directa Forward Power 32FP States 0x02F5 0x0001 FWD PWR1 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x02F5 0x0002 FWD PWR1 STG1 PKP F001 R 1 0x02F5 0x0004 FWD PWR1 STG1 OP F001 R 1 0x02F5 0x0008 FWD PWR1 STG2 PKP F001 R 1 0x02F5 0x0010 FWD PWR1 STG2 OP F001 R 1 0x02FA 0x0020 FWD PWR2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x02FA 0x...

Page 809: ...0x0340 0x0008 CONT OP OPER_J_02 F001 R 1 0x0341 0x0002 CONT OP OPER_J_16 F001 R 1 Estado Señales Reposición de Salidas Tarjeta J 16 elementos Board J Contact Output Resets 0x0341 0x0004 CONT OP RESET_J_01 F001 R 1 0x0341 0x0008 CONT OP RESET_J_02 F001 R 1 0x0342 0x0002 CONT OP RESET_J_16 F001 R 1 Estado Salidas Tarjeta J 16 elementos Board J Contact Outputs physical states 0x0342 0x0004 CONT OP_J_...

Page 810: ... 0x0008 PH TOC3 LOW OP F001 R 1 Estados Contactos Configuración Aparamenta 16 elementos Switchgear Contact Configuration States 0x0374 0x0010 SWITCH 1 A INPUT F001 R 1 0x0374 0x0020 SWITCH 1 B INPUT F001 R 1 0x0374 0x0040 SWITCH 2 A INPUT F001 R 1 0x0374 0x0080 SWITCH 2 B INPUT F001 R 1 0x0376 0x0004 SWITCH 16 A INPUT F001 R 1 0x0376 0x0008 SWITCH 16 B INPUT F001 R 1 Estados Contactos Aparamenta 1...

Page 811: ...1 R 1 0x0381 0x0100 SWGR 5 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x0200 SWGR 6 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x0400 SWGR 7 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x0800 SWGR 8 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x1000 SWGR 9 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x2000 SWGR 10 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x4000 SWGR 11 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x8000 SWGR 12 BLOCK OPENING F001 R 1 0x0381 0x0001 SWGR 13 BLOCK OPENING F00...

Page 812: ...001 R 1 0x03B1 0x0010 Yellow Zone F001 R 1 0x03B1 0x0020 Orange Zone F001 R 1 0x03B1 0x0040 Red Zone F001 R 1 For version previous to 7 00 Estados Unidad direccional de potencia Directional Power States 0x03B2 0x8000 DIR PWR1 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x03B2 0x0001 DIR PWR1 STG1 PKP F001 R 1 0x03B2 0x0002 DIR PWR1 STG1 OP F001 R 1 0x03B2 0x0004 DIR PWR1 STG2 PKP F001 R 1 0x03B2 0x0008 DIR PWR1 STG2 OP F001 R...

Page 813: ...os Dispositivos Remotos Remote Devices Status 0x03ED 0x0008 Remote Device 1 F001 R 1 0x03ED 0x0010 Remote Device 2 F001 R 1 0x03EF 0x0400 Remote Device 24 F001 R 1 Estados Sicronizacion Remota SNTP IRIG B Status Do not apply to C650 models 0x03F2 0x0008 SNTP FAILURE F001 R 1 0x03F2 0x0010 IRIGB FAILURE F001 R 1 0x03F3 0x0001 CNT PULSES FREEZE F001 R 1 0x03F3 0x0002 CNT PULSES UNFREEZE F001 R 1 0x0...

Page 814: ...x4000 LOAD ENCR2 PKP F001 R 1 0x0411 0x8000 LOAD ENCR2 OP F001 R 1 0x0416 0x0001 LOAD ENCR3 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0416 0x0002 LOAD ENCR3 PKP F001 R 1 0x0416 0x0004 LOAD ENCR3 OP F001 R 1 0x041B 0x0008 NUM OF STARTS BLOCK F001 R 1 0x041B 0x0010 NUMBER OF STARTS OP F001 R 1 Entradas digitales GOOSE Rem GOOSE digital Inputs 0x0421 0x2000 Rem GOOSE Dig Inp 1 F001 R 1 0x0421 0x4000 Rem GOOSE Dig Inp 2 F001 ...

Page 815: ...6 F001 R 1 0x0423 0x0008 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 7 F001 R 1 0x0423 0x0010 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 8 F001 R 1 0x0423 0x0020 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 9 F001 R 1 0x0423 0x0040 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 10 F001 R 1 0x0423 0x0080 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 11 F001 R 1 0x0424 0x0100 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 12 F001 R 1 0x0424 0x0200 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 13 F001 R 1 0x0424 0x0400 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 14 F001 R 1 0x0424 0x0800 Rem GOOSE Dig Out 15 F001 ...

Page 816: ...2N2 LOW OP F001 R 1 0x0457 0x0800 32N3 LOW BLOCK F001 R 1 0x0457 0x1000 32N3 LOW PKP F001 R 1 0x0457 0x2000 32N3 LOW OC PKP F001 R 1 0x0457 0x4000 32N3 LOW OP F001 R 1 Digital Counters actual values 0x04A4 0x0002 DIGCNT 1 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x04A4 0x0004 DIGCNT 2 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x04A4 0x0008 DIGCNT 3 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x04A4 0x0010 DIGCNT 4 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x04A4 0x0020 DIGCNT 5 BLOCK F001 R 1 0x04A4 0x00...

Page 817: ...0001 DIGCNT 8 DOWN F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0002 DIGCNT 1 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0004 DIGCNT 2 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0008 DIGCNT 3 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0010 DIGCNT 4 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0020 DIGCNT 5 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0040 DIGCNT 6 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A7 0x0080 DIGCNT 7 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A8 0x0100 DIGCNT 8 SETPRESET F001 R 1 0x04A8 0x0200 DIGCNT 1 RESET F001 R ...

Page 818: ...x0B94 ANALOG_INP_G_08 F002 1000 R 2 Medidas en Valores Secundarios Analog measures in Secondary Values 0x0C00 Phasor Ia F002 1000 R 2 0x0C02 RMS Ia F002 1000 R 2 0x0C04 Ia Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C06 Ia Imag F002 1000 R 2 0x0C08 Phasor Ib F002 1000 R 2 0x0C0A RMS Ib F002 1000 R 2 0x0C0C Ib Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C0E Ib Imag F002 1000 R 2 0x0C10 Phasor Ic F002 1000 R 2 0x0C12 RMS Ic F002 1000 R 2 0x0C...

Page 819: ...Vn Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C68 Vn Imag F002 1000 R 2 0x0C6A Positive Seq V1 F002 1000 R 2 0x0C6C V1 Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C6E V1 Imag F002 1000 R 2 0x0C70 Negative Seq V2 F002 1000 R 2 0x0C72 V2 Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C74 V2 Imag F002 1000 R 2 0x0C76 Zero Seq V0 F002 1000 R 2 0x0C78 V0 Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C7A V0 Imag F002 1000 R 2 0x0C7C Phasor Vx F002 1000 R 2 0x0C7E Vx Real F002 1000 R 2 0x0C80 V...

Page 820: ...0 R 2 0x0CBE Ib Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CC0 Ic Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CC2 In Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CC4 Ig Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CC6 Isg Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CC8 Va Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CCA Vb Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CCC Vc Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CCE Vn Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CD0 Vx Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CD2 Vab Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CD4 Vbc Angle F002 1000 R 2 0x0CD6 Vca Angle F002 1000 R 2 ...

Page 821: ... PostFault Vca Mod F002 1000 000 R 2 0x0D1A PostFault Vca Ang F003 1000 R 2 0x0D1C PostFault Ig Mod F002 1000 000 R 2 0x0D1E PostFault Ig Ang F003 1000 R 2 0x0D20 PostFault Isg Mod F002 1000 000 R 2 0x0D22 PostFault Isg Ang F003 1000 R 2 Valores Imagen Térmica Thermal Image Values 0x0DD9 THERMAL1 IMAGE A F003 1 R 2 0x0DDB THERMAL1 IMAGE B F003 1 R 2 0x0DDD THERMAL1 IMAGE C F003 1 R 2 0x0DE4 THERMA...

Page 822: ...ador de Faltas Fault Report States 0x0EBB FAULT DATE F011 R 3 0x0EBE FAULT TYPE F012 R 1 0 GROUND 1 PHASE 2 3 PH 3 AG 4 ABG 5 AB 6 BG 7 BCG 8 BC 9 CG 10 CAG 11 CA 12 NAF 0x0EBF FAULT LOCATION F003 1 R 2 0x0EC1 FAULT REPORT NUMBER F005 1 R 2 0x0EC3 R Primary F003 1000 R 2 0x0EC5 R Secondary F003 1000 R 2 0x0EC7 X Primary F003 1000 R 2 0x0EC9 X Secondary F003 1000 R 2 0x0ECB FAULT RESISTANCE F003 R ...

Page 823: ...res in Primary Values cont 0x0F1C Phase A Apparent Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F1E Phase B Real Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F20 Phase B Reactive Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F22 Phase B Apparent Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F24 Phase C Real Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F26 Phase C Reactive Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F28 Phase C Apparent Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F2A 3 Phase Real Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F2C 3 Phase Reactive Pwr F002 1000 R 2 0x0F2E ...

Page 824: ... R 2 0x0FDE DEMAND VAR MAX F002 1000 R 2 0x0FE0 DEMAND VAR DATE F011 R 3 0x0FE3 DEMAND VA PWR F002 1000 R 2 0x0FE5 DEMAND VA MAX F002 1000 R 2 0x0FE7 DEMAND VA DATE F011 R 3 Entradas Analógicas Tarjetas J y H Analog Inputs J and H boards 0x0FFE ANALOG_INP_H_01 F002 1000 R 2 0x1000 ANALOG_INP_H_02 F002 1000 R 2 0x100C ANALOG_INP_H_08 F002 1000 R 2 0x107E ANALOG_INP_J_01 F002 1000 R 2 0x1080 ANALOG_...

Page 825: ...005 1024 R 2 0x1176 Green Counter F005 1 R 2 0x1178 Yellow Counter F005 1 R 2 0x117A Orange Counter F005 1 R 2 0x117C Red Counter F005 1 R 2 0x117E UpTime F005 1 R 2 0x1180 DSP Counter F005 1000 R 2 0x1182 CPU Usage F004 1000 R 1 0x120E ICD STATUS F012 R 1 0 UNKNOWN 1 ICD ERROR 2 MODIFIED 3 IN PROGRESS 4 OK WITHOUT DAIS 5 OK 6 NotValidated Empty 7 Passed to Validated 8 Default 9 ERROR HEADER CID 1...

Page 826: ...0 000 R 2 0x1237 PulseCntr Freeze 7 F002 1000 000 R 2 0x1239 PulseCntr Freeze 8 F002 1000 000 R 2 0x1263 GLOBAL STARTS CNT F005 1000 R 2 0x1265 BLOCK LOCKOUT TIME F005 1000 R 2 Entradas analógicas remotas tipo float Float Remote Analog Input 0x126D Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 1 F003 1000 R 2 0x126F Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 2 F003 1000 R 2 0x1271 Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 3 F003 1000 R 2 0x1273 Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 4 F003 100...

Page 827: ...5 1000 R 2 0x1491 DIGCNT 3 FROZENVALUE F005 1000 R 2 0x1493 DIGCNT 4 FROZENVALUE F005 1000 R 2 0x1495 DIGCNT 5 FROZENVALUE F005 1000 R 2 0x1497 DIGCNT 6 FROZENVALUE F005 1000 R 2 0x1499 DIGCNT 7 FROZENVALUE F005 1000 R 2 0x149B DIGCNT 8 FROZENVALUE F005 1000 R 2 0x149D DIGCNT 1 FROZENDATE F011 R 3 0x14A0 DIGCNT 2 FROZENDATE F011 R 3 0x14A3 DIGCNT 3 FROZENDATE F011 R 3 0x14A6 DIGCNT 4 FROZENDATE F0...

Page 828: ...F012 R 1 0 ERROR 1 BOOT_MODE 2 APP_MODE 0x1545 CPU MAX Usage F004 1000 R 1 Application Versions Part IV 0x1546 RM PRP HSR Version F009 1000 R 4 0x154A RM RSTP Version F009 1000 R 4 0x154E RM LLA Version F009 1000 R 4 0x1552 RM Bypass Version F009 1000 R 4 Internal System States Part IV 0x1556 Temp Current Value F004 1000 R 1 0x1557 Temp Max Value F004 1000 R 1 0x1558 Temp Min Value F004 1000 R 1 0...

Page 829: ...x1E17 TIMER MASK 12 F005 1 R W 2 0 86400000 ms 0x1E19 TIMER MASK 13 F005 1 R W 2 0 86400000 ms 0x1E1B TIMER MASK 14 F005 1 R W 2 0 86400000 ms 0x1E1D TIMER MASK 15 F005 1 R W 2 0 86400000 ms 0x1E1F TIMER MASK 16 F005 1 R W 2 0 86400000 ms 0x1E3F Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Tarjeta F Board F Settings Ajustes de Tensión Tarjeta F Board F Voltage Settings 0x1E41 Voltage Threshold A_F F004 1 R W ...

Page 830: ...IVE Ajuste Tipo de Salidas Tarjeta F 16 elementos Board F Output Type Settings 16 items 0x1EB5 Output Type_F_01 F012 1 R W 1 0 NORMAL 1 PULSE 2 LATCH 0x1EB6 Output Type_F_02 F012 1 R W 1 0 NORMAL 1 PULSE 2 LATCH 0x1EC4 Output Type_F_16 F012 1 R W 1 0 NORMAL 1 PULSE 2 LATCH Tiempo Pulso de Salida Tarjeta F Board F Pulse Output Time Settings 16 items 0x1EC5 Pulse Output Time_F_01 F005 1 R W 2 0 6000...

Page 831: ...9 9999 99 0x1F0C Max Value_F_06 F003 1 R W 2 9999 99 9999 99 0x1F0E Max Value_F_07 F003 1 R W 2 9999 99 9999 99 0x1F10 Max Value_F_08 F003 1 R W 2 9999 99 9999 99 0x1F12 Channelx1a_F_01 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x1F14 Channelx1a_F_02 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x1F16 Channelx1a_F_03 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x1F18 Channelx1a_F_04 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x1F1A Channelx1a_F_05 F003 1000 ...

Page 832: ...F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V 0x208B Voltage Threshold C_G F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V 0x208C Voltage Threshold D_G F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V Tiempo Antirrebotes Tarjeta G Board G Debounce Time Settings 0x1FE8 Debounce Time A_G F004 1 R W 1 1 50 ms 0x1FE9 Debounce Time B_G F004 1 R W 1 1 50 ms 0x208D Debounce Time C_G F004 1 R W 1 1 50 ms 0x208E Debounce Time D_G F004 1 R W 1 1 50 ms Ajuste Tipo de Entrada Tarjeta ...

Page 833: ...me_G_16 F005 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms 0x208A Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED Ajuste Rango de Entrada Analogica G 8 elementos Board G Analog Input Range Settings 8 items 0x208F Range_G_01 F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 1 to 0 mA 2 0 to 1mA 3 1 to 1mA 4 0 to 5 mA 5 0 to 10mA 6 0 to 20mA 7 4 to 20mA 0x2096 Range_G_08 F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 1 to 0 mA 2 0 to 1mA 3 1 to 1mA 4 0 to 5 mA 5 0 to 10mA 6 0...

Page 834: ...003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x20D7 Channelx10a_G_05 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x20D9 Channelx10a_G_06 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x20DB Channelx10a_G_07 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x20DD Channelx10a_G_08 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x20DF Channelx10b_G_01 F004 1000 R W 1 1000 1000 0x20E0 Channelx10b_G_02 F004 1000 R W 1 1000 1000 0x20E1 Channelx10b_G_03 F004 1000 R W 1 1000 1000 0x20E2 Channelx...

Page 835: ... 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms 0x2F82 Delay Input Time_H_CC2 F005 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms 0x2FBE Delay Input Time_H_CC32 F005 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms Ajuste Lógica de Salidas Tarjeta H 16 elementos Board H Output Logic Settings 16 items 0x2FC0 Output Logic_H_01 F012 1 R W 1 0 POSITIVE 1 NEGATIVE 0x2FC1 Output Logic_H_02 F012 1 R W 1 0 POSITIVE 1 NEGATIVE 0x2FCF Output Logic_H_16 F012 1 R W 1 0 POSITIVE 1 NEGATIVE Ajus...

Page 836: ...1a_H_02 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x3031 Channelx1a_H_03 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x3033 Channelx1a_H_04 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x3035 Channelx1a_H_05 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x3037 Channelx1a_H_06 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x3039 Channelx1a_H_07 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x303B Channelx1a_H_08 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x303D Channelx1b_H_01 F004 1000 R W 1 1000 1000 0x303E Ch...

Page 837: ...tes de Tensión Tarjeta J Board J Voltage Settings 0x3101 Voltage Threshold A_J F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V 0x3102 Voltage Threshold B_J F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V 0x31A6 Voltage Threshold C_J F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V 0x31A7 Voltage Threshold D_J F004 1 R W 1 10 230 V Ajustes Tiempo Antirrebotes Tarjeta J Board J Debounce Time Settings 0x3103 Debounce Time A_J F004 1 R W 1 1 50 ms 0x3104 Debounce Time B_J F004 1...

Page 838: ...a J Board J Pulse Output Time Settings 16 items 0x3185 Pulse Output Time_J_01 F005 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms 0x3187 Pulse Output Time_J_02 F005 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms 0x31A3 Pulse Output Time_J_16 F005 1 R W 2 0 60000 ms 0x31A5 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED Ajuste Rango de Entrada Analogica J 8 elementos Board J Analog Input Range Settings 8 items 0x31AA Range_J_01 F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 1...

Page 839: ...2 0 950 1 050 0x31EC Channelx10a_J_02 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31EE Channelx10a_J_03 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31F0 Channelx10a_J_04 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31F2 Channelx10a_J_05 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31F4 Channelx10a_J_06 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31F6 Channelx10a_J_07 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31F8 Channelx10a_J_08 F003 1000 R W 2 0 950 1 050 0x31FA Channelx10b_J_0...

Page 840: ...NABLED 0x221F Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Instantánea de Fases Nivel Alto Grupo 2 Phase IOC High 2 Settings 0x2220 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2221 Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x2222 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x2224 Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2226 Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2228 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 ...

Page 841: ...ABLED 0x2291 Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x2292 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x2294 Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2296 Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2298 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x22AB Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Instantánea de Neutro Grupo 1 Neutral IOC 1 Settings 0x22AC Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENA...

Page 842: ...1A Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x231B Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x231D Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x231F Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2321 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2334 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Instantánea de Tierra Grupo 3 Ground IOC 3 Settings 0x2335 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2336...

Page 843: ...238A Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x238B Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 005 16 000 A 0x238D Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x238F Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2391 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x23A4 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Temporizada de Fases Nivel Alto Grupo 1 Phase TOC High 1 Settings 0x23A5 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED...

Page 844: ...4 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x23C6 Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 IEEE Ext Inv 1 IEEE Very Inv 2 IEEE Mod Inv 3 IEC Curve A 4 IEC Curve B 5 IEC Curve C 6 IEC Long Time Inv 7 IEC Short Time Inv 8 IAC Ext Inv 9 IAC Very Inv 10 IAC Mod Inv 11 ANSI Ext Inv 12 ANSI Very Inv 13 ANSI Norm Inv 14 ANSI Mod Inv 15 I2t 16 Definite Time 17 Rectifier Curve 18 User Curve A 19 User Curve B 20 User Curve C 21...

Page 845: ...Curve C 21 User Curve D 0x23E4 TD Multiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x23E6 Reset F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x23E7 Voltage Restraint F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x23E8 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x23FB Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Temporizada de Neutro Grupo 1 Neutral TOC 1 Settings 0x23FC Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x...

Page 846: ...003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x241A Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 IEEE Ext Inv 1 IEEE Very Inv 2 IEEE Mod Inv 3 IEC Curve A 4 IEC Curve B 5 IEC Curve C 6 IEC Long Time Inv 7 IEC Short Time Inv 8 IAC Ext Inv 9 IAC Very Inv 10 IAC Mod Inv 11 ANSI Ext Inv 12 ANSI Very Inv 13 ANSI Norm Inv 14 ANSI Mod Inv 15 I2t 16 Definite Time 17 Rectifier Curve 18 User Curve A 19 User Curve B 20 User Curve C 21 User Curve D 0x...

Page 847: ...00 00 s 0x2438 Reset F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x2439 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x244C Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Temporizada de Tierra Grupo 1 Ground TOC 1 Settings 0x244D Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x244E Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x244F Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x2451 Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 IEEE E...

Page 848: ...246B Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x246D Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 IEEE Ext Inv 1 IEEE Very Inv 2 IEEE Mod Inv 3 IEC Curve A 4 IEC Curve B 5 IEC Curve C 6 IEC Long Time Inv 7 IEC Short Time Inv 8 IAC Ext Inv 9 IAC Very Inv 10 IAC Mod Inv 11 ANSI Ext Inv 12 ANSI Very Inv 13 ANSI Norm Inv 14 ANSI Mod Inv 15 I2t 16 Definite Time 17 Rectifier Curve 18 User Curve A 19 User Curve B 20 User Curve C...

Page 849: ... B 20 User Curve C 21 User Curve D 0x248A TD Multiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x248C Reset F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x248D Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x24A0 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Temporizada de Tierra Sensible Grupo 1 Sensitive Ground TOC 1 Settings 0x24A1 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x24A2 Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHAS...

Page 850: ...rra Sensible Grupo 2 Sensitive Ground TOC 2 Settings 0x24BD Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x24BE Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x24BF Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 005 16 000 A 0x24C1 Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 IEEE Ext Inv 1 IEEE Very Inv 2 IEEE Mod Inv 3 IEC Curve A 4 IEC Curve B 5 IEC Curve C 6 IEC Long Time Inv 7 IEC Short Time Inv 8 IAC Ext Inv 9 IAC Very Inv 10 IAC Mod Inv 11 AN...

Page 851: ...d Inv 15 I2t 16 Definite Time 17 Rectifier Curve 18 User Curve A 19 User Curve B 20 User Curve C 21 User Curve D 0x24DE TD Multiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x24E0 Reset F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x24E1 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x24F4 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Subtensión de Fases Grupo 1 Phase UV 1 Settings 0x24F5 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 E...

Page 852: ... 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2534 Mode F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASE PHASE 1 PHASE GROUND 0x2535 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 3 300 V 0x2537 Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 DEFINITE TIME 1 INVERSE TIME 0x2538 Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x253A Minimum Voltage F003 1 R W 2 0 300 V 0x253C Logic F012 1 R W 1 0 ANY PHASE 1 TWO PHASES 2 ALL PHASES 0x253D Supervised by 52 F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x253E Snapshot Ev...

Page 853: ...5 160 00 A 0x25AA Alarm Level F003 1 R W 2 1 0 110 0 0x25AC Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x25BF Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Imagen Térmica Grupo 2 Thermal Model 2 Settings 0x25C0 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x25C1 Heat Time Constant F003 1 R W 2 3 0 600 0 min 0x25C3 Cool Time Constant F003 1 R W 2 1 00 6 00 0x25C5 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x2...

Page 854: ...0 R W 2 0 00 3 00 s 0x262F Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Unidad Direccional de Fases Grupo 3 Phase Directional 3 Settings 0x2630 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2631 MTA F003 1 R W 2 90 90 Deg 0x2633 Direction F012 1 R W 1 0 REVERSE 1 FORWARD 0x2634 Block Logic F012 1 R W 1 0 PERMISSION 1 BLOCK 0x2635 Pol V Threshold F003 1 R W 2 0 300 V 0x2637 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABL...

Page 855: ...84 MTA F003 1 R W 2 90 90 Deg 0x2686 Direction F012 1 R W 1 0 REVERSE 1 FORWARD 0x2687 Polarization F012 1 R W 1 0 VO 1 IP 2 VO IP 3 VO IP 0x2688 Block Logic F012 1 R W 1 0 PERMISSION 1 BLOCK 0x2689 Pol V Threshold F003 1 R W 2 0 300 V 0x268B Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x269E Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Unidad Direccional de Tierra Grupo 1 Ground Directional 1 Settings ...

Page 856: ...N 1 BLOCK 0x26DD Pol V Threshold F003 1 R W 2 0 300 V 0x26DF Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x26F2 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Fallo Interruptor Breaker Failure Settings 0x26F3 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x26F4 Supervision Pickup F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x26F6 Hiset Pickup F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x26F8 Lowset Pickup F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x26FA I...

Page 857: ... W 1 Ajustes Reenganchador Recloser Settings 0x2763 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2764 Max Number Shots F004 1 R W 1 1 4 0x2765 Dead Time 1 F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2767 Dead Time 2 F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2769 Dead Time 3 F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x276B Dead Time 4 F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x276D Reclaim Time F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x276F Cond Permission F012 1 R W...

Page 858: ... R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x27E4 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x27F7 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobretensión de Neutro Nivel Bajo Grupo 2 Neutral OV Low 2 Settings 0x27F8 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x27F9 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 3 300 V 0x27FB Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x27FD Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x27FF Snapshot Events F012 1 R ...

Page 859: ...0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x287B Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobretensión de Fases Grupo 1 Phase OV 1 Settings 0x287C Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x287D Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 3 300 V 0x287F Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2881 Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2883 Logic F012 1 R W 1 0 ANY PHASE 1 TWO PHASES 2 ALL PHASES 0x2884 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISAB...

Page 860: ...ABLED 1 ENABLED 0x28EC Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 3 300 V 0x28EE Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x28F0 Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x28F2 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2905 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobretensión Auxiliar Grupo 3 Auxiliary OV 3 Settings 0x2906 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2907 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 3 300 V 0x2909 Tri...

Page 861: ...nction F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x293D Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 0 05 160 00 A 0x293F Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 IEEE Ext Inv 1 IEEE Very Inv 2 IEEE Mod Inv 3 IEC Curve A 4 IEC Curve B 5 IEC Curve C 6 IEC Long Time Inv 7 IEC Short Time Inv 8 IAC Ext Inv 9 IAC Very Inv 10 IAC Mod Inv 11 ANSI Ext Inv 12 ANSI Very Inv 13 ANSI Norm Inv 14 ANSI Mod Inv 15 I2t Ajustes Sobreintensidad Temporizada de S...

Page 862: ...ultiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x295D Reset F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x295E Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2971 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobrefrecuencia Grupo 1 Overfrequency 1 Settings 0x2972 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2973 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 20 00 65 00 Hz 0x2975 Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2977 Reset Delay F003...

Page 863: ...ents F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x29E5 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Subfrecuencia Grupo 2 Underfrequency 2 Settings 0x29E6 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x29E7 Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 20 00 65 00 Hz 0x29E9 Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x29EB Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x29ED Minimum Voltage F003 1 R W 2 10 300 V 0x29EF Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 D...

Page 864: ...mation address W 1 Ajustes de Agrupamiento de Funciones Setting Groups Settings 0x2AB2 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2AB3 Active Group F012 1 R W 1 0 GROUP 1 1 GROUP 2 2 GROUP 3 0x2AB4 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2AC7 Confirmation address W 1 Textos Canales Digitales Osc digital channels text 0x2AC8 Channel 1 Txt F009 1 R W 16 0x2AD8 Channel 2 Txt F009 1 R W ...

Page 865: ...ip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2C3F Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2C40 Operation Threshold F003 1 R W 2 0 000 1 000 A 0x2C52 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Ethernet 1 or A ETHERNET 1 or A Settings 0x2C53 IP Address Oct1 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2C54 IP Address Oct2 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2C55 IP Address Oct3 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2C56 IP Address Oct4 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2C...

Page 866: ...Addr Client3 Oct1 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CC7 IP Addr Client3 Oct2 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CC8 IP Addr Client3 Oct3 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CC9 IP Addr Client3 Oct4 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CCA IP Addr Client4 Oct1 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CCB IP Addr Client4 Oct2 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CCC IP Addr Client4 Oct3 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CCD IP Addr Client4 Oct4 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2CCE IP Addr Client5 Oct1 F004 1...

Page 867: ... Scale Factor F012 1 R W 1 0 0 00001 1 0 0001 2 0 001 3 0 01 4 0 1 5 1 6 10 7 100 8 1000 9 10000 0x2CDF Current Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2CE1 Voltage Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2CE3 Power Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2CE5 Energy Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2CE7 Other Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2CE9 Msg Fragment Size F005 1 R W 2 30 2048 0x2CEB Binary Input Block 1 F012 1 R ...

Page 868: ...NTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2CED Binary Input Block 3 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 ...

Page 869: ... 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2CEF Binary Input Block 5 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 ...

Page 870: ... EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2CF2 Binary Input Block 8 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENT...

Page 871: ...113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 Ajustes DNP3 0 Esclavo 1 DNP 3 0 Slave 2 Settings 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2CF5 Default Analog Map F012 1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2CF6 Analog Input Point 0 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2CF7 Analog Input Point 1 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2CF8 ...

Page 872: ... 0x2D12 Analog Input Point 28 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D13 Analog Input Point 29 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D14 Analog Input Point 30 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D15 Analog Input Point 31 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D1C Confirmation address W 1 0x2D1D Physical Port F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 COM1 2 COM2 3 NETWORK Ajustes DNP3 0 Esclavo 2 DNP 3 0 Slave 2 Settings 0x2D1E Address F005 1 R W 2 0 65534 0x2D...

Page 873: ...R W 2 0 65519 0x2D3C Current Scale Factor F012 1 R W 1 0 0 00001 1 0 0001 2 0 001 3 0 01 4 0 1 5 1 6 10 7 100 8 1000 9 10000 0x2D3D Voltage Scale Factor F012 1 R W 1 0 0 00001 1 0 0001 2 0 001 3 0 01 4 0 1 5 1 6 10 7 100 8 1000 9 10000 0x2D3E Power Scale Factor F012 1 R W 1 0 0 00001 1 0 0001 2 0 001 3 0 01 4 0 1 5 1 6 10 7 100 8 1000 9 10000 0x2D3F Energy Scale Factor F012 1 R W 1 0 0 00001 1 0 0...

Page 874: ...3 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 Ajustes DNP3 0 Esclavo 2 DNP 3 0 Slave 2 cont 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 0x2D4E Binary Input Block 2 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHG...

Page 875: ...ENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2D51 Binary Input Block 5 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49...

Page 876: ...G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2D53 Binary Input Block 7 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16...

Page 877: ...S 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2D56 Binary Input Block 10 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 Ajustes DNP3 0 Esclavo 2 DNP 3 0 Slave 2 cont 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVE...

Page 878: ...00 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D69 Analog Input Point 17 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D6A Analog Input Point 18 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D6B Analog Input Point 19 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D6C Analog Input Point 20 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D6D Analog Input Point 21 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D6E Analog Input Point 22 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D6F Analog Input Point 23 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2D70 Analo...

Page 879: ...1 0 255 0x2D92 IP Addr Client5 Oct1 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2D93 IP Addr Client5 Oct2 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2D94 IP Addr Client5 Oct3 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2D95 IP Addr Client5 Oct4 F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2D96 TCP UDP Port F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2D98 Unsol Resp Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2D99 Unsol Resp TimeOut F005 1 R W 2 0 60 s 0x2D9B Unsol Resp Max Ret F004 1 R W 1 0 255 0x2D9C Unso...

Page 880: ...5 0x2DA7 Power Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2DA9 Energy Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2DAB Other Deadband F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x2DAD Msg Fragment Size F005 1 R W 2 30 2048 0x2DAF Binary Input Block 1 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 Ajustes DNP 3 0 Esclavo 3 DNP 3 0 Slave 3 cont 7 CTL EVEN...

Page 881: ...7 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2DB1 Binary Input Block 3 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J ...

Page 882: ...TS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2DB4 Binary Input Block 6 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 ...

Page 883: ...2DB6 Binary Input Block 8 F012 1 R W 1 0 NOT USED 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 2 CTL EVENTS 17 32 3 CTL EVENTS 33 48 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 10 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 11 BOARD F 1 16 12 BOARD F 17 32 13 BOARD G 1 16 14 BOARD G 17 32 15 BOARD H 1 16 16 BOARD H 17 32 17 BOARD J 1 16 18 BOARD J 17 32 0x2DB7 Binary Input Block 9 ...

Page 884: ...Input Point 2 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DBD Analog Input Point 3 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DBE Analog Input Point 4 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DBF Analog Input Point 5 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DC0 Analog Input Point 6 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DC1 Analog Input Point 7 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DC2 Analog Input Point 8 F004 1000 R W 1 0 32767 0x2DC3 Analog Input Point 9 F004 1000 R W 1 0 3276...

Page 885: ...dad Sobreintensidad Instantánea de Tierra Aislada Grupo 1 Isolated Ground IOC 1 Settings 0x2DF6 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2DF7 Vh Level F003 1 R W 2 2 70 V 0x2DF9 Il LEVEL F003 1 R W 2 0 005 0 400 A 0x2DFB Vl LEVEL F003 1 R W 2 2 70 V 0x2DFD Ih LEVEL F003 1 R W 2 0 005 0 400 A 0x2DFF Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2E01 Time to inst F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2E03 Snapshot ...

Page 886: ...po 2 Sensitive Ground Directional 2 Settings 0x2E74 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2E75 MTA F003 1 R W 2 90 90 Deg 0x2E77 Direction F012 1 R W 1 0 REVERSE 1 FORWARD 0x2E78 Block Logic F012 1 R W 1 0 PERMISSION 1 BLOCK 0x2E79 Pol V Threshold F003 1 R W 2 0 300 V 0x2E7B Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2E8E Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Unidad Direccional de Tierr...

Page 887: ...0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2EE9 Blk Time After Close F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2EEB Stage 1 Tap F003 1 R W 2 0 00 10000 00 MW 0x2EED Stage 1 Time F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2EEF Stage 2 Tap F003 1 R W 2 0 00 10000 00 MW 0x2EF1 Stage 2 Time F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x2EF3 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x2F06 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Demanda Demand Settings 0x2F07 Dema...

Page 888: ...Long Time Inv 7 IEC Short Time Inv 8 IAC Ext Inv 9 IAC Very Inv 10 IAC Mod Inv 11 ANSI Ext Inv 12 ANSI Very Inv 13 ANSI Norm Inv 14 ANSI Mod Inv 15 I2t 16 Definite Time 17 Rectifier Curve 18 User Curve A 19 User Curve B 20 User Curve C 21 User Curve D 0x32AA TD Multiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x32AC Reset F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x32AD Voltage Restraint F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED ...

Page 889: ...t F012 1 R W 1 0 INSTANTANEOUS 1 LINEAR 0x32CA Voltage Restraint F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x32CB Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x32DE Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Sobreintensidad Temporizada de Fases Nivel Alto Grupo 3 Phase TOC Low 3 Settings 0x32DF Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x32E0 Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x32E1 Pickup Level F003 1 R...

Page 890: ... 52a 52b 1 52a 2 52b 3 NONE 0x330B CONTACTS TYPE_16 F012 1 R W 1 0 52a 52b 1 52a 2 52b 3 NONE 0x330C FAIL TO OPEN 01 t F004 1 R W 1 0 30000 ms 0x330D FAIL TO OPEN 02 t F004 1 R W 1 0 30000 ms 0x331B FAIL TO OPEN 16 t F004 1 R W 1 0 30000 ms 0x331C FAIL TO CLOSE 01 t F004 1 R W 1 0 30000 ms 0x331D FAIL TO CLOSE 02 t F004 1 R W 1 0 30000 ms 0x332B FAIL TO CLOSE 16 t F004 1 R W 1 0 30000 ms 0x332C Sn...

Page 891: ...0 65 535 s 0x34A3 Time 0 35xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34A5 Time 0 40xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34A7 Time 0 45xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34A9 Time 0 48xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34AB Time 0 50xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34AD Time 0 52xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34AF Time 0 54xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x34B1 Time 0 56xP...

Page 892: ...W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3501 Time 2 30xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3503 Time 2 40xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3505 Time 2 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3507 Time 2 60xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3509 Time 2 70xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x350B Time 2 80xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x350D Time 2 90xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x350F Time 3 00x...

Page 893: ...2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3563 Time 12 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3565 Time 12 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3567 Time 13 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3569 Time 13 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x356B Time 14 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x356D Time 14 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x356F Time 15 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3571 Time ...

Page 894: ...R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35D5 Time 0 88xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35D7 Time 0 90xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35D9 Time 0 91xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35DB Time 0 92xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35DD Time 0 93xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35DF Time 0 94xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35E1 Time 0 95xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x35E3 T...

Page 895: ...tings cont 0x3637 Time 4 80xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3639 Time 4 90xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x363B Time 5 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x363D Time 5 10xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x363F Time 5 20xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3641 Time 5 30xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3643 Time 5 40xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3645 Time 5 50xPKP OP F...

Page 896: ...0x36AB Time 0 35xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s Ajustes Curva Usuario C Flex Curves C cont 0x36AD Time 0 40xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x36AF Time 0 45xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x36B1 Time 0 48xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x36B3 Time 0 50xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x36B5 Time 0 52xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x36B7 Time 0 54xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0...

Page 897: ...1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x370D Time 2 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x370F Time 2 60xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3711 Time 2 70xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3713 Time 2 80xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s Ajustes Curva Usuario C Flex Curves C cont 0x3715 Time 2 90xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3717 Time 3 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3719 Time 3 10xPKP O...

Page 898: ...003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x376F Time 13 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3771 Time 13 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3773 Time 14 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3775 Time 14 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3777 Time 15 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3779 Time 15 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s Ajustes Curva Usuario C Flex Curves C cont 0x377B Time ...

Page 899: ...003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37E1 Time 0 91xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37E3 Time 0 92xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37E5 Time 0 93xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37E7 Time 0 94xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37E9 Time 0 95xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37EB Time 0 96xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x37ED Time 0 97xPKP RST F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x...

Page 900: ...0 000 65 535 s 0x3843 Time 5 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3845 Time 5 10xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3847 Time 5 20xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3849 Time 5 30xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x384B Time 5 40xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x384D Time 5 50xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x384F Time 5 60xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x3851 Time 5 70xPKP ...

Page 901: ...0xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x388F Time 20 00xPKP OP F003 1 R W 2 0 000 65 535 s 0x38A4 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Protocolo Modbus MODBUS Settings 0x38A5 Modbus Address COM1 F004 1 R W 1 1 255 0x38A6 Modbus Address COM2 F004 1 R W 1 1 255 0x38A7 Modbus Port Number F005 1 R W 2 0 65535 0x38BC Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes Puertos Serie SERIAL PORTS Settings 0x38BD COM1 Baud Rate ...

Page 902: ...tes unidad direccional de potencia Grupo 1 Directional Power 1 Settings 0x38FA Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x38FB Blk Time After Close F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x38FD Dir Power Angle 1 F003 1 R W 2 0 00 359 99 Deg 0x38FF Stage 1 Tap F003 1 R W 2 10000 00 10000 00 MW 0x3901 Stage 1 Time F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x3903 Dir Power Angle 2 F003 1 R W 2 0 00 359 99 Deg 0x3905 Stage 2 ...

Page 903: ...003 1 R W 2 1 01 109 00 0x3969 Trip Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x396B Reset Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x396D Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x3977 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes unidad Rotor Bloqueado Grupo 2 Locked Rotor 2 Settings Locked Rotor 2 0x3978 Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x3979 Input F012 1 R W 1 0 PHASOR DFT 1 RMS 0x397A Full Load Curren...

Page 904: ...9B Remote Device 1 F009 1 R W 33 0x3ABC Bit Pair 1 F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 DNA 1 2 DNA 2 32 DNA 32 33 UserSt 1 34 UserSt 2 96 UserSt 64 0x3ABD Default Value 1 F012 1 R W 1 0 OFF 1 ON 2 Latest OFF 3 Latest ON Ajustes Entradas Remotas 32 elementos Remote Inputs Settings 32 items Only Configurable for GSSE cont 0x3ABE Remote Device 2 F009 1 R W 33 0x3ADF Bit Pair 2 F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 DNA 1 2 DNA 2 3...

Page 905: ...E RemDevice05 MAC Data2 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F0D GSSE RemDevice05 MAC Data3 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F0E GSSE RemDevice06 MAC Data1 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F0F GSSE RemDevice06 MAC Data2 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F10 GSSE RemDevice06 MAC Data3 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F11 GSSE RemDevice07 MAC Data1 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F12 GSSE RemDevice07 MAC Data2 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F13 GSSE RemDevice07 MAC Data3 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F14 GSS...

Page 906: ...RemDevice19 MAC Data3 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F38 GSSE RemDevice20 MAC Data1 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F39 GSSE RemDevice20 MAC Data2 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F3A GSSE RemDevice20 MAC Data3 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F3B GSSE RemDevice21 MAC Data1 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F3C GSSE RemDevice21 MAC Data2 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F3D GSSE RemDevice21 MAC Data3 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F3E GSSE RemDevice22 MAC Data1 F004 1000 R W 1 0x3F3F GSSE ...

Page 907: ...ntr Input Origin 1 F004 1 000 R W 1 1 32 0x3F9F PulseCntr Enabled 2 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x3FA0 PulseCntr Name 2 F009 1 000 R W 16 0x3FB0 PulseCntr Factor 2 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 000 65000 000 0x3FB2 PulseCntr Overflow 2 F005 1 000 R W 2 0 1000000 0x3FB4 PulseCntr Board Origin 2 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 F 1 G 2 H 3 J 0x3FB5 PulseCntr Input Origin 2 F004 1 000 R W 1 1 32 0x3FB6 PulseCntr En...

Page 908: ...1 ENABLED 0x3FFC PulseCntr Name 6 F009 1 000 R W 16 0x400C PulseCntr Factor 6 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 000 65000 000 0x400E PulseCntr Overflow 6 F005 1 000 R W 2 0 1000000 0x4010 PulseCntr Board Origin 6 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 F 1 G 2 H 3 J 0x4011 PulseCntr Input Origin 6 F004 1 000 R W 1 1 32 0x4012 PulseCntr Enabled 7 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x4013 PulseCntr Name 7 F009 1 000 R W 16 0x4023 P...

Page 909: ... 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x4064 Analog Delay 02 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x4066 Analog Hysteresis 02 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0 50 0 0x4068 Analog Direction 02 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 OUT 1 IN 0x4069 Analog Input 03 F004 1 000 R W 1 0x406A Analog Maximum 03 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x406C Analog Minimum 03 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x406E Analog Delay 03 F003 1 000 R ...

Page 910: ...T 1 IN 0x409B Analog Input 08 F004 1 000 R W 1 0x409C Analog Maximum 08 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x409E Analog Minimum 08 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x40A0 Analog Delay 08 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x40A2 Analog Hysteresis 08 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0 50 0 0x40A4 Analog Direction 08 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 OUT 1 IN 0x40A5 Analog Input 09 F004 1 000 R W 1 0x40A6 Analog Maximum ...

Page 911: ... R W 2 0 0 50 0 0x40D6 Analog Direction 13 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 OUT 1 IN 0x40D7 Analog Input 14 F004 1 000 R W 1 0x40D8 Analog Maximum 14 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x40DA Analog Minimum 14 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x40DC Analog Delay 14 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x40DE Analog Hysteresis 14 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0 50 0 0x40E0 Analog Direction 14 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 OUT 1 I...

Page 912: ...0 000 0x410E Analog Delay 19 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x4110 Analog Hysteresis 19 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0 50 0 0x4112 Analog Direction 19 F012 1 000 R W 1 0 OUT 1 IN 0x4113 Analog Input 20 F004 1 000 R W 1 0x4114 Analog Maximum 20 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x4116 Analog Minimum 20 F003 1 000 R W 2 100000 000 100000 000 0x4118 Analog Delay 20 F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 900 00 s 0x411A An...

Page 913: ...D 0x4171 Freq Rate Trend F012 1 000 R W 1 0 INCREASING 1 DECREASING 2 BI DIRECTIONAL 0x4172 Freq Rate Pickup F003 1 000 R W 2 0 10 10 00 Hz s 0x4174 Freq Rate OV Supv F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 110 00 0x4176 Freq Rate Min F003 1 000 R W 2 20 00 80 00 Hz 0x4178 Freq Rate Max F003 1 000 R W 2 20 00 80 00 Hz 0x417A Freq Rate Delay F003 1 000 R W 2 0 00 60 00 s 0x417C Snapshot Events F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DIS...

Page 914: ...NABLED 0x41EC Confirmation address W 1 Max Number of Starts 0x41ED Function F012 1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x41EE Full Load Amps F003 1000 R W 2 0 5 10 0 A 0x41F0 Breaker Supervision F012 1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x41F1 Min Stop Time F003 1000 R W 2 0 0 900 0 s 0x41F3 Number of starts F004 1000 R W 1 0 10 0x41F4 Time to restart F004 1000 R W 1 0 100 min 0x41F5 Reset counter F012 1000 ...

Page 915: ...00 00 s 0x44C3 Power Pickup F003 1 R W 2 0 01 4 50 W 0x44C5 MTA F004 1 R W 1 0 360 Deg 0x44C6 Power Pickup Delay F003 1 R W 2 0 00 600 00 s 0x44C8 Curve F012 1 R W 1 0 DEFINITE TIME 1 INVERSE TIME 32N2 High wattmetric Ground Fault High Level Group 2 Settings cont 2 USER CURVE A 3 USER CURVE B 4 USER CURVE C 5 USER CURVE D 0x44C9 Multiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 02 2 00 s 0x44CB Snapshot Events F012 1 R W...

Page 916: ...3 USER CURVE B 4 USER CURVE C 5 USER CURVE D 0x44FF Multiplier F003 1 R W 2 0 02 2 00 s 0x4501 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x450B Confirmation address W 1 32N2 Low wattmetric Ground Fault Low Level Group 2 Settings 0x450C Function F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x450D Voltage Pickup Level F003 1 R W 2 2 00 70 00 V 0x450F Current Selection F012 1 R W 1 0 IN 1 IG 0x4510 OC P...

Page 917: ...iplier F003 1 R W 2 0 02 2 00 s 0x4537 Snapshot Events F012 1 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x4541 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes IEC 870 5 103 IEC 870 5 103 Settings 0x4542 COMM Port F012 1 R W 1 0 NONE 1 COM 1 0x4543 Slave Number F004 1 R W 1 0 254 0x4544 Synchronization Timeout F004 1 R W 1 0 1440 min 0x454E Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes de Fecha y Hora Time Settings 0x454F LOC TIME OFFS UTC ...

Page 918: ...LOCAL TIME F012 1 R W 1 0 OFF 1 ON 0x455B IRIGB Function F012 1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x455C PTP IRIGB Priority F012 1000 R W 1 0 PTP 1588 1 IRIG B 0x4564 Confirmation address W 1 Digital Counters 0x48B8 DigCnt 1 Function F012 1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x48B9 DigCnt 1 Name F009 1000 R W 16 0x48C9 DigCnt 1 Preset F005 1000 R W 2 2147483648 2147483647 0x48CB DigCnt 1 Compare F005 1000 ...

Page 919: ...1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x4937 DigCnt 7 Name F009 1000 R W 16 0x4947 DigCnt 7 Preset F005 1000 R W 2 2147483648 2147483647 0x4949 DigCnt 7 Compare F005 1000 R W 2 2147483648 2147483647 0x494B DigCnt 8 Function F012 1000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x494C DigCnt 8 Name F009 1000 R W 16 0x495C DigCnt 8 Preset F005 1000 R W 2 2147483648 2147483647 0x495E DigCnt 8 Compare F005 1000 R W 2 214748...

Page 920: ... Static RT2 Mask Oct3 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A0 Static RT2 Mask Oct4 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A1 Static RT2 GWY Oct1 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A2 Static RT2 GWY Oct2 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A3 Static RT2 GWY Oct3 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A4 Static RT2 GWY Oct4 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A5 Static RT3 IP Oct1 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A6 Static RT3 IP Oct2 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49A7 Static ...

Page 921: ...1 0 255 0x49CC Static RT6 IP Oct4 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49CD Static RT6 Mask Oct1 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49CE Static RT6 Mask Oct2 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49CF Static RT6 Mask Oct3 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49D0 Static RT6 Mask Oct4 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49D1 Static RT6 GWY Oct1 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49D2 Static RT6 GWY Oct2 F004 1000 R W 1 0 255 0x49D3 Static RT6 GWY Oct3 F004 1000 R W 1 0 2...

Page 922: ...inimum Voltage F003 1 000 R W 2 10 0x39E6 Snapshot Events F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x39E7 Frequency Source F012 1 000 R W 1 0 LINE FRQ 1 BUS FRQ 0x39F9 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes de unidad Subfrencuencia Grupo4 Underfrequency 4 Settings 0x39FA Function F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x39FB Pickup Level F003 1 000 R W 2 20 0x39FD Trip Delay F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0x39FF Reset ...

Page 923: ...12 1 000 R W 1 0 LINE FRQ 1 BUS FRQ 0x4A55 Confirmation address W 1 Ajustes de unidad de subfrequencia 6 Underfrequency 6 Settings 0x4A56 Function F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENABLED 0x4A57 Pickup Level F003 1 000 R W 2 20 0x4A59 Trip Delay F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0x4A5B Reset Delay F003 1 000 R W 2 0 0x4A5D Minimum Voltage F003 1 000 R W 2 10 0x4A5F Snapshot Events F012 1 000 R W 1 0 DISABLED 1 ENAB...

Page 924: ...Operation 9 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x0200 Operation 10 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x0400 Operation 11 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x0800 Operation 12 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x1000 Operation 13 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x2000 Operation 14 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x4000 Operation 15 F001 W 1 0xAFFE 0x8000 Operation 16 F001 W 1 0xAFFF 0x0001 Operation 17 F001 W 1 0xAFFF 0x0002 Operation 18 F001 W 1 0xAFFF 0x0004 Operation 19 F001 W 1 0xAFFF 0x0008 Opera...

Page 925: ...larms F011 R 64 0xF124 Date Time of the 65 80 alarms F011 R 64 0xF164 Date Time of the 81 96 alarms F011 R 64 0xF1A4 Date Time of the 97 112 alarms F011 R 64 0xF1E4 Date Time of the 113 128 alarms F011 R 64 0xF224 Date Time of the 129 144 alarms F011 R 64 0xF264 Date Time of the 145 160 alarms F011 R 64 0xF2A4 Date Time of the 161 176 alarms F011 R 64 0xF2E4 Date Time of the 177 192 alarms F011 R ...

Page 926: ...ize of currently available data block of events file F004 R 1 0xFF03 Block of data requested events file 122 items F004 R 1 Ficheros Oscilografía y Reporte de Faltas Oscillography and Fault Report Files 0xFF40 Character position of current block within osc file F005 R 2 0xFF42 Size of currently available data block of osc file F004 R 1 0xFF43 Block of data requested osc file 122 items F004 R 1 Sin...

Page 927: ...s for each logical device Notice that it is necessary to set different DNP Address and TCP UDP Port for each logical DNP3 slave device Time synchronization through DNP protocol is available from all three DNP masters that can communicate with F650 However the date time are taken from only one master at the same moment It is recommended to use only one master to do time sync through DNP Setting No ...

Page 928: ... EVENTS 33 48 See the explanation below 42 Binary Input Block4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 See the explanation below 43 Binary Input Block5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 See the explanation below 44 Binary Input Block6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 See the explanation below 45 Binary Input Block7 CTL EVENTS 97 112 See the explanation below 46 Binary Input Block8 CTL EVENTS 113 128 See the explanation below 47 Binary Input Block9 SWIT...

Page 929: ...These settings group the F650 Analog Input data into types current voltage power energy and other Each setting represents the scale factor for all Analog Input points of that type For example if the Voltage Scale Factor is set to a value of 1000 all DNP Analog Input points that are voltages are returned with the values 1000 times smaller e g a value 72000 V on the F650 is returned as 72 These sett...

Page 930: ... relay If not all of the 160 points are required in the DNP master a custom Binary Inputs point list can be created by selecting up to 10 blocks of 16 points Each block represents 16 Binary Input points Block 1 represents Binary Input points 0 15 block 2 represents Binary Input points 16 31 block 3 represents Binary Input points 32 47 etc The minimum number of Binary Input points that can be selec...

Page 931: ...able objects functions and or qualifiers supported in addition to the Highest DNP Levels Supported the complete list is described in the attached table Binary Inputs Object 1 Binary Inputs Changes Object 2 Binary Outputs Object 10 Binary Counters Object 20 Frozen Counters 21 Binary Counters Change Object 22 Frozen Counter Change 23 Analog Inputs Object 30 Analog Input Changes Object 32 Analog Dead...

Page 932: ...t change scanning period Packed binary change process period Analog Input change scanning period Unsolicited response notification delay Unsolicited response retry delay Unsolicited offline interval No intentional delay 10 min 10 s 1 ms 1 s 500 ms 500 ms Configurable 0 to 60 s 10 min Sends Executes Control Operations WRITE Binary Outputs SELECT OPERATE DIRECT OPERATE DIRECT OPERATE NO ACK Never Ne...

Page 933: ...metimes attach explanation ENABLE DISABLE unsolicited Function codes supported Sends Static Data in Unsolicited Responses Never When Device Restarts When Status Flag Change No other options permitted Explanation of Sometimes It will be disabled for RS 485 applications since there is no collision avoidance mechanism For ethernet communication it will be available and it can be disabled or enabled w...

Page 934: ... Object No Variation No Description Function Codes dec Qualifier Codes hex Function Codes Qualifier Codes hex 1 0 Binary Input Variation 0 is used to request default variation 1 read 22 assign class 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 1 1 Binary Input 1 read 22 assign class 00 01 start stop 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop...

Page 935: ...0 01 start stop 17 28 index See Note 2 30 3 32 Bit Analog Input without Flag 1 read 22 assign class 00 01 start stop 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop 17 28 index See Note 2 30 4 16 Bit Analog Input without Flag 1 read 22 assign class 00 01 start stop 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop 17 28 index See Note 2 3...

Page 936: ...stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 50 0 Time and Date All Variations 1 read 00 01 start stop 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop 17 28 index See Note 2 50 1 Time and Date See Note 1 1 read 2 write 00 01 start stop 06 no range or all 07 limited qty 1 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop 17 28 index See Note 2 52 2 Time Delay Fine 1 read...

Page 937: ...on element states PLC states etc DNP Points that correspond to Control Events or Switchgear Contacts that are not configured have a zero value in the response Using the PLC Editor through the EnerVista 650 Setup program select Setpoint Logic Configuration to implement complex logic more than simple OR and NOT previous functions To accomplich this under Setpoint Relay Configuration Control Events a...

Page 938: ...146 Switchgear 10 Contact A 147 Switchgear 10 Contact B 148 Switchgear 11 Contact A 149 Switchgear 11 Contact B 150 Switchgear 12 Contact A 151 Switchgear 12 Contact B 152 Switchgear 13 Contact A 153 Switchgear 13 Contact B 154 Switchgear 14 Contact A 155 Switchgear 14 Contact B 156 Switchgear 15 Contact A 157 Switchgear 15 Contact B 158 Switchgear 16 Contact A 159 Switchgear 16 Contact B ...

Page 939: ... Setpoint Relay Configuration from the EnerVista 650 Setup program and then configure the Control Events bits and Switchgear bits This is shown in figures 9 1 and 9 2 In the second step select Setpoint System Setup Communication settings DNP in order to change the DNP Binary Input Block settings Set the values of the first three Binary Input blocks Binary Input Block1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 Binary Input ...

Page 940: ...NFIGURATION EXAMPLES APPENDIX C DNP 3 0 PROTOCOL FOR F650 Figure C 2 CONFIGURATION OF SWITCHGEAR Figure 0 1 CONFIGURATION OF DNP BINARY INPUT BLOCKS In the example presented in this chapter the F650 relay has 48 Binary Input points as shown in the table below ...

Page 941: ... IOC1 HIGH C PKP 11 PH IOC1 LOW A PKP 12 PH IOC1 LOW B PKP 13 PH IOC1 LOW C PKP 14 GROUND IOC1 PKP 15 NEUTRAL IOC1 PKP 16 CONT OP_F_01 17 CONT OP_F_02 18 CONT OP_F_03 19 CONT OP_F_04 20 CONT OP_F_05 21 CONT OP_F_06 22 CONT OP_F_07 23 CONT OP_F_08 POINT INDEX NAME DESCRIPTION 24 Not Configured 25 Not Configured 26 Not Configured 27 Not Configured 28 Not Configured 29 Not Configured 30 Not Configure...

Page 942: ... F650 C 5 3 Multiple DNP 3 0 masters communication with F650 Typical architecture of multi master communication using DNP 3 0 Figure C 3 Multiple DNP3 0 masters communicating with F650 41 Not Configured 42 Not Configured 43 Not Configured 44 Not Configured 45 Not Configured 46 Not Configured 47 Not Configured ...

Page 943: ...APPENDIX C DNP 3 0 PROTOCOL FOR F650 C 5 DNP CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER c 17 Figure C 4 SETTINGS FOR DNP3 0 MULTI master communicatiONS with F650 ...

Page 944: ...ted when variation 0 requested 2 Binary Output Status CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT BLOCKS Object Number 12 Request Function Codes supported 3 select 4 operate 5 direct operate 6 direct operate no ack BINARY CONTROL OUTPUT POINTS BINARY CONTROL OUTPUT POINTS POINT INDEX NAME DESCRIPTION POINT INDEX NAME DESCRIPTION 0 OPERATION1 59 VI Self Reset 7 8 1 OPERATION2 60 VI Self Reset 9 10 2 OPERATION3 61 VI Self...

Page 945: ...en variation 0 requested 1 32 Bit Binary Counter with Flag Change Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested 1 32 Bit Counter Change Event without time Default Class for all points 3 FROZEN COUNTERS Static Steady State Object Number 21 Change Event Object Number 23 Request Function Codes supported 1 read Static Variation reported when variation 0 requested 1 32 Bit Frozen Counter with Fla...

Page 946: ...is point should be set to 1000 Relay settings are available to set default deadband values according to data type Deadbands for individual Analog Input Points can be set using DNP Object 34 Units for Analog Input points are as follows Current kA A Apparent Power MVA KVA Voltage kV V Energy MWh MVArh kWh kVArh Real Power MW KV Frequency Hz Reactive Power MVAr kVAr Angle degrees ANALOG INPUT POINTS ...

Page 947: ...Real Pwr MW kW 38 Phase A Power Factor 39 Phase B Power Factor 40 Phase C Power Factor 41 3 Phase Power Factor 42 Line Frequency Primary Hz 43 Bus Frequency Primary Hz 44 Vx Primary kV V 45 Pos MVarhour Freeze MVArh kVArh 46 Neg MVarhour Freeze MVArh kVArh 47 Pos MWatthour Freeze MWh kWh 48 Pos MWatthour Freeze MWh kWh 49 Positive MVarhour MVArh kVArh 50 Negative MVarhour MVArh kVArh 51 Positive M...

Page 948: ... Phase CA Voltage Angle degrees 77 Fault 1 Type Enum 78 Fault 1 Location km 79 Fault 1 Prefault Ground Current Magnitude kA A 80 Fault 1 Prefault Ground Current Angle degrees 81 Fault 1 Prefault Sensitive Ground Current Magnitude kA A 82 Fault 1 Prefault Sensitive Ground Current Angle degrees 83 Fault 1 Postfault Ground Current Magnitude kA A 84 Fault 1 Postfault Ground Current Angle degrees 85 Fa...

Page 949: ...Enum Value is scaled by the adjusted factor For example if Other Scale Factor 0 001 then the value corresponding to TRIPH fault type is 2000 NAF indicates that the type of fault has not been calculated 112 Board J Analog 1 113 Board J Analog 2 114 Board J Analog 3 115 Board J Analog 4 116 Board J Analog 5 117 Board J Analog 6 118 Board J Analog 7 119 Board J Analog 8 ENUM VALUE FAULT TYPE 0 GROUND...

Page 950: ...c 24 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF C 8 ANALOG INPUTS APPENDIX C DNP 3 0 PROTOCOL FOR F650 ...

Page 951: ... only D 2 Technical description ASDU is the information unit used for data transmission An ASDU may have data inside or not The ASDU is encapsulated in another package of the link layer ASDU address takes up 2 bytes Communication frames can be control or data frames Control strings do not have ASDU inside A frame is consisting of 3 parts 2 of them are not always present Link data ASDU header ASDU ...

Page 952: ...e IEC 60870 5 104 master The data that can be sent spontaneously are Measured values when a deadband overflow takes place Single points in the time the event is produced Double points in the time the event is produced Integrated Totals Clock synchronization F650 supports clock synchronization from IEC 60870 5 104 master If IRIG B PTP 1588 or SNTP is being used for time synchronization the IEC 6087...

Page 953: ...LI2 OCTET4 0 0 255 Function 2 DISABLED TCP Port 2 2404 0 65535 Common Addr of ASDU 2 255 0 65535 IEC104 NET2 CLI1 OCTET1 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI1 OCTET2 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI1 OCTET3 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI1 OCTET4 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI2 OCTET1 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI2 OCTET2 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI2 OCTET3 0 0 255 IEC104 NET2 CLI2 OCTET4 0 0 255 IEC104 SCALE CURRENT 1 IEC104 SCALE VOLTAGE 1 I...

Page 954: ...ine the IP address of the second client that is accepted in the second connection The F650 relay can respond to a maximum of 2 IEC 60870 5 104 masters not at the same time in this connection IEC104 SCALE CURRENT VOLTAGE POWER ENERGY OTHER These settings are numbers used to scale Analog Input point values These settings group the F650 Analog Input data into types current voltage power energy and ot...

Page 955: ...ctions These states are contact inputs and outputs virtual outputs protection element states PLC states etc The User Map always has a size of 128 Binary Inputs Points in the User Map that are not configured have a zero value in the answer It is possible to implement more complex logic than simple OR and NOT using the PLC Editor tool in EnerVista 650 Setup in the menu Setpoint Logic Configuration T...

Page 956: ...Ia Primary 2001 Phasor Ib Primary 2002 Phasor Ic Primary 2003 Phasor Ig Primary 2004 Phasor Isg Primary 2005 Phasor In Primary 2006 RMS Ia Primary 2007 RMS Ib Primary 2008 RMS Ic Primary 2009 RMS Ig Primary 2010 RMS Isg Primary 2011 I0 Primary 2012 I1 Primary 2013 I2 Primary 2014 V0 Primary 2015 V1 Primary 2016 V2 Primary 2017 Vab Primary 2018 Vbc Primary 2019 Vca Primary 2020 Vn Primary 2021 Va P...

Page 957: ...2046 Neg Mvarhour Freeze 2047 Pos MWatthour Freeze 2048 Neg MWatthour Freeze 2049 Positive MVarhour 2050 Negative MVarhour 2051 Positive MWatthour 2052 Negative MWatthour 2053 Fault 1 Prefault Phase A Current Magnitude 2054 Fault 1 Prefault Phase A Current Angle 2055 Fault 1 Prefault Phase B Current Magnitude 2056 Fault 1 Prefault Phase B Current Angle 2057 Fault 1 Prefault Phase C Current Magnitu...

Page 958: ...ostfault Phase CA Voltage Angle 2077 Fault 1 Type 2078 Fault 1 Location 2079 Fault 1 Prefault Ground Current Magnitude 2080 Fault 1 Prefault Ground Current Angle 2081 Fault 1 Prefault Sensitive Ground Current Magnitude 2082 Fault 1 Prefault Sensitive Ground Current Angle 2083 Fault 1 Postfault Ground Current Magnitude 2084 Fault 1 Postfault Ground Current Angle 2085 Fault 1 Postfault Sensitive Gro...

Page 959: ...7 2111 Board H Analog 8 2112 Board J Analog 1 2113 Board J Analog 2 2114 Board J Analog 3 2115 Board J Analog 4 2116 Board J Analog 5 2117 Board J Analog 6 2118 Board J Analog 7 2119 Board J Analog 8 Group 7 Deadband POINT DESCRIPTION P_ME_NC_1 5000 5119 Analog Input Deadbands 2000 2119 Integrated Totals POINT DESCRIPTION M_IT_NA_1 4000 4007 Pulse Counter 1 8 4008 4015 Digital Counters 1 8 4016 40...

Page 960: ...n Setting Relay Configuration Operations ASDU address must start with 3000 the addresses for operation are from 3000 to 3011 The operations go from 0 to 23 Commands POINT DESCRIPTION COMMAND MODE 3000 Operation 1 ON Operation 2 OFF Select and Execute Double Command 3005 Operation 11 ON Operation 12 OFF Select and Execute Double Command 3006 Operation 13 ON Operation 14 OFF Direct Double Command 30...

Page 961: ...erability list is defined as in IEC 60870 5 101 and extended with parameters used in this standard The text descriptions of parameters which are not applicable to this companion standard are strike through corresponding check box is marked black NOTEIn addition the full specification of a system may require individual selection of certain parameters for certain parts of the system such as the indi...

Page 962: ...ed if 1 200 bit s Transmission speed monitor direction Unbalanced interchange Unbalanced interchange Balanced interchange Circuit V 24 V 28 Circuit V 24 V 28 Circuit X 24 X 27 StandardRecommended if 1 200 bit s Link layer network specific parameter all options that are used are to be marked X Specify the maximum frame length If a non standard assignment of class 2 messages is implemented for unbal...

Page 963: ...lled station may respond with class 1 data when there is no class 2 data available Application layer Transmission mode for application data Mode 1 Least significant octet first as defined in 4 10 of IEC 60870 5 4 is used exclusively in this companion standard Common address of ASDU system specific parameter all configurations that are used are to be marked X Link transmission Address field of the ...

Page 964: ...ameter all configurations that are used are to be marked X Length of APDU system specific parameter specify the maximum length of the APDU per system The maximum length of APDU for both directions is 253 It is a fixed system parameter Selection of standard ASDUs Process information in monitor direction station specific parameter mark each Type ID X if it is only used in the standard direction R if...

Page 965: ...OLLER d 15 In this companion standard only the use of the set 30 40 for ASDUs with time tag is permitted Process information in control direction station specific parameter mark each Type ID X if it is only used in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions ...

Page 966: ...ormation in monitor direction station specific parameter mark with an X if it is only used in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions System information in control direction station specific parameter mark each Type ID X if it is only used in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions ...

Page 967: ...n R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions Type identifier and cause of transmission assignments station specific parameters Shaded boxes option not required Black boxes option not permitted in this companion standard Blank functions or ASDU not used Mark Type Identification Cause of transmission combinations X if only used in the standard direction R if only used i...

Page 968: ... M_ME_ND_1 30 M_SP_TB_1 X 31 M_DP_TB_1 32 M_ST_TB_1 33 M_BO_TB_1 34 M_ME_TD_1 35 M_ME_TE_1 36 M_ME_TF_1 X 37 M_IT_TB_1 X 38 M_EP_TD_1 39 M_EP_TE_1 40 M_EP_TF_1 45 C_SC_NA_1 X X X X X 46 C_DC_NA_1 X X X X X 47 C_RC_NA_1 48 C_SE_NA_1 49 C_SE_NB_1 50 C_SE_NC_1 51 C_BO_NA_1 58 C_SC_TA_1 X X X X X 59 C_DC_TA_1 X X X X X 60 C_RC_TA_1 Type identification Cause of transmission 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1...

Page 969: ...d in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions Spontaneous transmission station specific parameter mark X if function is only used in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions 101 C_CI_NA_1 X X X 102 C_RD_NA_1 X 103 C_CS_NA_1 X X 104 C_TS_NA_1 105 C_RP_NA_1 X X 106 C_CD_NA_1 107 C_TS_TA_1 11...

Page 970: ...aused by a single status change of an information object The particular information object addresses for which double transmission is enabled are defined in a project specific list Station interrogation station specific parameter mark X if function is only used in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions Clock synchronization station specific ...

Page 971: ... ACTTERM used X No additional definition X Short pulse duration duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation X Long pulse duration duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation X Persistent output X Supervision of maximum delay in command direction of commands and set point commands 10s Maximum allowable delay of commands and set point commands X Mode A Local freeze wi...

Page 972: ... in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions File transfer station specific parameter mark X if function is used File transfer in monitor direction File transfer in control direction Background scan station specific parameter mark X if function is only used in the standard direction R if only used in the reverse direction and B if used in both directions X Threshold value Smoothing f...

Page 973: ... format APDUs k and latest acknowledge APDUs w Maximum range of values k 1 to 32767 215 1 APDUs accuracy 1 APDU Maximum range of values w 1 to 32767 APDUs accuracy 1 APDU Recommendation w should not exceed two thirds of k Portnumber Redundant connections Acquisition of transmission delay Parameter Default value Remarks Selected value t0 30 s Time out of connection establishment N A t1 15 s Time ou...

Page 974: ... of protocols used in the Internet as determined by the Internet Architecture Board IAB It offers a broad spectrum of actual standards used in the Internet The suitable selection of documents from RFC 2200 defined in this standard for a given projects has to be chosen by the user of this standard List of valid documents from RFC 2200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 etc X Ethernet 802 3 Serial X 21 interface Other s...

Page 975: ...nd services of the whole procome profile The protection functionality for procome has not been implemented Aplication functions and ASDUS The implemented profile is the following a Secondary station initialization ASDU 5 Identification b Control Functions Control requests Primary to Secondary ASDU 100 Control data request Secondary to Primary ASDU 100 Measurements and digital changes transmission ...

Page 976: ...ve number Baud rate and parity for COM1 must be set in Setpoint Communications Serial Ports Procome Configuration The procome data configuration is performed through the Setpoint Procome Configuration tool when communicating via Ethernet with the device The procome configuration file can be retrieved and sent to the relay easily The relay must be switched off and on to start working with the new p...

Page 977: ...functionality of an IEC 60870 5 103 server This section describes the protocol IEC 60870 5 103 implementation in the unit 1 PHYSICAL LAYER Electrical interface Optical interface Transmission speed 2 LINK LAYER There are no choices for the link layer 3 APPLICATION LAYER X EIA RS 485 32 Number of loads for one protection equipment X Glass fibre X Plastic fibre F SMA type connector X BFOC 2 5 type co...

Page 978: ... More than one COMMON ADDRESS OF ASDU INF Semantics X 0 End of general interrogation X 0 Time synchronization X 2 Reset FCB X 3 Reset CU X 4 Start restart X 5 Power on INF Semantics F650 Identifier F650 Data Text X 16 Auto recloser active 4591 AR READY X 17 Teleprotection active 3895 LOCAL 18 Protection active X 19 LED reset 6839 RESET LEDS 20 Monitor direction blocked 21 Test mode 22 Local parame...

Page 979: ...4200 5651 5669 5687 PH IOC TOC 1 2 3 H L A PKP X 65 Start pick up L2 3999 4015 4031 4047 4063 4079 41 66 4184 4202 5653 5671 5689 PH IOC TOC 1 2 3 H L B PKP X 66 Start pick up L3 4001 4017 4033 4049 4065 4081 41 68 4186 4204 5655 5673 5691 PH IOC TOC 1 2 3 H L C PKP X 67 Start pick up N 4112 4120 4128 4239 4248 4257 GROUND IOC TOC 1 2 3 PKP X 68 General trip 4004 4020 4036 4052 4068 4084 41 71 418...

Page 980: ...m L3 89 Trip measuring system E X 90 Trip I 4004 4020 4036 4052 4068 4084 PH IOC 1 2 3 H L OP X 91 Trip I 4171 4189 4207 5658 5676 5694 PH TOC 1 2 3 H L OP X 92 Trip IN 4113 4121 4129 GND IOC 1 2 3 OP X 93 Trip IN 4240 4249 4258 GND TOC 1 2 3 OP INF Semantics F650 Identifier F650 Data Text X 128 CB on by AR 4586 AR CLOSE BREAKER 129 CB on by long time AR X 130 AR blocked 4593 AR BLOCK INF Semantic...

Page 981: ...tribute of a single entry 245 End of general interrogation of generic data 249 Write entry with confirmation 250 Write entry with execution 251 Write entry aborted INF Semantics X 0 Initiation of general interrogation X 0 Time synchronization INF Semantics 16 Auto recloser on off 17 Teleprotection on off 18 Protection on off 19 LED reset 23 Activate characteristic 1 24 Activate characteristic 2 25...

Page 982: ...49 Write entry with confirmation 250 Write entry with execution 251 Write entry aborted Test mode Blocking of monitor direction Disturbance data Generic services Private data Measurand Max MVAL times rated value 1 2 or 2 4 Current L1 X Current L2 X Current L3 X Voltage L1 E X Voltage L2 E X Voltage L3 E X Active power P X Reactive power Q X Frequency f X Voltage L1 L2 X ...

Page 983: ...odically the master can send a General Interrogation in order to update the complete database The measurands are sent to the primary station as a response to a class 2 request There is a setting 0 60 min in order to configure the desired interval where 0 means transmission as fast as possible The following functions are supported Initialization General Interrogation Synchronization Commands transm...

Page 984: ... 241 compatible range 242 253 private range 254 255 compatible range The F650 device is identified at the protocol level as overcurrent protection so the Function Type 160 is used for all the digital and analogue points proposed by the standard and mapped in this profile For the other data supported by the device the number can be set from the private range 4 Information Number INFORMATION NUMBER ...

Page 985: ...l frames over different paths and discard one of the copies in reception at best If an error occurs or one of the paths is down the frame travelling through that path does not reach the destination but its copy does If the node to be attached to a redundant network has not the capability to do it e g has only one p ort it can be connected through a Redundancy Box RedBox This type of node allows si...

Page 986: ...ed Nodes SAN SANs that need to communicate with each other are on the same LAN The Redundancy Box RedBox is used when a single interface node has to be attached to both networks Such a node can communicate with all other nodes Since a node behind a RedBox appears for other nodes like a DAN it is called Virtual DANs VDAN The RedBox itself is a DAN and acts as a proxy on behalf of its VDANs The RedB...

Page 987: ...it and is served by the layer below it There are 7 layers physical data link network transport session presentation application DANP Doubly Attached Node running PRP a node that has two ports which operate in parallel and are attached to the upper layers of the OSI communications stack through a Link Redundancy Entity module DANH Doubly Attached Node with HSR protocol LRE Link Redundancy Entity mo...

Page 988: ...common power supply is encountered as such scenarios can bring down both LANs simultaneously PRP uses specialized nodes called doubly attached nodes DANPs for handling the duplicated frames DANPs devices have an additional module at the link layer level called the Link Redundancy Entity LRE LRE is responsible for duplicating frames and adding the specific PRP trailer when sending the frames out on...

Page 989: ...1A must meet the performance class P2 3 which is 3ms See 3 7 1 1 G 1 2 HSR HSR defines a redundancy protocol for high availability in substation automation networks based on PRP principles provides the property of zero recovery time typically used in ring topology but applicable to any topology In the F650 relay HSR is implemented in devices with communication option number K for Fiber 100 Base Fx...

Page 990: ... to the root a failure occurred RSTP switches bridges generate their own configuration messages even if they fail to receive one from the root bridge This leads to quicker failure detection RSTP offers edge port recognition allowing ports at the edge of the network to forward frames immediately after activation while at the same time protecting them against loops An improvement in RSTP allows conf...

Page 991: ...this does restrict the use of RSTP particularly in meshed networks In the case of meshed networks with very little complexity such as ring networks with two or three additional loops or subrings a detailed analysis can make it possible to determine upper limits but these always need to be worked out individually Unlike with the protocols MRP HSR and PRP it is not possible to make a general stateme...

Page 992: ...mary port is detected again after it fails there is LLA TIMEOUT ms monitoring time for the health of the network During this time the secondary port remains active If primary network is healthy for more than LLA TOIMEOUT value the switch over to primary port is automatic If the setting LLA PRIORITY is enabled The primary port is port A while secondary redundant port is port B The primary port is a...

Page 993: ...GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER H 1 F650 Digital Bay Controller Appendix H Factory default logic GE Grid Solutions FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC ...

Page 994: ...H 2 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC ...

Page 995: ...APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER h 3 ...

Page 996: ...H 4 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC ...

Page 997: ...FWD PWR2 STG2 PKP 350 inOR1 FWD PWR3 STG1 PKP inOR2 351 inOR3 FWD PWR3 STG2 PKP inOR4 inOR5 352 inOR6 VO_023_FORWARD_POWER_PKP outOR1 353 FORWARD POWER DIRECTIONAL POWER VO_025_DIRECTIONAL_POWER_PKP 370 DIR PWR2 STG PKP 371 DIR PWR3 STG PKP 372 OR3 373 inOR1 inOR2 inOR3 outOR1 DIR PWR1 STG PKP 390 OR3 409 FREQ RATE1 PKP 410 FREQ RATE2 PKP 411 FREQ RATE3 PKP 412 VO_052_81DF DT PKP 413 OR3 414 VO_05...

Page 998: ...H 6 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC ...

Page 999: ...APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER h 7 ...

Page 1000: ...OP 127 NEG SEQ TOC3 OP 128 GROUND IOC1 OP 138 GROUND IOC2 OP 139 GROUND IOC3 OP 140 SENS GND IOC1 OP 144 SENS GND IOC2 OP 145 SENS GND IOC3 OP 146 SENS GND TOC1 OP 147 SENS GND TOC2 OP 148 SENS GND TOC3 OP 149 OR3 174 OR3 180 ISOLATED GND1 OP 181 ISOLATED GND2 OP 182 ISOLATED GND3 OP 183 VO_044_50IG_TRIP 184 VO_044_50IG_TRIP 185 inOR1 inOR2 inOR3 outOR1 inOR1 inOR2 inOR3 outOR1 VO_020_ALL_OVERCURR...

Page 1001: ...O_073_27P_TRIP 77 VO_074_59P_TRIP 78 VO_075_59NH_TRIP 79 80 VO_078_27X_TRIP 82 PHASE UV1 OP 150 PHASE UV2 OP 151 PHASE UV3 OP 152 PHASE OV1 OP 153 PHASE OV2 OP 154 PHASE OV3 OP 155 NEUTRAL OV1 HIGH OP 156 NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH OP 157 NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH OP 158 NEUTRAL OV1 LOW OP 159 NEUTRAL OV2 LOW OP 160 NEUTRAL OV3 LOW OP 161 AUXILIARY OV1 OP 162 AUXILIARY OV2 OP 163 AUXILIARY OV3 OP 164 AUXILIARY UV1 O...

Page 1002: ...H 10 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC ...

Page 1003: ...APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC GEK 106310 AF F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER h 11 ...

Page 1004: ...H 12 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF APPENDIX H FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC ...

Page 1005: ...t 1 Network Ethernet 2 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value 1st octet of IP address IP Address Oct1 0 N A 0 255 2nd octet of IP address IP Address Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3rd octet of IP address IP Address Oct3 0 N A 0 255 4th octet of IP address IP Address Oct4 0 N A 0 255 1st octet of Netmask Netmask Oct1 0 N A 0 255 2nd octet of Netmask Netmask Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3rd octet of Net...

Page 1006: ...A Timeout 5000 N A 0 600000 Switch bridge priority value RSTP BRIDGE PRIORITY 32768 N A 0 61440 determine which ports are used for forwarding RSTP PORT A PRIORITY 128 N A 0 240 assigned port cost value used for the switch RSTP PORT A PATHCOST 200000 N A 0 2000000 Determine which ports are used for forwarding RSTP PORT B PRIORITY 128 N A 0 240 Assigned port cost value used for the switch RSTP PORT ...

Page 1007: ...et TCP UDP Port 20000 N A 0 65535 Unsolicited responses permission Unsol Resp Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Time out to confirm an unsolicited response Unsol Resp TimeOut 5 1 s 0 60 Number of retransmissions of an unsol resp w o confirmation Unsol Resp Max Ret 10 N A 0 255 Address to which all unsolicited responses are sent Unsol Resp Dest Adr 200 N A 0 65519 Scale for currents Current Sc...

Page 1008: ...log Input Points point list Analog Input Point 0 End of list N A DNP Analog Input Points point list Analog Input Point 1 End of list N A DNP Analog Input Points point list Analog Input Point 2 End of list N A DNP Analog Input Points point list Analog Input Point 3 End of list N A DNP Analog Input Points point list Analog Input Point 4 End of list N A DNP Analog Input Points point list Analog Input...

Page 1009: ... User Value Enable or disable the protocol operation Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Listening TCP port in the relay TCP Port 2404 N A 0 65535 Address in the ASDU header Common Addr of ASDU 255 N A 0 65535 Number of seconds for instantaneous metering Cyclic Meter Period 0 1 s 0 3600 Synchronization Event Synchronization Event 0 0 N A 0 3600 1st Octect of IP address of 104 master 1 IEC104 NE...

Page 1010: ...00001 0 0001 0 001 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 1000 10000 IEC104 SCALE VOLTAGE IEC104 SCALE VOLTAGE 1 IEC104 SCALE POWER IEC104 SCALE POWER 1 IEC104 SCALE ENERGY IEC104 SCALE ENERGY 1 IEC104 SCALE OTHER IEC104 SCALE OTHER 1 IEC104 DEADBAND CURRENT IEC104 DEADBAND CURRENT 30000 0 65535 IEC104 DEADBAND VOLTAGE IEC104 DEADBAND VOLTAGE 30000 0 65535 IEC104 DEADBAND POWER IEC104 DEADBAND POWER 30000 0 65535 IEC1...

Page 1011: ...000 1000 Port B Path Delay Adder PORTB DELAY ADDER 0 ns 0 60000 Port B Path Delay Asymmetry PORTB DELAY ASYM 0 ns 1000 1000 Strict Power Profile STRICT POWER PROFILE DISABLED DISABLED ENABLED PTP domain number PTP DOMAIN NUMBER 0 0 255 PTP VLAN Priority PTP VLAN PRIORITY 4 0 7 PTP VLAN Identification PTP VLAN ID 0 0 4095 Reference time defining the origin of a time scale is termed the epoch PTP EP...

Page 1012: ...sets the gateway to reach the destination IP route Static RT2 GWY Oct3 0 1 0 255 sets the gateway to reach the destination IP route Static RT2 GWY Oct4 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT3 IP Oct1 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT3 IP Oct2 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT3 IP Oct3 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT3 IP Oct4 0 1 ...

Page 1013: ...atic RT5 GWY Oct2 0 1 0 255 sets the gateway to reach the destination IP route Static RT5 GWY Oct3 0 1 0 255 sets the gateway to reach the destination IP route Static RT5 GWY Oct4 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT6 IP Oct1 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT6 IP Oct2 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 route Static RT6 IP Oct3 0 1 0 255 sets the destination IPv4 r...

Page 1014: ...amples per cycle Samples Cycle 64 N A 4 8 16 32 64 Maximum number of oscillos Max Number Osc 4 1 oscill o 1 20 Automatic oscillography overwrite Automatic Overwrite DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint Product Setup Data Logger Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED ...

Page 1015: ...OCAL TIME OFF NA ON OFF Function permission IRIGB Function DISABLED NA ENABLLED DISABLED Stablish the sync priority PTP IRIGB Priority PTP 1588 NA PTP 1588 IRIG_B Setpoint System Setup General Settings Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Phase CT ratio Phase CT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Ground CT ratio Ground CT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Sensitive ground CT ratio Stv Ground ...

Page 1016: ...01 KA 2 s 0 00 9999 99 KI2t integration time KI2t Integ Time 0 03 0 01s 0 03 0 25 Maximum number of openings Maximum Openings 9999 1 0 9999 Maximum Openings in one hour Max Openings 1 hour 40 1 1 60 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint System Setup Breaker Breaker Maintenance Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value KI2t Counter Phase ...

Page 1017: ...SABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation for switchgear 16 Snapshot Events SWGR 16 DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint system setup miscellanious Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Relay out of service status Relay Out Of Service ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Set to local or remote Local Remote Blocked OFF N A ON OFF Active language on the relay Active Language 0 N A 0 ...

Page 1018: ...BLED ENABLED Voltage Memory Voltage Memory 0 00 s 0 01 s 0 00 3 00 Setpoint Protection Elements Phase Current Thermal Model Thermal Model 1 Thermal Model 2 Thermal Model 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Heating constant Heat Time Constant 6 0 0 1 min 3 0 600 0 Cooling constant Cool Time Constant 2 00 0 01 time...

Page 1019: ...k Logic PERMISSION N A BLOCK PERMISSION Polarization voltage threshold Pol V Threshold 10 1 V 0 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint Protection Elements Ground Current Ground TOC Ground TOC 1 Ground TOC 2 Ground TOC 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Inpu...

Page 1020: ...p Level 0 050 0 00 1 A 0 005 16 000 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS N A INSTANTANEOUS LINEAR Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint Protection Elements Sensitive Ground Current Sensitive Ground IOC Sensitive Ground IOC 1 Sensitive Ground IOC 2 Sensitive Grou...

Page 1021: ... TOC 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 1 00 0 01 A 0 05 160 00 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS N A INSTANTANEOUS LINEAR Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED EN...

Page 1022: ...ED Setpoint Protection Elements voltage elements Negative Sequence OV Negative Sequence OV 1 Negative Sequence OV 2 Negative Sequence OV 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1 V 3 300 Trip time Trip Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot ...

Page 1023: ...Directional Power 2 Directional Power 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Block from offline Blk Time After Close 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Directional Angle for stage 1 Dir Power Angle 1 0 00 0 01 Deg 0 00 359 99 Pickup level for stage 1 Stage 1 Tap 10 00 0 01 MW 10000 00 10000 00 Trip time for stage 1 Stage 1 Tim...

Page 1024: ...hot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint Control Elements Underfrequency Underfrequency 1 Underfrequency 2 Underfrequency 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 49 50 0 01 Hz 20 00 65 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 ...

Page 1025: ...Bus Function permission DL LB Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Setpoint Control Elements Autoreclose Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Maximum Number of shots Max Number Shots 1 N A 1 4 Dead time 1 Dead Time 1 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Dea...

Page 1026: ...oken Conductor 1 Broken Conductor 2 Broken Conductor 3 Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Tap Level in percentage of I2 I1 Tap 20 0 10 20 0 100 0 Trip Time Trip Delay 60 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Current Inhibition Level setting Operation Threshold 0 ...

Page 1027: ...eresis X 1 0 0 1 0 0 50 0 Analog Direction for Activation Inside or Outside the Deadband Analog Direction X OUT N A IN OUT Note X is the analog comparator index up to 20 SETPOINT CONTROL ELEMENTS FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 1 FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 2 FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 3 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USER VALUE Function Permission Function DISABLED...

Page 1028: ...UE Function permission DigCnt 1 Function DISABLED NA Digital Counter 1 name DigCnt 1 Name NA Digital counter 1 Preset DigCnt 1 Preset 0 1 2147483648 2147483647 Digital counter 1 Compare DigCnt 1 Compare 0 1 2147483648 2147483647 Function permission DigCnt 2 Function DISABLED NA Digital Counter 2 name DigCnt 2 Name NA Digital counter 2 Preset DigCnt 2 Preset 0 1 2147483648 2147483647 Digital counte...

Page 1029: ...ckup Outage Time Cold Outage Time 20 mi n 1 1000 Cold Load Pickup Blocking Time Cold Blocking Time 5 s 1 1000 Snapshot Event Generation Cold Load Events ENABLED NA ENABLED DISABLED Setpoint Inputs Outputs Contact I O Board F Board G board h board j Setting Description Name Default Value Step Range User Value I O board type available only for CIO modules I O Board Type_X NONE N A NONE 16 INP 8OUT 8...

Page 1030: ... SUPV Supervision 4 32 INP 32 digital inputs 5 16 INP 8 ANA 16 digital inputs 8 analog inputs CCY Is the name used for inputs in I O boards Mixed 16 digital inputs CC1 CC16 Supervision 8 digital inputs CC1 CC8 32 INP 32 digital inputs CC1 CC32 0Z Is the name used for the different outputs in I O boards 8 outputs available for any of the two types of board 01 08 Setpoint inputs outputs remote comms...

Page 1031: ...F ON LATEST OFF LATEST ON Note X is the Remote Device index up to 32 LIST OF TIME OVERCURRENT CURVES AVAILABLE IN F650 IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC Curve A B C Long Time Inverse Short Time Inverse IAC extremely very normally moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse I2t Definite time Rectifier curve User Curve FlexCurve A B C D ...

Page 1032: ...URCE SOURCE LOGIC LOGIC CONT OP OPER_F_01 VO_000_PROTECTION_ALARM CONT OP OPER_F_02 VO_046_59P_PKP VO_045_27P_PKP CONT OP OPER_F_03 VO_048_50G_PKP CONT OP OPER_F_04 VO_049_51G_PKP CONT OP OPER_F_05 VO_051_50PH_PKP VO_050_50PL_PKP CONT OP OPER_F_06 VO_053_51P_PKP CONT OP OPER_F_07 OPERATION BIT 1 AR CLOSE BREAKER CONT OP OPER_F_08 OPERATION BIT 2 VO_083_GENERAL_TRIP SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION LED...

Page 1033: ... HIGH C BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 PH IOC2 HIGH A BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 PH IOC2 HIGH B BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 PH IOC2 HIGH C BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 PH ...

Page 1034: ...R2 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC3 LOW A BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC3 LOW B BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC3 LOW C BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 NEUTRAL IOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR1 OP NOT NEUTRAL IOC2 BL...

Page 1035: ...ED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR1 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC1 HIGH C BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC2 HIGH A BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC2 HIGH B BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC2 HIGH C BLK GROUP 2 B...

Page 1036: ...C6 51G BLOCK CC6 GROUND DIR3 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 7 SENS GND TOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR1 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 8 SENS GND TOC2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR2 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 8 SENS GND TOC3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR3 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 8 PHASE UV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED PHASE UV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED PHASE UV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED NEG SEQ OV1 BLOCK GROUP 1...

Page 1037: ...LIARY UV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED AUXILIARY UV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED AUXILIARY UV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED PHASE OV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 11 PHASE OV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 11 PHASE OV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 11 AUXILIARY OV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED AUXILIARY OV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED AUXILIARY OV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED NEG SEQ TOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED ...

Page 1038: ...C BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 PH TOC2 LOW A BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 PH TOC2 LOW B BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 PH TOC2 LOW C BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 PH TOC3 LOW ...

Page 1039: ...ST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL2 C RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL3 A RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL3 B RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL3 C RST OPERATION BIT 4 Synchrocheck BLK INP Not Configured AR LEVEL BLOCK CONT IP_F_CC8 79 BLOCK CC8 LATCHED VIRT IP 14 AR PULSE BLOCK Not Configured AR PULSE UNBLOCK Not Configured AR INITIATE VO_083_GENERAL_TRIP CONT IP_F_CC7 79 INITIATE CC7 LATCHED VIRT IP 13 AR CONDS INPUT SY...

Page 1040: ..._CHANNEL 13 79 BLOCK AR BLOCK DIG_CHANNEL 14 79 INHIBIT AR CONDS INPUT NOT DIG_CHANNEL 15 79 LOCKOUT AR LOCKOUT DIG_CHANNEL 16 Not Configured OSCILLO TRIGGER OSCILLO TRIGGER OPERATION BIT 8 VO_083_GENERAL_TRIP SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION OPERATIONS OPERATION OPERATION TEXT SETTINGS VALUE SOURCE Operation1 CLOSE BREAKER INTERLOCK LOGIC SYNCHK CLOSE PERM FINAL STATES AND LOGIC BREAKER CLOSED FRONT ...

Page 1041: ...figured FRONT KEY Not configured INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL Operation7 DEMAND RESET INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL Operation8 TRIGGER OSCILLO INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured F...

Page 1042: ...ured TIMEOUT Not configured CHANNELS Not configured SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION EVENTS event NAME SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC EV1 Not Configured EV2 Not Configured EV128 Not Configured SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION SWITCHGEAR SWITCHGEAR SETTING VALUE SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC SWITCHGEAR 1 CONTACTS 52b OPENING TIME 1000 CLOSING TIME 1000 CONTACT A SOURCE N A CONTACT B SOURCE CONT IP_F_C...

Page 1043: ...igured ERROR 11 TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured OPENING INIT Not Configured CLOSING INIT Not Configured SWITCHGEAR 16 CONTACTS Not Configured OPENING TIME Not Configured CLOSING TIME Not Configured CONTACT A SOURCE Not Configured CONTACT B SOURCE Not Configured OPEN TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured CLOSED TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured ERROR 00 TEXT Not Configured ALARM ...

Page 1044: ...I 40 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF I 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIX I FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION ...

Page 1045: ...arranty WARRANTY For products shipped as of 1 October 2013 GE warrants most of its GE manufactured products for 10 years For warranty details including any limitations and disclaimers see our Terms and Conditions at https www gegridsolutions com multilin warranty htm For products shipped before 1 October 2013 the standard 24 month warranty applies ...

Page 1046: ...J 2 F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER GEK 106310 AF J 1 GE MULTILIN WARRANTY APPENDIX J MISCELLANEOUS ...

Search results

Summary of Contents for F650

Reviews:

Related manuals for F650

Brands by name

Popular brands

GE Multilin F650, Instruction Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for F650

Reviews:

Related manuals for F650

Brands by name

Popular brands